485APOS 1 b68056a1e485apos.htm JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III e485apos
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on January 15, 2008 1933 Act File No. 333-125838
1940 Act File No. 811-21777
 
 
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 þ
PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. o
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 5 þ
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 þ
AMENDMENT NO. 7 þ
(CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX OR BOXES)
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN CHARTER)
601 CONGRESS STREET, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02210
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)
REGISTRANT’S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE (617) 663-2999
THOMAS KINZLER
601 CONGRESS STREET, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02210-2805
(NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
COPIES OF COMMUNICATIONS TO:
MARK P. GOSHKO, ESQ
KIRKPATRICK & LOCKHART PRESTON GATES ELLIS LLP
ONE LINCOLN STREET
BOSTON, MA 02111-2950
APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
o     immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
o     on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
o     60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
o     on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
þ     75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
o     on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
If appropriate, check the following box:
o     this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
 
 


Table of Contents

John Hancock
Rainier Growth Fund
CLASS A, B AND C SHARES
The information in this prospectus is incomplete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PROSPECTUS
March 1, 2008
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved this fund or determined whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal crime.

 


Table of Contents

Contents
         
JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
       
PRINCIPAL RISKS
       
Description of principal risks
       
YOUR ACCOUNT
       
Choosing a share class
       
How sales charges are calculated
       
Sales charge reductions and waivers
       
Opening an account
       
Buying shares
       
Selling shares
       
Transaction policies
       
Dividends and account policies
       
Additional investor services
       
FUND DETAILS
       
Business structure
       
Management biographies
       
Financial highlights
       
FOR MORE INFORMATION
  BACK COVER

 


Table of Contents

Overview
JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
This prospectus contains information regarding the John Hancock Rainier Growth Fund (the “Fund”), a series of John Hancock Funds III (“JHF III”). A summary description of the Fund, which sets forth the Fund’s investment objective and describes the Fund’s principal investment strategies and principal risks, is provided in the next section of this prospectus. The summary is not designed to be all-inclusive and the Fund may make investments, employ strategies and be exposed to risks that are not contained in the Fund’s summary description. More information about the Fund’s investments and strategy is set forth in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).
RISKS OF MUTUAL FUNDS
Mutual funds such as the Fund are not bank deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Because you could lose money by investing in the Fund, be sure to read all risk disclosure carefully before investing.

2


Table of Contents

JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
Subadviser: Rainier Investment Management Inc.
     
Investment Objective:
  To seek to maximize long-term capital appreciation.
 
   
Investment Strategies:
  Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in the common stock of large-capitalization growth companies traded in the U.S., and affords shareholders the opportunity to invest in some of the fastest-growing companies in the U.S. The term “growth company” denotes companies with the prospect of strong earnings, revenue or cash flow growth.
The subadviser’s stock selection focuses on companies that are likely to demonstrate superior earnings, revenue or cash flow growth relative to their industry peers. The Fund will normally invest in approximately 40 to 80 companies.
The subadviser considers large-capitalization companies to be those currently with market capitalizations in the range of the Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Large-Cap Index, which ranged approximately from $3.12 to $512 billion as of December 31, 2007. Smaller companies, meaning those with a market capitalization below that range, may be owned when believed to be especially attractive. Stock selection focuses on companies that are likely to demonstrate superior earnings, revenue or cash flow growth relative to their industry peers.
The subadviser compares the Fund’s economic sector weightings to a Large Cap Growth Equity index, such as the Russell 1000 Growth Index. To help control risk, extreme overweighting and underweighting of the Fund as compared to the major sectors of such a benchmark are avoided.
The subadviser favors companies with attractive fundamentals, such as strong revenue, earnings or cash flow growth. Companies with sustainable competitive advantages, potential price or business catalysts, including earnings surprise or market expansion, and disciplined management with shareholder focus are emphasized. The subadviser also seeks to capture the capital appreciation sometimes associated with high-performing companies identified early in their growth cycles. For emerging companies lacking demonstrated financial results, the strength of the company’s business model, management team and competitive position are given greater analytical emphasis.
The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in foreign securities. These include U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers and securities of foreign issuers that are traded in the United States. Currently, the subadviser intends to invest only in U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers or American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”).
To the extent consistent with its investment objective and policies, the Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts with respect to interest rates and securities indices. The Fund may use these techniques to hedge against changes in interest rates or securities prices or as part of the Fund’s overall investment strategy.
The subadviser considers the sale of specific common stock when fundamentals deteriorate, when a stock reaches or surpasses its price target or when better opportunities are perceived in alternative stocks.
The Fund’s investment process may, at times, result in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses.
Under normal market conditions, the Fund will stay fully invested in stocks. The Fund may, however, temporarily depart from its principal investment strategies by making short-term investments in cash equivalents in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions. This may result in the Fund’s not achieving its investment objective.
Main risks
The Fund’s shares will go up and down in price, meaning that you could lose money by investing. Many factors influence a mutual Fund’s performance. The Fund’s main risk factors are listed below, in alphabetical order. Before investing, be sure to read additional information on these and other risks on page [ ].
-Equity securities risk The value of a company’s equity securities is subject to changes in the company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The securities of growth companies are subject to greater price fluctuations than other types of stocks because their market prices tend to place greater emphasis on future earnings expectations.

 


Table of Contents

-Foreign securities risk As compared to U.S. companies, there may be less publicly available information relating to foreign companies. Foreign securities may be subject to foreign taxes. The value of foreign securities is subject to currency fluctuations and adverse political and economic developments.
-Hedging, derivatives and other strategic transactions risk Investing in derivatives can magnify losses incurred by the underlying assets.
-High portfolio turnover risk Actively trading securities can increase transaction costs (thus lowering performance) and taxable distributions.
-Management risk The portfolio manager’s investment strategy may fail to produce the intended result.
-Medium and small company risk The prices of medium and small company stocks can change more frequently and dramatically than those of large company stocks.

2


Table of Contents

Past performance
The bar chart and table shown illustrate the risks of investing in the Fund. It is currently contemplated that before the Fund commences operations, substantially all of the assets of another investment company advised by Rainier Investment Management Inc., the Fund’s subadviser, Rainier Large Cap Growth Equity Portfolio (the “Rainier fund”), will be transferred to the Fund in a tax-free reorganization. If approved by shareholders of the Rainier fund, the reorganization would occur on or about [April 25], 2008. The performance figures for the Fund’s Class A shares in the bar chart represent the performance of the Rainier fund’s Original Class shares from year to year. Sales loads are not reflected in the chart; if they were, the returns shown would have been lower. The performance of the Rainier fund’s Original Class would be different than the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares because of higher expenses.
The table compares the average annual total returns of the Rainier fund’s Original Class shares to those of the Russell 1000® Growth Index and the S&P 500® Index, each a broad-based, unmanaged total return performance benchmark of domestically traded common stocks. These returns for the Rainier fund Original Class shares reflect the sales loads for Class A shares of the Fund. All returns assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
As Class B and Class C shares of the Fund are new, no performance information is available for these share classes as of the date of this Prospectus. Performance of each share class will vary from the performance of the Fund’s other share classes due to differences in charges and expenses.
Of course, past performance (before and after taxes) is no guarantee of future results. Performance of each share class will vary from the performance of the other share classes because of differences in charges and expenses.
Calendar Year Total Returns — Class A Shares
         
2001
    -26.95 %
2002
    -26.16 %
2003
    33.88 %
2004
    11.60 %
2005
    11.61 %
2006
    7.24 %
2007
    20.57 %
Quarterly Returns
During the period shown in the above bar chart, the highest quarterly return for Class A shares of the Fund was 19.18% for the quarter ended December 31, 2001, and the lowest quarterly return was -29.30% for the quarter ended March 31, 2001.
Average Annual Total Returns for Periods Ended December 31, 2007
(including sales charges applicable to Class A shares of the Fund)
                         
    1 Year   5 Year   Life of Class A(1)
Class A before tax
    20.57 %     16.61 %     -0.68 %
 
                       
Class A after tax on distributions(2)
    20.57 %     16.61 %     -0.68 %
 
                       
Class A after tax on distributions, with sale(2)
    15.57 %%     15.61 %     -1.31 %
 
Russell 1000 Growth Index(3)
    9.07 %     2.69 %     -5.68 %
S&P 500 Index(3)
    15.79 %     6.19 %     0.87 %
 
(1)   Original Class shares of the Rainier fund commenced operations on June 15, 2000.
 
(2)   After-tax returns are shown for Class A shares only and would be different for the Fund’s other share classes. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on your situation and may differ from those shown. Furthermore, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.
 
(3)   Each Index is an unmanaged index and reflects no fees and taxes.

3


Table of Contents

Your expenses
Transaction expenses are charged directly to your account. Operating expenses are paid from the Fund’s assets, and therefore are paid by shareholders indirectly. The figures below show estimated annual operating expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less.
                         
Shareholder transaction expenses1   Class A   Class B   Class C
Maximum front-end sales charge (load) on purchases as a % of purchase price
    5.00 %   none   none
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) as a % of purchase or sale price, whichever is less
  none2     5.00 %     1.00 %
                         
Annual operating expenses   Class A   Class B   Class C
Management fee
    0.75 %     0.75 %     0.75 %
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees
    0.25 %     1.00 %     1.00 %
Other expenses3
    0.19 %     0.75 %     0.75 %
Total Fund operating expenses
    1.19 %     2.50 %     2.50 %
Contractual expense reimbursement (at least until 4-28-09)4
    0.00 %     0.46 %     0.46 %
Net annual operating expenses
    1.19 %     2.04 %     2.04 %
 
1   A $4.00 fee will be charged for wire redemptions.
 
2   Except for investments of $1 million or more; see “How sales charges are calculated.”
 
3   Estimated for the Fund’s first fiscal year of operations.
 
4   The Adviser has agreed contractually to reimburse, or to make a payment to a specific class of shares of the Fund in an amount equal to the amount by which the expenses attributable to such class of shares (excluding taxes, portfolio brokerage commissions, interest, litigation and indemnification expenses, other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business, and fees under any agreement or plans of the Fund dealing with services for shareholders and others with beneficial interests in shares of the Fund) exceed the percentage of average annual net assets (on an annualized basis) attributable as follows: 1.19% for Class A, 2.04% for Class B and 2.04% for Class C. This expense reimbursement shall continue in effect until 4-28-09 and thereafter until terminated by the Adviser on notice to JHF III.
Example
The hypothetical example below shows what your expenses would be after the expense reimbursement (first year only) if you invested $10,000 over the time frames indicated, assuming you reinvested all distributions and that the average annual return was 5% and the operating expenses remained the same. The example is for comparison only, and does not represent the Fund’s actual expenses and returns, either past or future.
                                 
Expenses   Year 1   Year 3   Year 5   Year 10
Class A
  $ 615     $ 859     $ 1,122     $ 1,871  
Class B with redemption
  $ 707     $ 1,035     $ 1,489     $ 2,477  
Class B without redemption
  $ 207     $ 735     $ 1,289     $ 2,477  
Class C with redemption
  $ 307     $ 735     $ 1,289     $ 2,801  
Class C without redemption
  $ 207     $ 735     $ 1,289     $ 2,801  

4


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS
Description of principal risks
Factors that may affect the Fund’s portfolio as a whole are called “principal risks” and are summarized in this section. This summary describes the nature of these principal risks and certain related risks, but is not intended to include every potential risk. The Fund could be subject to additional risks because the types of investments made by the Fund may change over time. The SAI includes more information about the Fund and its investments.
Equity securities risk
Equity securities include common, preferred and convertible preferred stocks and securities the values of which are tied to the price of stocks, such as rights, warrants and convertible debt securities. Common and preferred stocks represent equity ownership in a company. Stock markets are volatile. The price of equity securities will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a portfolio investing in equities. The price of equity securities fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The value of equity securities purchased by the Fund could decline if the financial condition of the companies the Fund invests in decline or if overall market and economic conditions deteriorate. They may also decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increase in production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. In addition, they may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a company or industry, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or generally adverse investor sentiment. Even a fund that invests in high quality or “blue chip” equity securities or securities of established companies with large market capitalizations (which generally have strong financial characteristics) can be negatively impacted by poor overall market and economic conditions. Companies with large market capitalizations may also have less growth potential than smaller companies and may be able to react less quickly to change in the marketplace.
The Fund may maintain substantial exposure to equities and generally does not attempt to time the market. Because of this exposure, the possibility that stock market prices in general will decline over short or extended periods subjects the Fund to unpredictable declines in the value of its investments, as well as periods of poor performance.
Growth securities Certain equity securities (generally referred to as “growth securities”) are purchased primarily because the subadviser believes that they will experience relatively rapid earnings growth. Growth securities typically trade at higher multiples of current earnings than other types of stocks. Growth securities are often more sensitive to market fluctuations than other types of stocks because their market prices tend to place greater emphasis on future earnings expectations. At times when it appears that these expectations may not be met, growth stock prices typically fall.
Foreign securities risk
Funds that invest in securities traded principally in securities markets outside the United States are subject to additional and more varied risks, as the value of foreign securities may change more rapidly and extremely than the value of U.S. securities. The securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. Additionally, issuers of foreign securities may not be subject to the same degree of regulation as U.S. issuers. Reporting, accounting and auditing standards of foreign countries differ, in some cases significantly, from U.S. standards. There are generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions, transfer taxes, higher custodial costs and the possibility that foreign taxes will be charged on dividends and interest payable on foreign securities. Also, for lesser developed countries, nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations (which may include suspension of the ability to transfer currency from a country), political changes or diplomatic developments could adversely affect a fund’s investments. In the event of nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, a fund could lose its entire investment in a foreign security. All funds that invest in foreign securities are subject to these risks. Some of the foreign risks are also applicable to the other funds because they may invest a material portion of their assets in securities of foreign issuers traded in the U.S.
Hedging, derivatives and other strategic transactions risk
The Fund may invest in derivatives, which are financial contracts with a value that depends on, or is derived from, the value of underlying assets, reference rates or indexes. Derivatives may relate to stocks, bonds, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities and related indexes. The Fund may use derivatives for many purposes, including for hedging, and as a substitute for direct investment in securities or other assets. The Fund also may use derivatives as a way to adjust efficiently the exposure of the Fund to various securities, markets and currencies without the Fund actually having to sell existing investments and make new investments. This generally will be done when the adjustment is expected to be relatively temporary or in anticipation of effecting the sale of Fund assets and making new investments over time. For a description of the various derivative instruments the Fund may utilize, refer to the SAI.

5


Table of Contents

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or potentially greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other more traditional assets. In particular, the use of derivative instruments exposes the Fund to the risk that the counterparty to an over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives contract will be unable or unwilling to make timely settlement payments or otherwise to honor its obligations. OTC derivatives transactions typically can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction, although either party may engage in an offsetting transaction that puts that party in the same economic position as if it had closed out the transaction with the counterparty or may obtain the other party’s consent to assign the transaction to a third party. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there is no assurance that the counterparty would meet its contractual obligations or that, in the event of default, the Fund would succeed in enforcing them. For example, because the contract for each OTC derivatives transaction is individually negotiated with a specific counterparty, the Fund is subject to the risk that a counterparty may interpret contractual terms (e.g., the definition of default) differently than the Fund when the Fund seeks to enforce its contractual rights. If that occurs, the cost and unpredictability of the legal proceedings required for the Fund to enforce its contractual rights may lead it to decide not to pursue its claims against the counterparty. The Fund, therefore, assumes the risk that it may be unable to obtain payments owed to it under OTC derivatives contracts or that those payments may be delayed or made only after the Fund has incurred the costs of litigation. While the subadviser intends to monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties, there can be no assurance that a counterparty will meet its obligations, especially during unusually adverse market conditions. To the extent that the Fund contracts with a limited number of counterparties, the Fund’s risk will be concentrated and events that affect the creditworthiness of any of those counterparties may have a pronounced effect on the Fund. Derivatives also are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this section, including market risk and liquidity risk. Since the value of derivatives is calculated and derived from the value of other assets, instruments or references, there is a risk that they will be improperly valued. Derivatives also involve the risk that changes in their value may not correlate perfectly with the assets, rates or indexes they are designed to hedge or closely track. Suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. In addition, the subadviser may determine not to use derivatives to hedge or otherwise reduce risk exposure.
The ability of the Fund to utilize hedging and other strategic transactions successfully will depend in part on its subadviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The skills required to successfully utilize hedging and other strategic transactions are different from those needed to select the Fund’s portfolio securities. If the transaction is not successful it could result in a loss to the Fund. These transactions may also increase the volatility of the Fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risks assumed. The potential loss from the use of futures can exceed the Fund’s initial investment in such contracts. In addition, these transactions could result in a loss to the Fund if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised. A detailed discussion of various hedging and other strategic transactions, including applicable regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the requirement to segregate assets with respect to these transactions, appears in the SAI. To the extent a portfolio utilizes hedging and other strategic transactions it will be subject to the same risks.
High portfolio turnover risk
A high level of portfolio turnover may have a negative impact on performance by increasing transaction costs, which must be borne directly by a fund, and brokerage commissions and generating greater tax liabilities for shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate of a fund may vary from year to year, as well as within a year.
Management risk
A fund is subject to management risk because it relies on the subadviser’s ability to pursue its objective. The subadviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The subadviser may fail to use derivatives effectively, for example, choosing to hedge or not to hedge positions precisely when it is least advantageous to do so. Funds generally do not attempt to time the market and instead generally stay fully invested in the relevant asset class, such as domestic equities or foreign equities. Notwithstanding its benchmark, a fund may buy securities not included in its benchmark or hold securities in very different proportions than its benchmark. To the extent a fund invests in those securities, its performance depends on the ability of the subadviser to choose securities that perform better than securities that are included in the benchmark.
Medium and smaller company risk
Market risk and liquidity risk may be pronounced for securities of companies with medium-sized market capitalizations and are particularly pronounced for securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may depend on a few key employees. The securities of companies with medium and smaller market capitalizations may trade less frequently and in lesser volume than more widely held securities and their value may fluctuate more sharply than those securities. They may also trade in the over-the-counter (OTC) market or on a regional exchange, or may otherwise have limited liquidity. Investments in less seasoned companies with medium and smaller market capitalizations may

6


Table of Contents

present greater opportunities for growth and capital appreciation, but also involve greater risks than customarily are associated with more established companies with larger market capitalizations.
These investment strategies and securities are described further in the SAI.

7


Table of Contents

Your account
Choosing a share class
Each share class has its own cost structure, including a Rule 12b-1 plan that allows it to pay fees for the sale, distribution and service of its shares. Your financial representative can help you decide which share class is best for you.
Class A
  A front-end sales charge, as described in the section “How Sales Charges Are Calculated.”
 
  Distribution and service (Rule 12b-1) fees of 0.25%.
Class B
  No front-end sales charge; all your money goes to work for you right away.
 
  Distribution and service (Rule 12b-1) fees of 1.00%.
 
  A contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”), as described in the section “How Sales Charges Are Calculated.”
 
  Automatic conversion to Class A shares after eight years, thus reducing future annual expenses.
Class C
  No front-end sales charge; all your money goes to work for you right away.
 
  Distribution and service (12b-1) fees of 1.00%.
 
  A 1.00% CDSC on shares sold within one year of purchase.
 
  No automatic conversion to Class A shares, so annual expenses continue at the Class C level throughout the life of your investment.
The maximum amount you may invest in Class B shares with any single purchase request is $99,999.99, and the maximum amount you may invest in Class C shares with any single purchase is $999,999.99. John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. (“Signature Services”), the transfer agent for the Fund, may accept a purchase request for Class B shares for $100,000 or more or for Class C shares for $1,000,000 or more when the purchase is pursuant to the Reinstatement Privilege (see “Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers”).
12b-1 fees
Rule 12b-1 fees will be paid to the Fund’s distributor, John Hancock Funds, LLC (the “Distributor”), and may be used by the Distributor for expenses relating to the distribution of, and shareholder or administrative services for holders of, the shares of the class and for the payment of “service fees” that come within Rule 2830(d)(5) of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (formerly the National Association of Securities Dealers).
Because Rule 12b-1 fees are paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
Other classes of shares of the Fund, which have their own expense structure, may be offered in separate prospectuses.
Your broker-dealer or agent may charge you a fee to effect transactions in Fund shares.
Additional payments to financial intermediaries
Shares of the Fund are primarily sold through financial intermediaries (firms), such as brokers, banks, registered investment advisers, financial planners and retirement plan administrators. These firms may be compensated for selling shares of the Fund in two principal ways:
  directly, by the payment of sales commissions, if any;
 
  indirectly, as a result of the Fund paying Rule 12b-1 fees.

8


Table of Contents

Certain firms may request, and the Distributor may agree to make, payments in addition to sales commissions and 12b-1 fees out of the Distributor’s own resources. These additional payments are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing.” These payments assist in the Distributor’s efforts to promote the sale of the Fund’s shares. The Distributor agrees with the firm on the methods for calculating any additional compensation, which may include the level of sales or assets attributable to the firm. Not all firms receive additional compensation, and the amount of compensation varies. These payments could be significant to a firm. The Distributor determines which firms to support and the extent of the payments it is willing to make. The Distributor generally chooses to compensate firms that have a strong capability to distribute shares of the Fund and that are willing to cooperate with the Distributor’s promotional efforts.
The Distributor hopes to benefit from revenue sharing by increasing the Fund’s net assets, which, as well as benefiting the Fund, would result in additional management and other fees for Adviser and its affiliates. In consideration for revenue sharing, a firm may feature the Fund in its sales system or give preferential access to members of its sales force or management. In addition, the firm may agree to participate in the Distributor’s marketing efforts by allowing us to participate in conferences, seminars or other programs attended by the intermediary’s sales force. Although an intermediary may seek revenue-sharing payments to offset costs incurred by the firm in servicing its clients who have invested in the Fund, the intermediary may earn a profit on these payments. Revenue-sharing payments may provide your firm with an incentive to favor the Fund.
The Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) discusses the Distributor’s revenue-sharing arrangements in more detail. Your intermediary may charge you additional fees other than those disclosed in this prospectus. You can ask your firm about any payments it receives from the Distributor or the Fund, as well as about fees and/or commissions it charges.
The Distributor, Adviser and their affiliates may have other relationships with your firm relating to the provisions of services to the Fund, such as providing omnibus account services, transaction-processing services or effecting portfolio transactions for the Fund. If your intermediary provides these services, the Adviser or the Fund may compensate the intermediary for these services. In addition, your intermediary may have other compensated relationships with the Adviser or its affiliates that are not related to the Fund.
Rollover Program Compensation
The broker-dealer of record for a pension, profit-sharing or other plan qualified under Section 401(a) or described in Section 457(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which is funded by certain group annuity contracts issued by John Hancock insurance companies, is eligible to receive ongoing compensation (“Rollover Compensation”) when a plan participant terminates from the qualified plan and rolls over assets into a John Hancock sponsored custodial IRA or a John Hancock custodial ROTH IRA invested in shares of John Hancock funds. The Rollover Compensation is paid from a fund’s 12b-1 fees to the plan’s broker-dealer of record at an annual rate not expected to exceed 0.25% of the average daily net eligible assets held in John Hancock funds [0.15% for the John Hancock Money Market Fund] under the rollover program. Rollover Compensation is made in the first year and continues thereafter, monthly in arrears. A John Hancock insurance company may also pay the third-party administrator for the plan a one-time nominal fee not expected to exceed $25 per each participant rollover into a John Hancock fund for facilitating the transaction.
How sales charges are calculated
Class A Sales charges are as follows:
Class A sales charges
                 
    As a % of   As a % of your
Your investment   offering price*   investment
Up to $49,999
    5.00 %     5.26 %
$50,000 — $99,999
    4.50 %     4.71 %
$100,000 — $249,999
    3.50 %     3.63 %
$250,000 — $499,999
    2.50 %     2.56 %
$500,000 — $999,999
    2.00 %     2.04 %
$1,000,000 and over
  See below        
 
*   Offering price is the net asset value per share plus any initial sales charge.

9


Table of Contents

You may qualify for a reduced Class A sales charge if you own or are purchasing Class A, Class B, Class C, all Class R shares, or Class I shares of John Hancock mutual funds. To receive the reduced sales charge, you must tell your broker or financial representative at the time you purchase the Fund’s Class A shares about any other John Hancock mutual funds held by you, your spouse or your children under the age of 21 living in the same household. This includes investments held in a retirement account, an employee benefit plan or with a broker or financial adviser other than the one handling your current purchase. John Hancock will credit the combined value, at the current offering price, of all eligible accounts to determine whether you qualify for a reduced sales charge on your current purchase. You may need to provide documentation for these accounts, such as an account statement. For more information about these reduced sales charges, you may visit the Fund’s Web site at www.jhfunds.com. You may also consult your broker or financial adviser or refer to the section entitled “Initial Sales Charge on Class A Shares” in the Fund’s SAI. You may request an SAI from your broker or financial adviser, access the Fund’s Web site at www.jhfunds.com or call Signature Services at 1-800-225-5291.
Investments of $1 million or more
Class A shares are available with no front-end sales charge on investments of $1 million or more. There is a CDSC on any Class A shares upon which a commission or finder’s fee was paid that are sold within one year of purchase, as follows:
Class A deferred charges on $1 million+ investments
         
    CDSC on shares being
Your investment   sold
First $1M — $4,999,999
    1.00 %
Next $1 — $5M above that
    0.50 %
Next $1 or more above that
    0.25 %
For purposes of this CDSC, all purchases made during a calendar month are counted as having been made on the first day of that month.
The CDSC is based on the lesser of the original purchase cost or the current market value of the shares being sold, and is not charged on shares you acquired by reinvesting your dividends. To keep your CDSC as low as possible, each time you place a request to sell shares, we will first sell any shares in your account that are not subject to a CDSC.
Class B and Class C Shares are offered at their net asset value per share, without any initial sales charge.
A CDSC may be charged if a commission has been paid and you sell Class B or Class C shares within a certain time after you bought them, as described in the tables below. There is no CDSC on shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends. The CDSC is based on the original purchase cost or the current market value of the shares being sold, whichever is less. The CDSCs are as follows:
Class B deferred charges
         
Years after purchase   CDSC
1st year
    5.00 %
2nd year
    4.00 %
3rd or 4th year
    3.00 %
5th year
    2.00 %
6th year
    1.00 %
After 6th year
  none
Class C deferred charges
         
Years after purchase   CDSC
1st year
    1.00 %
After 1st year
  none
For purposes of these CDSCs, all purchases made during a calendar month are counted as having been made on the first day of that month.

10


Table of Contents

To keep your CDSC as low as possible, each time you place a request to sell shares, we will first sell any shares in your account that carry no CDSC. If there are not enough of these shares to meet your request, we will sell those shares that have the lowest CDSC.
Sales charge reductions and waivers
Reducing your Class A sales charges
There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of John Hancock funds to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. The first three ways can be combined in any manner.
  Accumulation Privilege — lets you add the value of any class of shares of any John Hancock fund you already own to the amount of your next Class A investment for purposes of calculating the sales charge. However, Class A shares of money market funds will not qualify unless you have already paid a sales charge on those shares.
  Letter of Intention — lets you purchase Class A shares of a fund over a 13-month period and receive the same sales charge as if all shares had been purchased at once. You can use a Letter of Intention to qualify for reduced sales charges if you plan to invest at least $50,000 in a fund’s Class A shares during the next 13 months. The calculation of this amount would include accumulations and combinations, as well as your current holdings of all classes of John Hancock funds, which includes any reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions. However, Class A shares of money market funds will be excluded unless you have already paid a sales charge. When you sign this letter, the Fund agrees to charge you the reduced sales charges. Completing a Letter of Intention does not obligate you to purchase additional shares. However, if you do not buy enough shares to qualify for the lower sales charges by the earlier of the end of the 13-month period or when you sell your shares, your sales charges will be recalculated to reflect your actual purchase level. Also available for individual retirement plan investors is a 48-month Letter of Intention, described in the SAI.
   Combination Privilege — lets you combine shares of all funds for purposes of calculating the Class A sales charge.
To utilize any reduction you must, complete the appropriate section of your application, or contact your financial representative or Signature Services. Consult the SAI for additional details (see the back cover of this Prospectus).
Group Investment Program
A group may be treated as a single purchaser under the accumulation and combination privileges. Each investor has an individual account, but the group’s investments are lumped together for sales charge purposes, making the investors potentially eligible for reduced sales charges. There is no charge or obligation to invest (although initial investments per account opened must satisfy minimum initial investment requirements specified in the section entitled “Opening an account”), and individual investors may close their accounts at any time.
To utilize this program you must, contact your financial representative or Signature Services to find out how to qualify. Consult the SAI for additional details (see the back cover of this Prospectus).
CDSC waivers
As long as Signature Services is notified at the time you sell, the CDSC for each share class will be waived in the following cases:
  to make payments through certain systematic withdrawal plans
 
  certain retirement plans participating in Merrill Lynch, The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc., or PruSolutions(SM) programs
 
  redemptions pursuant to the Fund’s right to liquidate an account less than $1,000
 
  redemptions of Class A shares made after one year from the inception of a retirement plan at John Hancock
 
  to make certain distributions from a retirement plan
 
  because of shareholder death or disability
To utilize a waiver you must, contact your financial representative or Signature Services. Consult the SAI for additional details (see the back cover of this Prospectus).

11


Table of Contents

Reinstatement privilege
If you sell shares of a John Hancock fund, you may reinvest some or all of the proceeds back into the same share class of the same John Hancock fund and account from which it was removed within 120 days without a sales charge, as long as Signature Services or your financial representative is notified before you reinvest. If you paid a CDSC when you sold your shares, you will be credited with the amount of the CDSC.
To utilize this privilege you must, contact your financial representative or Signature Services.
Waivers for certain investors
Class A shares may be offered without front-end sales charges or CDSCs to various individuals and institutions, including:
  investors who acquired their Class A shares of the Fund as a result of the reorganization of the Rainier fund
 
  selling brokers and their employees and sales representatives (and their Immediate Family, as defined in the SAI)
 
  financial representatives utilizing fund shares in fee-based or wrap investment products under a signed fee-based or wrap agreement with the Distributor
 
  Fund trustees and other individuals who are affiliated with these or other John Hancock funds (and their Immediate Family, as defined in the SAI)
 
  individuals transferring assets held in a SIMPLE IRA, SEP or SAR-SEP invested in John Hancock funds directly to an IRA
 
  individuals converting assets held in an IRA, SIMPLE IRA, SEP or SAR-SEP invested in John Hancock funds directly to a ROTH IRA
 
  individuals recharacterizing assets from an IRA, ROTH IRA, SEP, SAR-SEP or SIMPLE IRA invested in John Hancock funds back to the original account type from which it was converted
 
  participants in certain 529 plans that have a signed agreement with the Distributor (one-year CDSC may apply)
 
  participants in certain retirement plans with at least 100 eligible employees (one-year CDSC applies)
 
  certain retirement plans participating in Merrill Lynch, The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc., or PruSolutionsSM programs
 
  Terminating participants rolling over assets held in a pension, profit-sharing or other plan qualified under Section 401(a) or described in Section 457(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which is funded by certain John Hancock group annuity contracts, directly to a John Hancock custodial IRA or John Hancock custodial ROTH IRA investing in John Hancock funds, including subsequent investments.
To utilize a waiver you must, contact your financial representative or Signature Services. Consult the SAI for additional details (see the back cover of this prospectus).
Other waivers
Front-end sales charges and CDSCs are not imposed in connection with the following transactions:
  exchanges from one John Hancock fund to the same class of any other John Hancock fund (see “Transaction Policies” in this prospectus for additional details)
  dividend reinvestments (see “Dividends and Account Policies” in this prospectus for additional details)
Opening an account

12


Table of Contents

1   Read this prospectus carefully.
 
2   Determine how much you want to invest. The minimum initial investments for the John Hancock funds are as follows:
    non-retirement account: $1,000
 
    retirement account: $500; there is no minimum initial investment for certain group retirement plans investing using salary deduction or similar group methods of payment
 
    group investments: $250
 
    Monthly Automatic Accumulation Plan (“MAAP”): $25 to open; you must invest at least $25 a month
 
    there is no minimum initial investment for fee-based or wrap accounts of selling firms that have executed a fee-based or wrap agreement with the Distributor
3   All shareholders must complete the account application, carefully following the instructions. If you have any questions, contact your financial representative or call Signature Services at 1-800-225-5291.
 
4   Complete the appropriate parts of the account privileges application. By applying for privileges now, you can avoid the delay and inconvenience of having to file an additional application if you want to add privileges later.
 
5   Make your initial investment using the instructions under “Buying shares”. You and your financial representative can initiate any purchase, exchange or sale of shares.
Important information about opening a new account
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act) requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account.
For individual investors opening an account When you open an account, you will be asked for your name, residential address, date of birth and Social Security number.
For investors other than individuals When you open an account, you will be asked for the name of the entity, its principal place of business and taxpayer identification number (TIN) and may be requested to provide information on persons with authority or control over the account such as name, residential address, date of birth and social security number. You may also be asked to provide documents, such as articles of incorporation, trust instruments or partnership agreements and other information that will help Signature Services identify the entity. Please see the Mutual Fund Account Applications for more details.
Buying shares
         
    Opening an account   Adding to an account
By check
       
 
 
     Make out a check for the investment amount, payable to “John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.”
 
     Make out a check for the investment amount, payable to “John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.”
 
       
 
 
     Deliver the check and your completed application to your financial representative, or mail them to Signature Services (address below).
 
     Fill out the detachable investment slip from an account statement. If no slip is available, include a note specifying the fund name, your share class, your account number and the name(s) in which the account is registered.
 
       
 
     
     Deliver the check and your investment slip or note to your financial representative, or mail them to Signature Services (address below).

13


Table of Contents

         
    Opening an account   Adding to an account
By exchange
       
 
 
     Call your financial representative or Signature Services to request an exchange.
 
     Log on to www.jhfunds.com to process exchanges between funds.
 
       
 
     
     Call EASI-Line for automated service 24 hours a day at 1-800-338-8080.
 
       
 
     
     Call your financial representative or Signature Services to request an exchange.
 
       
By wire
       
 
 
     Deliver your completed application to your financial representative, or mail it to Signature Services.
 
     Obtain wiring instructions by calling Signature Services at 1-800-225-5291.
 
       
 
 
     Obtain your account number by calling your financial representative or Signature Services.
 
     Instruct your bank to wire the amount of your investment. Specify the fund name, the share class, your account number and the name(s) in which the account is registered. Your bank may charge a fee to wire funds.
 
       
 
 
     Obtain wiring instructions by calling Signature Services at 1-800-225-5291.
   
 
       
 
 
     Instruct your bank to wire the amount of your investment. Specify the Fund name, the share class, your account number and the name(s) in which the account is registered. Your bank may charge a fee to wire funds.
   
 
       
By Internet
       
 
  See “By exchange” and “By wire.”  
     Verify that your bank or credit union is a member of the Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) system.
 
       
 
     
     Complete the “Bank Information” section on your account application.
 
       
 
     
     Log on to www.jhfunds.com to initiate purchases using your authorized bank account.
 
       
By phone
       
 
  See “By exchange” and “By wire.”  
     Verify that your bank or credit union is a member of the ACH system.
 
       
 
     
     Complete the “Bank Information” section on your account application.
 
       
 
     
     Call EASI-Line for automated service 24 hours a day at 1-800-338-8080.
 
       
 
     
     Call your financial representative or call Signature Services between 8 A.M. and 7 P.M. Eastern Time on most business days.
 
       
 
      To open or add to an account using the MAAP, see “Additional Investor Services.”
Address:
Mutual Fund Operations
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
PO Box 9510
Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510
Phone Number: 1-800-225-5291
Or contact your financial representative for instructions and assistance.

14


Table of Contents

Selling shares
         
        To sell some or all of your shares
By letter
       
 
 
     Accounts of any type.

     Sales of any amount.
 
     Write a letter of instruction or complete a stock power indicating the fund name, your share class, your account number, the name(s) in which the account is registered and the dollar value or number of shares you wish to sell.
 
       
 
     
     Include all signatures and any additional documents that may be required (see next page).
 
       
 
     
      Mail the materials to Signature Services.
 
       
 
     
     A check will be mailed to the name(s) and address in which the account is registered, or otherwise according to your letter of instruction.
 
       
By Internet
       
 
 
     Most accounts.

     Sales of up to $100,000.
 
     Log on to www.jhfunds.com to initiate redemptions from your fund.
 
       
By phone
       
 
 
     Most accounts.

     Sales of up to $100,000.
 
     Call EASI-Line for automated service 24 hours a day at 1-800-338-8080.
 
       
 
     
     Call your financial representative or call Signature Services between 8 A.M. and 7 P.M. Eastern Time on most business days.
 
       
By wire or electronic funds transfer (EFT)    
 
 
 
      Requests by letter to sell any amount.

      Requests by Internet or phone to sell up to $100,000.
 
     To verify that the Internet or telephone redemption privilege is in place on an account, or to request the form to add it to an existing account, call Signature Services.
 
       
 
     
     Funds requested by wire will be wired the next business day. A $4 fee will be deducted from your account. Your bank may also charge you a fee for this service.
 
       
 
     
     Funds requested by EFT are generally available by the second business day. Your bank may charge you a fee for this service.
 
       
By exchange
       
 
 
      Accounts of any type.

     Sales of any amount.
 
     Obtain a current prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging by Internet or by calling your financial representative or Signature Services.
 
       
 
     
     Log on to www.jhfunds.com to process exchanges between your funds.
 
       
 
     
     Call EASI-Line for automated service 24 hours a day at 1-800-338-8080.
 
       
 
     
     Call your financial representative or Signature Services to request an exchange.

15


Table of Contents

To sell shares through a systematic withdrawal plan, see “Additional Investor Services”.
Selling shares in writing
In certain circumstances, you will need to make your request to sell shares in writing. You may need to include additional items with your request, unless they were previously provided to Signature Services and are still accurate. These items are shown in the table below. You may also need to include a signature guarantee, which protects you against fraudulent orders. You will need a signature guarantee if:
  your address of record has changed within the past 30 days;
 
  you are selling more than $100,000 worth of shares — This requirement is waived for certain entities operating under a signed fax trading agreement with John Hancock or
 
  you are requesting payment other than by a check mailed to the address of record and payable to the registered owner(s).
You will need to obtain your signature guarantee from a member of the Signature Guarantee Medallion Program. Most broker-dealers, banks, credit unions (if authorized under state law) and securities exchanges are members of this program. A notary public CANNOT provide a signature guarantee.
     
Seller   Requirements for written requests
Owners of individual, joint or UGMA/UTMA accounts (custodial accounts for minors).
 
     Letter of instruction.
 
   
 
 
     On the letter, the signatures and titles of all persons authorized to sign for the account, exactly as the account is registered.
 
   
 
 
     Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
   
Owners of corporate, sole proprietorship, general partner or association accounts.
 
     Letter of instruction.
 
   
 
 
     Corporate business/organization resolution certified within the past 12 months or a John Hancock funds business/organization certification form.
 
   
 
 
     On the letter and the resolution, the signature of the person(s) authorized to sign for the account.
 
   
 
 
     Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
   
Owners or trustees of trust accounts.
 
     Letter of instruction.
 
   
 
 
     On the letter, the signature(s) of the trustee(s).
 
   
 
 
     Copy of the trust document certified within the past 12 months or a John Hancock funds trust certification form.
 
   
 
 
     Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
   
Joint tenancy shareholders with rights of survivorship with a deceased co-tenant(s).
 
     Letter of instruction signed by surviving tenant.
 
   
 
 
     Copy of death certificate.
 
   
 
 
     Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
   
 
 
     Inheritance tax waiver (if applicable).
 
   
Executors of shareholder estates.
 
     Letter of instruction signed by executor.
 
   
 
 
     Copy of order appointing executor, certified within the past 12 months.

16


Table of Contents

     
Seller   Requirements for written requests
 
 
     Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
   
 
 
     Inheritance tax waiver (if applicable).
 
   
Administrators, conservators, guardians and other sellers or account types not listed above.
 
     Call 1-800-225-5291 for instructions.
Address:
Mutual Fund Operations
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
PO Box 9510
Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510
Phone Number: 1-800-225-5291
Or contact your financial representative for instructions and assistance.

17


Table of Contents

Transaction policies
Valuation of shares
The net asset value per share (“NAV”) is determined for each class of shares of the Fund as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (typically 4 P.M. Eastern time) on each business day that the New York Stock Exchange is open. Securities held by the Fund, except money market instruments with remaining maturities of 60 days or less, are valued at their market value if market quotations are readily available. Otherwise, securities held by the Fund are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees of JHF III. Any actions of the Pricing Committee, as the Board’s designee, are subject to oversight by the Board. Money market instruments with a remaining maturity of 60 days or less held by the Fund are valued on an amortized cost basis.
Generally, trading in non-U.S. securities, U.S. government securities and money market instruments is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange. The values of such securities used in computing the NAV of the Fund’s shares are generally determined as of such times. If market quotations or official closing prices are not readily available or are deemed unreliable, a security will be valued by a method that the Trustees (or the Pricing Committee as their designee) believe accurately reflects its fair value. Market price may be deemed unreliable, for example, if a security is thinly traded or if a security’s value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the exchange or market on which the security is principally traded.
In deciding whether to make a fair value adjustment to the price of a security, the Trustees (or the Pricing Committee as their designee) may review a variety of factors, including, developments in foreign markets, the performance of U.S. securities markets, and the performance of instruments trading in U.S. markets that represent foreign securities and baskets of foreign securities. A fund may also fair value securities in other situations, for example, when a particular foreign market is closed but a fund is calculating its NAV or when a designated index changes by certain percentage. In such circumstances, a fund may use a pricing service that employs fair value model pricing in valuing foreign securities held by a fund. In view of these factors, it is likely that a fund investing significant amounts of assets in securities that are primarily traded on foreign markets will be fair valued more frequently than a fund investing significant amounts of assets in frequently traded, U.S. exchange-listed securities of large capitalization U.S. issuers. In addition, the value of such securities (and, therefore, NAV of a fund that holds them) may change significantly on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem fund’s shares.
Fair value pricing of securities is intended to help ensure that the NAV of a fund’s shares reflects the value of a fund’s securities as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange (as opposed to a value that is no longer accurate as of such close), thus limiting the opportunity for aggressive traders to purchase shares of a fund at deflated prices reflecting stale security valuations and promptly sell such shares at a gain. However, no assurance can be given that fair value pricing of securities will successfully eliminate all potential opportunities for such trading gains. Fair value pricing of securities also involves the risk that the fund’s valuation of an investment may be higher or lower than the price the investment might actually command if a fund sold it.
Buy and sell prices
When you buy shares, you pay the NAV plus any applicable sales charges, as described earlier. When you sell shares, you receive the NAV minus any applicable deferred sales charges.
Execution of requests
The Fund is open on those days when the New York Stock Exchange is open, typically Monday through Friday. Buy and sell requests are executed at the next NAV to be calculated after Signature Services receives your request in good order. In unusual circumstances, the Fund has the right to redeem in kind.
At times of peak activity, it may be difficult to place requests by telephone. During these times, consider using EASI-Line, accessing www.jhfunds.com or sending your request in writing.
In unusual circumstances, the Fund may temporarily suspend the processing of sell requests or may postpone payment of proceeds for up to three business days or longer, as allowed by federal securities laws.

18


Table of Contents

Telephone transactions
For your protection, telephone requests may be recorded in order to verify their accuracy. Also for your protection, telephone redemption transactions are not permitted on accounts whose names or addresses have changed within the past 30 days. Proceeds from telephone transactions can only be mailed to the address of record.
Exchanges
You may exchange shares of one John Hancock fund for shares of the same class of any other, generally without paying any additional sales charges. The registration for both accounts involved must be identical.
For one year after the closing date of the reorganization of the Rainier fund, the following exchange privileges are available to investors who acquired Class A shares of the Fund as a result of that reorganization:
  These investors may exchange their Class A shares for Class ADV shares of the Fund; and
 
  Certain of these investors that meet applicable eligibility criteria may exchange their Class A shares for Class I shares of the Fund.
Class ADV shares and Class I shares of the Fund are described in separate prospectuses.
Class B and Class C shares will continue to age from the original date and will retain the same CDSC rate. A CDSC rate that has increased will drop again with a future exchange into a fund with a lower rate. A fund may change or cancel its exchange policies at any time, upon 60 days’ notice to its shareholders. For further details, see “Additional Services and Programs” in the SAI (see the back cover of this Prospectus).
Excessive trading
The Fund is intended for long-term investment purposes only and does not knowingly accept shareholders who engage in “market timing” or other types of excessive short-term trading. Short-term trading into and out of the Fund can disrupt portfolio investment strategies and may increase fund expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.
Right to reject or restrict purchase and exchange orders
Purchases and exchanges should be made primarily for investment purposes. The Fund reserves the right to restrict, reject or cancel (with respect to cancellations within one day of the order), for any reason and without any prior notice, any purchase or exchange order, including transactions representing excessive trading and transactions accepted by any shareholder’s financial intermediary. For example, the Fund may in its discretion restrict, reject or cancel a purchase or exchange order even if the transaction is not subject to a specific “Limitation on exchange activity” described below, if the Fund, or its agents, determines that accepting the order could interfere with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolio or otherwise not be in the Fund’s best interest in light of unusual trading activity related to your account. In the event that the Fund rejects or cancels an exchange request, neither the redemption nor the purchase side of the exchange will be processed. If you would like the redemption request to be processed even if the purchase order is rejected, you should submit separate redemption and purchase orders rather than placing an exchange order. The Fund reserves the right to delay for up to one business day, consistent with applicable law, the processing of exchange requests in the event that, in the Fund’s judgment, such delay would be in the Fund’s best interest, in which case both the redemption and purchase side of the exchange will receive the Fund’s NAV at the conclusion of the delay period. The Fund, through its agents in their sole discretion, may impose these remedial actions at the account holder level or the underlying shareholder level.
Exchange limitation policies
The Board of Trustees of JHF III has adopted the following policies and procedures by which the Fund, subject to the limitations described below, takes steps reasonably designed to curtail excessive trading practices.

19


Table of Contents

Limitation on exchange activity
Pursuant to the policies and procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees, the Fund, or its agent, may reject or cancel a purchase order, suspend or terminate the exchange privilege or terminate the ability of an investor to invest in John Hancock funds, if the Fund, or its agent, determines that a proposed transaction involves market timing or disruptive trading that it believes is likely to be detrimental to the Fund. The Fund, or its agent, cannot ensure that it will be able to identify all cases of market timing or disruptive trading, although it attempts to have adequate procedures in place to do so. The Fund, or its agent, may also reject or cancel any purchase order (including an exchange) from an investor or group of investors for any other reason. Decisions to reject or cancel purchase orders (including exchanges) in the Fund are inherently subjective and will be made in a manner believed to be in the best interest of the Fund’s shareholders. The Fund does not have any arrangement to permit market timing or disruptive trading.
Exchanges made on the same day in the same account are aggregated for purposes of counting the number and dollar amount of exchanges made by the account holder. The exchange limits referenced above will not be imposed or may be modified under certain circumstances. For example: These exchange limits may be modified for accounts held by certain retirement plans to conform to plan exchange limits, ERISA considerations or Department of Labor regulations. Certain automated or pre-established exchange, asset allocation and dollar cost averaging programs are not subject to these exchange limits. These programs are excluded from the exchange limitation since the Fund believes that they are advantageous to shareholders and do not offer an effective means for market timing or excessive trading strategies. These investment tools involve regular and predetermined purchase or redemption requests made well in advance of any knowledge of events affecting the market on the date of the purchase or redemption.
These exchange limits are subject to the Fund’s ability to monitor exchange activity, as discussed under “Limitation on the ability to detect and curtail excessive trading practices” below. Depending upon the composition of the Fund’s shareholder accounts and in light of the limitations on the ability of the Fund to detect and curtail excessive trading practices, a significant percentage of the Fund’s shareholders may not be subject to the exchange limitation policy described above. In applying the exchange limitation policy, the Fund considers information available to it at the time and reserves the right to consider trading activity in a single account or multiple accounts under common ownership, control or influence.
Limitation on the ability to detect and curtail excessive trading practices
Shareholders seeking to engage in excessive trading practices sometimes deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection and, despite the efforts of the Fund to prevent its excessive trading, there is no guarantee that the Fund or its agents will be able to identify such shareholders or curtail its trading practices. The ability of the Fund and its agents to detect and curtail excessive trading practices may also be limited by operational systems and technological limitations. Because the Fund will not always be able to detect frequent trading activity, investors should not assume that the Fund will be able to detect or prevent all frequent trading or other practices that disadvantage the Fund. For example, the ability of the Fund to monitor trades that are placed by omnibus or other nominee accounts is limited in those instances in which the financial intermediary, including a financial adviser, broker, retirement plan administrator or fee-based program sponsor, maintains the records of the Fund’s underlying beneficial owners. Omnibus or other nominee account arrangements are common forms of holding shares of the Fund, particularly among certain financial intermediaries such as financial advisers, brokers, retirement plan administrators or fee-based program sponsors. These arrangements often permit the financial intermediary to aggregate its clients’ transactions and ownership positions and do not identify the particular underlying shareholder(s) to the Fund. However, the Fund will work with financial intermediaries as necessary to discourage shareholders from engaging in abusive trading practices and to impose restrictions on excessive trades. In this regard, the Fund has entered into information sharing agreements with financial intermediaries pursuant to which these intermediaries are required to provide to the Fund, at the Fund’s request, certain information relating to their customers investing in the Fund through omnibus or other nominee accounts. The fund will use this information to attempt to identify excessive trading practices. Financial intermediaries are contractually required to follow any instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit future purchases from shareholders that are found to have engaged in excessive trading in violation of the Fund’s policies. The fund cannot guarantee the accuracy of the information provided to it from financial intermediaries and so cannot ensure that it will be able to detect abusive trading practices that occur through omnibus or other nominee accounts. As a consequence, the Fund’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in these types of accounts may be limited.
Excessive trading risk
To the extent that the Fund or its agents is unable to curtail excessive trading practices in the Fund, these practices may interfere with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolio and may result in the Fund engaging in certain activities to a greater extent than it otherwise would, such as maintaining higher cash balances, using its line of credit and engaging in increased portfolio transactions. Increased portfolio transactions and use of the line of credit would correspondingly increase the Fund’s operating costs and decrease

20


Table of Contents

the Fund’s investment performance. Maintenance of higher levels of cash balances would likewise result in lower fund investment performance during periods of rising markets.
While excessive trading can potentially occur in the Fund, certain types of funds are more likely than others to be targets of excessive trading. For example:
  A fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in small or mid-capitalization stocks or securities in particular industries, that may trade infrequently or are fair valued as discussed under “Valuation of shares,” entails a greater risk of excessive trading, as investors may seek to trade fund shares in an effort to benefit from their understanding of the value of those types of securities (referred to as price arbitrage).
 
  A fund that invests a material portion of its assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers may be a potential target for excessive trading if investors seek to engage in price arbitrage based upon general trends in the securities markets that occur subsequent to the close of the primary market for such securities.
 
  A fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in below investment-grade (junk) bonds that may trade infrequently or are fair valued as discussed under “Valuation of shares” incurs a greater risk of excessive trading, as investors may seek to trade fund shares in an effort to benefit from their understanding of the value of those types of securities.
Any frequent trading strategies may interfere with efficient management of a fund’s portfolio. A fund that invests in the types of securities discussed above may be exposed to this risk to a greater degree than a fund that invests in highly liquid securities. These risks would be less significant, for example, in a fund that primarily invests in U.S. government securities, money market instruments, investment-grade corporate issuers or large-capitalization U.S. equity securities. Any successful price arbitrage may cause dilution in the value of the Fund shares held by other shareholders.
Account information
JHF III is required by law to obtain information for verifying an account holder’s identity. For example, an individual will be required to supply his or her name, residential address, date of birth and social security number. If you do not provide the required information, we may not be able to open your account. If verification is unsuccessful, JHF III may close your account, redeem your shares at the next NAV minus any applicable sales charges and take any other steps that it deems reasonable.
Certificated shares
The Fund does not issue share certificates. Shares are electronically recorded.
Sales in advance of purchase payments
When you place a request to sell shares for which the purchase money has not yet been collected, the request will be executed in a timely fashion, but the Fund will not release the proceeds to you until your purchase payment clears. This may take up to ten business days after the purchase.
Dividends and account policies
Account statements
In general, you will receive account statements as follows:
  after every transaction (except a dividend reinvestment, automatic investment or systematic withdrawal) that affects your account balance
 
  after any changes of name or address of the registered owner(s)
 
  in all other circumstances, every quarter
Every year you will also receive, if applicable, a Form 1099 tax information statement, mailed by January 31.

21


Table of Contents

Dividends
The Fund typically declares and pays income dividends at least annually. Capital gains, if any, are typically distributed at least annually.
Dividend reinvestments
Most investors have their dividends reinvested in additional shares of the same fund and class. If you choose this option, or if you do not indicate any choice, your dividends will be reinvested on the dividend record date. Alternatively, you may choose to have your dividends and capital gains sent directly to your bank account or a check may be mailed if your combined dividend and capital gains amount is $10 or more. However, if the check is not deliverable or the combined dividend and capital gains amount is less than $10, your proceeds will be reinvested. If five or more of your dividend or capital gains checks remain uncashed after 180 days, all subsequent dividends and capital gains will be reinvested. No front-end sales charge or CDSC will be imposed on shares derived from reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions.
Taxability of dividends
For investors who are not exempt from federal income taxes, dividends you receive from the Fund, whether reinvested or taken as cash, are generally considered taxable. Dividends from the Fund’s short-term capital gains are taxable as ordinary income. Dividends from the Fund’s long-term capital gains are taxable at a lower rate. Whether gains are short-term or long-term depends on the Fund’s holding period. Some dividends paid in January may be taxable as if they had been paid the previous December.
The Form 1099 that is mailed to you every January details your dividends and their federal tax category, although you should verify your tax liability with your tax professional.
Taxability of transactions
Any time you sell or exchange shares, it is considered a taxable event for you if you are not exempt from federal income taxes. Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you sell or exchange, you may have a gain or a loss on the transaction. You are responsible for any tax liabilities generated by your transactions.
Small accounts (non-retirement only)
If you draw down a non-retirement account so that its total value is less than $1,000, you may be asked to purchase more shares within 30 days. If you do not take action, the Fund may close out your account and mail you the proceeds. Alternatively, the Fund may charge you $20 a year to maintain your account. You will not be charged a CDSC if your account is closed for this reason. Your account will not be closed or charged this fee if its drop in value is due to fund performance or the effects of sales charges.
Additional investor services
Monthly Automatic Accumulation Program
MAAP lets you set up regular investments from your paycheck or bank account to the John Hancock fund(s) of your choice. You determine the frequency and amount of your investments, and you can terminate your program at any time. To establish:
  Complete the appropriate parts of your account application.
 
  If you are using MAAP to open an account, make out a check for your first investment amount payable to “John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.” in an amount satisfying the applicable minimum initial investment requirements specified in the section “Opening an Account.” Deliver your check and application to your financial representative or Signature Services.
Systematic withdrawal plan
This plan may be used for routine bill payments or periodic withdrawals from your account. To establish:
  Make sure you have at least $5,000 worth of shares in your account.
 
  Make sure you are not planning to invest more money in this account (buying shares during a period when you are also selling

22


Table of Contents

    shares of the same fund is not advantageous to you because of sales charges).
 
  Specify the payee(s). The payee may be yourself or any other party, and there is no limit to the number of payees you may have, as long as they are all on the same payment schedule.
 
  Determine the schedule: monthly, quarterly, semiannually, annually or in certain selected months.
 
  Fill out the relevant part of the account application. To add a systematic withdrawal plan to an existing account, contact your financial representative or Signature Services.
Retirement plans
John Hancock funds offers a range of retirement plans, including traditional and Roth IRAs, Coverdell ESAs, SIMPLE plans and SEPs. Using these plans, you can invest in any John Hancock fund (except tax-free income funds) with a low minimum investment of $500 or, for some group plans, no minimum investment at all. To find out more, call Signature Services at 1-800-225-5291.
Restrictions on 403(b)(7) Plans Accounts
Restrictions on 403(b)(7) Plans Accounts. Due to regulations enacted by the Internal Revenue Service, effective September 25, 2007, John Hancock funds will no longer accept requests to establish new John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) accounts; will no longer accept requests for exchanges or transfers into your existing John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) accounts; and will require additional disclosure documentation if you direct John Hancock funds on or after September 25, 2007 to exchange or transfer some or all of your John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account assets to another 403(b)(7) contract or account. Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for more information regarding these restrictions.
Disclosure of portfolio holdings
The Fund’s Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings can be found in Appendix C of the SAI and the portfolio holdings information can be found at www.jhfunds.com.
The holdings of the Fund will be posted to the Web site listed above within 30 days after each calendar quarter end and within 30 days after any material changes are made to the holdings of the Fund. In addition, the ten largest holdings of the Fund will be posted to the Web site listed above 30 days after each calendar quarter end. The information described above will remain on the Web site until the date the Fund files its Form N-CSR or Form N-Q with the SEC for the period that includes the date as of which the Web site information is current. The Fund’s Form N-CSR and Form N-Q will contain the Fund’s entire portfolio holdings as of the applicable calendar quarter end.

23


Table of Contents

Fund details
Business structure
JHF III’s Board of Trustees oversees the Fund’s business activities and retains the services of the various firms that carry out the Fund’s operations.
The Trustees of the Fund have the power to change the Fund’s investment goal without shareholder approval.
Investment adviser
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210-2805
Manages the Fund’s business and investment activities.
Subadviser
Rainier Investment Management Inc.
601 Union Street Suite 2801
Seattle, Washington 98101
Provides portfolio management to the Fund.
Custodian
State Street Bank & Trust Company
2 Avenue de Lafayette
Boston, MA 02111
Holds the Fund’s assets, settles all portfolio trades and collects most of the valuation data required for calculating the Fund’s NAV.
Principal distributor
John Hancock Funds, LLC
Markets the Fund and distributes shares through selling brokers, financial planners and other financial representatives.
Transfer agent
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
Handles shareholder services, including recordkeeping and statements, distribution of dividends and processing of buy and sell requests.
Management fees
The Fund pays the Adviser a management fee for its services to the Fund. The fee is stated as an annual percentage of the current value of the aggregate assets of the Fund (together with the assets of the Growth Equity Trust, a series of John Hancock Trust) determined in accordance with the following schedule, and that rate is applied to the assets of the Fund.
                         
    First $3 billion   Next $3 billion   Over $6 billion
Fund   of Net Assets   of Net Assets   of Net Assets
Aggregate Assets of the Fund and Growth Equity Trust
    0.75 %     0.725 %     0.70 %

24


Table of Contents

Adviser
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser. The Adviser administers the business and affairs of the Fund and retains and compensates an investment subadviser to manage the assets of the Fund. As of September 30, 2007, the Adviser and its affiliates had total assets under management of approximately $59 billion.
The Adviser and the subadviser to the Fund are registered as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”), a publicly traded company based in Toronto, Canada. MFC and its subsidiaries operate as “Manulife Financial” in Canada and Asia and primarily as “John Hancock” in the U.S.
Pursuant to an order received from the SEC, the Adviser, subject to Board of Trustees’ approval, is permitted to appoint a new subadviser for the Fund or change the terms of the subadvisory agreement without obtaining shareholder approval. As a result, JHF III is able from time to time to change the Fund’s subadviser or the fees paid to the subadviser without the expense and delays associated with holding a shareholders’ meeting. The SEC order does not, however, permit the Adviser to appoint a subadviser that is an affiliate of the Adviser or JHF III (other than by reason of serving as a subadviser) or change the subadvisory fee of an affiliated subadviser without shareholder approval.
Subadviser
Rainier Investment Management (“Rainier”) managed approximately $16.3 billion as of September 30, 2007, consisting of discretionary assets for various clients, including corporations, public and corporate pension plans, foundations and charitable endowments, high-net-worth individuals and registered investment companies. Rainier is owned and operated by twelve principals. Rainier formulates and implements an investment program for the Fund, which includes determining which securities should be bought and sold.
Management biographies
Below is an alphabetical list of the portfolio managers for the Fund, including a brief summary of their business careers over the past five years. Appendix C of the SAI includes information about the portfolio managers, including information about their compensation, accounts they manage other than the Fund and their ownership of Fund shares, if any. The Fund is managed by a team of portfolio managers. Each member of the team shares an equal amount of day-to-day management and responsibility of the Fund.
Daniel Brewer (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.
Mark Broughton (since 2002)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since 2002.
Stacie Cowell (since 2006)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since 2006.
 
§   Senior Vice President and Lead Portfolio Manager with Invesco Funds Group (1996 to 2004) and Kennedy Capital Management (2005).
Mark Dawson (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.
Andrea Durbin (since 2007)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002
James Margard (since inception)
§   Chief Investment Officer with Rainier since at least 2002.
Peter Musser (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.

25


Table of Contents

Advisory and subadvisory contracts
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approving the investment advisory and subadvisory contracts of the Fund will be available in the Fund’s semi-annual report to shareholders for the period ending August 31, 2008.
Financial highlights
The financial highlights information in the following table for the Fund’s Class A shares represents the financial highlights of the Rainier fund’s Original Class shares for the fiscal periods indicated. It is currently contemplated that the Rainier fund will be reorganized into the Fund on or about April 25, 2008. “Total return” shows how much an investment in the Rainier fund’s shares would have increased (or decreased) during the period, assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested. These financial highlights have been audited by KPMG LLP, the Rainier fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Rainier fund’s financial statements, is included in the Rainier fund’s annual report, which is available upon request. Since Class B and C shares of the Fund are new, financial highlights information is not available for these classes as of the date of this Prospectus.
LARGE CAP GROWTH EQUITY PORTFOLIO — ORIGINAL SHARES Fiscal year ending March 31,
                                         
    2007   2006   2005   2004   2003
 
Net asset value, beginning of year
  $ 19.07     $ 15.64     $ 14.83     $ 10.98     $ 14.41  
 
                                       
Income from investment operations
                                       
Net investment loss
    (0.04 )     (0.07) *     (0.06 )     (0.09 )     (0.07 )
 
                                       
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments
    1.41       3.50       0.87       3.94       (3.36 )
 
                                       
Total from investment operations
    1.37       3.43       0.81       3.85       (3.43 )
 
 
                                       
Less distributions
                                       
From net investment income
                             
 
                                       
From net realized gain
                             
 
                                       
Total distributions
                             
                                 
 
                                       
Net asset value, end of year
  $ 20.44     $ 19.07     $ 15.64     $ 14.83     $ 10.98  
 
 
                                       
Total return
    7.18 %     21.93 %     5.46 %     35.06 %     (23.80 %)
 
 
                                       
Ratios/supplemental data
                                       
Net assets, end of year (millions)
  $ 33.1     $ 14.9     $ 7.0     $ 5.8     $ 4.6  
                                 
 
                                       
Ratio of expenses to average net assets
                                       
Before fees waived and expenses absorbed
    1.30 %     1.72 %     2.19 %     2.25 %     2.57 %
 
                                       
After fees waived and expenses absorbed
    1.19 %     1.19 %     1.19 %     1.19 %     1.19 %
 
 
                                       
Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets, after fees waived and expenses absorbed
    (0.38 %)     (0.42 %)     (0.43 %)     (0.62 %)     (0.60 %)
 
 
                                       
Portfolio turnover rate
    101.11 %     95.96 %     118.96 %     117.97 %     124.82 %
 
*   Computed using the average shares method.

26


Table of Contents

For more information
Two documents are available that offer further information on the Fund:
Annual/Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders
Includes financial statements, a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected performance during the last fiscal year, as well as the auditors’ report (in annual report only).
Statement of Additional Information
The SAI contains more detailed information on all aspects of the Fund. The Fund’s SAI includes a summary of the JHF III’s policy regarding disclosure of the portfolio holdings as well as legal and regulatory matters. The current SAI has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference into (and is legally a part of) this prospectus.
To request a free copy of the current prospectus, annual/semi-annual report or the SAI of the Fund, please contact Signature Services:
By mail:
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
P.O. Box 9510
Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510
By phone: 1-800-225-5291
By EASI-Line: 1-800-338-8080
On the Internet: www.jhfunds.com
Or you may view or obtain these documents and other information from the SEC:
By mail: Public Reference Section
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, DC 20549-0102
(duplicating fee required)
In person: at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC.
For access to the Reference Room call 202-551-8090
By electronic request: publicinfo@sec.gov
(duplicating fee required)
On the EDGAR Database on the Internet: www.sec.gov
SEC number: 811-21777
©2008 JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS, LLC [ ] 1/08
(JOHN HANCOCK LOGO)
John Hancock Funds, LLC
MEMBER FINRA
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210-2805
Now available: electronic delivery
www.jhfunds.com/edelivery

27


Table of Contents

John Hancock
Rainier Growth Fund
CLASS I SHARES
The information in this prospectus is incomplete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PROSPECTUS
March 1, 2008
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved this fund or determined whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal crime.

 


Table of Contents

Contents
     
JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
   
PRINCIPAL RISKS
   
Description of principal risks
   
YOUR ACCOUNT
   
Who can buy shares
   
Opening an account
   
Buying shares
   
Selling shares
   
Transaction policies
   
Dividends and account policies
   
Additional investor services
   
FUND DETAILS
   
Business structure
   
Management biographies
   
Financial highlights
   
FOR MORE INFORMATION
  BACK COVER

 


Table of Contents

Overview
JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
This prospectus contains information regarding the John Hancock Rainier Growth Fund (the “Fund”), a series of John Hancock Funds III (“JHF III”). A summary description of the Fund, which sets forth the Fund’s investment objective and describes the Fund’s principal investment strategies and principal risks, is provided in the next section of this prospectus. The summary is not designed to be all-inclusive and the Fund may make investments, employ strategies and be exposed to risks that are not contained in the Fund’s summary description. More information about the Fund’s investments and strategy is set forth in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).
RISKS OF MUTUAL FUNDS
Mutual funds such as the Fund are not bank deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Because you could lose money by investing in the Fund, be sure to read all risk disclosure carefully before investing.

 


Table of Contents

JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
Subadviser: Rainier Investment Management Inc.
     
Investment Objective:
  To seek to maximize long-term capital appreciation.
 
   
Investment Strategies:
  Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in the common stock of large-capitalization growth companies traded in the U.S., and affords shareholders the opportunity to invest in some of the fastest-growing companies in the U.S. The term “growth company” denotes companies with the prospect of strong earnings, revenue or cash flow growth.
The subadviser’s stock selection focuses on companies that are likely to demonstrate superior earnings, revenue or cash flow growth relative to their industry peers. The Fund will normally invest in approximately 40 to 80 companies.
The subadviser considers large-capitalization companies to be those currently with market capitalizations in the range of the Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Large-Cap Index, which ranged approximately from $3.12 to $512 billion as of December 31, 2007. Smaller companies, meaning those with a market capitalization below that range, may be owned when believed to be especially attractive. Stock selection focuses on companies that are likely to demonstrate superior earnings, revenue or cash flow growth relative to their industry peers.
The subadviser compares the Fund’s economic sector weightings to a Large Cap Growth Equity index, such as the Russell 1000 Growth Index. To help control risk, extreme overweighting and underweighting of the Fund as compared to the major sectors of such a benchmark are avoided.
The subadviser favors companies with attractive fundamentals, such as strong revenue, earnings or cash flow growth. Companies with sustainable competitive advantages, potential price or business catalysts, including earnings surprise or market expansion, and disciplined management with shareholder focus are emphasized. The subadviser also seeks to capture the capital appreciation sometimes associated with high-performing companies identified early in their growth cycles. For emerging companies lacking demonstrated financial results, the strength of the company’s business model, management team and competitive position are given greater analytical emphasis.
The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in foreign securities. These include U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers and securities of foreign issuers that are traded in the United States. Currently, the subadviser intends to invest only in U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers or American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”).
To the extent consistent with its investment objective and policies, the Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts with respect to interest rates and securities indices. The Fund may use these techniques to hedge against changes in interest rates or securities prices or as part of the Fund’s overall investment strategy.
The subadviser considers the sale of specific common stock when fundamentals deteriorate, when a stock reaches or surpasses its price target or when better opportunities are perceived in alternative stocks.
The Fund’s investment process may, at times, result in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses.
Under normal market conditions, the Fund will stay fully invested in stocks. The Fund may, however, temporarily depart from its principal investment strategies by making short-term investments in cash equivalents in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions. This may result in the Fund’s not achieving its investment objective.
Main risks
The Fund’s shares will go up and down in price, meaning that you could lose money by investing. Many factors influence a mutual Fund’s performance. The Fund’s main risk factors are listed below, in alphabetical order. Before investing, be sure to read additional information on these and other risks on page [ ].
-Equity securities risk The value of a company’s equity securities is subject to changes in the company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The securities of growth companies are subject to greater price fluctuations than other types of stocks because their market prices tend to place greater emphasis on future earnings expectations.

 


Table of Contents

-Foreign securities risk As compared to U.S. companies, there may be less publicly available information relating to foreign companies. Foreign securities may be subject to foreign taxes. The value of foreign securities is subject to currency fluctuations and adverse political and economic developments.
-Hedging, derivatives and other strategic transactions risk Investing in derivatives can magnify losses incurred by the underlying assets.
-High portfolio turnover risk Actively trading securities can increase transaction costs (thus lowering performance) and taxable distributions.
-Management risk The portfolio manager’s investment strategy may fail to produce the intended result.
-Medium and small company risk The prices of medium and small company stocks can change more frequently and dramatically than those of large company stocks.

2


Table of Contents

Past performance
The bar chart and table shown illustrate the risks of investing in the Fund. It is currently contemplated that before the Fund commences operations, substantially all of the assets of another investment company advised by Rainier Investment Management Inc., the Fund’s subadviser, Rainier Large Cap Growth Equity Portfolio (the “Rainier fund”), will be transferred to the Fund in a tax-free reorganization. If approved by shareholders of the Rainier fund, the reorganization would occur on or about [April 25], 2008. The performance figures shown below relate to the Fund’s Class A shares, which are described in a separate prospectus. The performance information for Class A shares in the bar chart represents the performance of the Rainier fund’s Original Class shares from year to year. Sales loads applicable to Class A shares of the Fund are not reflected in the chart; if they were, the returns shown would have been lower. The performance of the Rainier fund’s Original Class shares would be different than the performance of the Fund’s Class I shares because of higher expenses. Since the Rainier fund’s Institutional Class shares, which commenced operations on February 20, 2007, do not have a full calendar year of performance information as of December 31, 2007, no performance is shown for that class of shares, which are the predecessor shares to the Fund’s Class I shares.
The table compares the average annual total returns of the Rainier fund’s Original Class shares to those of the Russell 1000® Growth Index and the S&P 500® Index, each a broad-based, unmanaged total return performance benchmark of domestically traded common stocks. These returns for the Rainier fund Original Class shares reflect the sales loads for Class A shares of the Fund. All returns assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
Of course, past performance (before and after taxes) is no guarantee of future results.
Calendar Year Total Returns — Class A Shares
         
2001
    -26.95 %
2002
    -26.16 %
2003
    33.88 %
2004
    11.60 %
2005
    11.61 %
2006
    7.24 %
2007
    20.57 %
Quarterly Returns
During the period shown in the above bar chart, the highest quarterly return for Class A shares of the Fund was 19.18% for the quarter ended December 31, 2001, and the lowest quarterly return was -29.30% for the quarter ended March 31, 2001.
Average Annual Total Returns for Periods Ended December 31, 2007
(including sales charges applicable to Class A shares of the Fund)
                         
    1 Year   5 Year   Life of Class A(1)
Class A before tax
    20.57 %     16.61 %     -0.68 %
 
Class A after tax on distributions(2)
    20.57 %     16.61 %     -0.68 %
 
Class A after tax on distributions, with sale(2)
    15.57 %%     15.61 %     -1.31 %
 
Russell 1000 Growth Index(3)
    9.07 %     2.69 %     -5.68 %
S&P 500 Index(3)
    15.79 %     6.19 %     0.87 %
 
(1)   Original Class shares of the Rainier fund commenced operations on June 15, 2000.
 
(2)   After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on your situation and may differ from those shown. Furthermore, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.
 
(3)   Each Index is an unmanaged index and reflects no fees and taxes.

3


Table of Contents

Your expenses
Transaction expenses are charged directly to your account. Operating expenses are paid from the Fund’s assets, and therefore are paid by shareholders indirectly. The figures below show estimated annual operating expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less.
         
Annual operating expenses   Class I
Management fee
    0.75 %
Other expenses1
    0.15 %
Total Fund operating expenses
    0.90 %
Contractual expense reimbursement (at least until 4-28-09)2
    0.01 %
Net annual operating expenses
    0.89 %
 
1   Estimated for the Fund’s first fiscal year of operations.
 
2   The Adviser has agreed contractually to reimburse, or to make a payment to a specific class of shares of the Fund in an amount equal to the amount by which the expenses attributable to such class of shares (excluding taxes, portfolio brokerage commissions, interest, litigation and indemnification expenses, other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business, and fees under any agreement or plans of the Fund dealing with services for shareholders and others with beneficial interests in shares of the Fund) exceed the percentage of average annual net assets (on an annualized basis) attributable as follows: 0.89% for Class I. This expense reimbursement shall continue in effect until 4-28-09 and thereafter until terminated by the Adviser on notice to JHF III.
Example
The hypothetical example below shows what your expenses would be after the expense reimbursement (first year only) if you invested $10,000 over the time frames indicated, assuming you reinvested all distributions and that the average annual return was 5% and the operating expenses remained the same. The example is for comparison only, and does not represent the Fund’s actual expenses and returns, either past or future.
                 
Expenses   Year 1   Year 3
Class I
  $ 91     $ 286  

4


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS
Description of principal risks
Factors that may affect the Fund’s portfolio as a whole are called “principal risks” and are summarized in this section. This summary describes the nature of these principal risks and certain related risks, but is not intended to include every potential risk. The Fund could be subject to additional risks because the types of investments made by the Fund may change over time. The SAI includes more information about the Fund and its investments.
Equity securities risk
Equity securities include common, preferred and convertible preferred stocks and securities the values of which are tied to the price of stocks, such as rights, warrants and convertible debt securities. Common and preferred stocks represent equity ownership in a company. Stock markets are volatile. The price of equity securities will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a portfolio investing in equities. The price of equity securities fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The value of equity securities purchased by the Fund could decline if the financial condition of the companies the Fund invests in decline or if overall market and economic conditions deteriorate. They may also decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increase in production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. In addition, they may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a company or industry, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or generally adverse investor sentiment. Even a fund that invests in high quality or “blue chip” equity securities or securities of established companies with large market capitalizations (which generally have strong financial characteristics) can be negatively impacted by poor overall market and economic conditions. Companies with large market capitalizations may also have less growth potential than smaller companies and may be able to react less quickly to change in the marketplace.
The Fund may maintain substantial exposure to equities and generally does not attempt to time the market. Because of this exposure, the possibility that stock market prices in general will decline over short or extended periods subjects the Fund to unpredictable declines in the value of its investments, as well as periods of poor performance.
Growth securities Certain equity securities (generally referred to as “growth securities”) are purchased primarily because the subadviser believes that they will experience relatively rapid earnings growth. Growth securities typically trade at higher multiples of current earnings than other types of stocks. Growth securities are often more sensitive to market fluctuations than other types of stocks because their market prices tend to place greater emphasis on future earnings expectations. At times when it appears that these expectations may not be met, growth stock prices typically fall.
Foreign securities risk
Funds that invest in securities traded principally in securities markets outside the United States are subject to additional and more varied risks, as the value of foreign securities may change more rapidly and extremely than the value of U.S. securities. The securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. Additionally, issuers of foreign securities may not be subject to the same degree of regulation as U.S. issuers. Reporting, accounting and auditing standards of foreign countries differ, in some cases significantly, from U.S. standards. There are generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions, transfer taxes, higher custodial costs and the possibility that foreign taxes will be charged on dividends and interest payable on foreign securities. Also, for lesser developed countries, nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations (which may include suspension of the ability to transfer currency from a country), political changes or diplomatic developments could adversely affect a fund’s investments. In the event of nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, a fund could lose its entire investment in a foreign security. All funds that invest in foreign securities are subject to these risks. Some of the foreign risks are also applicable to the other funds because they may invest a material portion of their assets in securities of foreign issuers traded in the U.S.
Hedging, derivatives and other strategic transactions risk
The Fund may invest in derivatives, which are financial contracts with a value that depends on, or is derived from, the value of underlying assets, reference rates or indexes. Derivatives may relate to stocks, bonds, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities and related indexes. The Fund may use derivatives for many purposes, including for hedging, and as a substitute for direct investment in securities or other assets. The Fund also may use derivatives as a way to adjust efficiently the exposure of the Fund to various securities, markets and currencies without the Fund actually having to sell existing investments and make new investments. This generally will be done when the adjustment is expected to be relatively temporary or in anticipation of effecting the sale of Fund assets and making new investments over time. For a description of the various derivative instruments the Fund may utilize, refer to the SAI.

5


Table of Contents

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or potentially greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other more traditional assets. In particular, the use of derivative instruments exposes the Fund to the risk that the counterparty to an over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives contract will be unable or unwilling to make timely settlement payments or otherwise to honor its obligations. OTC derivatives transactions typically can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction, although either party may engage in an offsetting transaction that puts that party in the same economic position as if it had closed out the transaction with the counterparty or may obtain the other party’s consent to assign the transaction to a third party. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there is no assurance that the counterparty would meet its contractual obligations or that, in the event of default, the Fund would succeed in enforcing them. For example, because the contract for each OTC derivatives transaction is individually negotiated with a specific counterparty, the Fund is subject to the risk that a counterparty may interpret contractual terms (e.g., the definition of default) differently than the Fund when the Fund seeks to enforce its contractual rights. If that occurs, the cost and unpredictability of the legal proceedings required for the Fund to enforce its contractual rights may lead it to decide not to pursue its claims against the counterparty. The Fund, therefore, assumes the risk that it may be unable to obtain payments owed to it under OTC derivatives contracts or that those payments may be delayed or made only after the Fund has incurred the costs of litigation. While the subadviser intends to monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties, there can be no assurance that a counterparty will meet its obligations, especially during unusually adverse market conditions. To the extent that the Fund contracts with a limited number of counterparties, the Fund’s risk will be concentrated and events that affect the creditworthiness of any of those counterparties may have a pronounced effect on the Fund. Derivatives also are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this section, including market risk and liquidity risk. Since the value of derivatives is calculated and derived from the value of other assets, instruments or references, there is a risk that they will be improperly valued. Derivatives also involve the risk that changes in their value may not correlate perfectly with the assets, rates or indexes they are designed to hedge or closely track. Suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. In addition, the subadviser may determine not to use derivatives to hedge or otherwise reduce risk exposure.
The ability of the Fund to utilize hedging and other strategic transactions successfully will depend in part on its subadviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The skills required to successfully utilize hedging and other strategic transactions are different from those needed to select the Fund’s portfolio securities. If the transaction is not successful it could result in a loss to the Fund. These transactions may also increase the volatility of the Fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risks assumed. The potential loss from the use of futures can exceed the Fund’s initial investment in such contracts. In addition, these transactions could result in a loss to the Fund if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised. A detailed discussion of various hedging and other strategic transactions, including applicable regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the requirement to segregate assets with respect to these transactions, appears in the SAI. To the extent a portfolio utilizes hedging and other strategic transactions it will be subject to the same risks.
High portfolio turnover risk
A high level of portfolio turnover may have a negative impact on performance by increasing transaction costs, which must be borne directly by a fund, and brokerage commissions and generating greater tax liabilities for shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate of a fund may vary from year to year, as well as within a year.
Management risk
A fund is subject to management risk because it relies on the subadviser’s ability to pursue its objective. The subadviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The subadviser may fail to use derivatives effectively, for example, choosing to hedge or not to hedge positions precisely when it is least advantageous to do so. Funds generally do not attempt to time the market and instead generally stay fully invested in the relevant asset class, such as domestic equities or foreign equities. Notwithstanding its benchmark, a fund may buy securities not included in its benchmark or hold securities in very different proportions than its benchmark. To the extent a fund invests in those securities, its performance depends on the ability of the subadviser to choose securities that perform better than securities that are included in the benchmark.
Medium and smaller company risk
Market risk and liquidity risk may be pronounced for securities of companies with medium-sized market capitalizations and are particularly pronounced for securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may depend on a few key employees. The securities of companies with medium and smaller market capitalizations may trade less frequently and in lesser volume than more widely held securities and their value may fluctuate more sharply than those securities. They may also trade in the over-the-counter (OTC) market or on a regional exchange, or may otherwise have limited liquidity. Investments in less seasoned companies with medium and smaller market capitalizations may

6


Table of Contents

present greater opportunities for growth and capital appreciation, but also involve greater risks than customarily are associated with more established companies with larger market capitalizations.
These investment strategies and securities are described further in the SAI.

7


Table of Contents

Your account
Who can buy shares
Class I shares are offered without any sales charge to certain types of investors, as noted below, if they also meet the minimum initial investment requirement for purchases of Class I shares—See “Opening an account”:
  Retirement and other benefit plans
 
  Endowment funds and foundations
 
  Any state, county or city, or its instrumentality, department, authority or agency
 
  Accounts registered to insurance companies, trust companies and bank trust departments
 
  Investment companies, both affiliated and not affiliated with the Adviser
 
  Investors who participate in fee-based, wrap and other investment platform programs
 
  Any entity that is considered a corporation for tax purposes
 
  Fund trustees and other individuals who are affiliated with the Fund and other John Hancock funds
Your broker-dealer or agent may charge you a fee to effect transactions in Fund shares.
Other share classes of the Fund, which have their own expense structure, may be offered in separate prospectuses.
Additional payments to financial intermediaries
Shares of the Fund are primarily sold through financial intermediaries (firms), such as brokers, banks, registered investment advisers, financial planners and retirement plan administrators. These firms may be compensated for selling shares of the Fund in two principal ways:
  directly, by the payment of sales commissions, if any;
 
  indirectly, as a result of the Fund paying Rule 12b-1 fees.
Certain firms may request, and John Hancock Funds, LLC (the “Distributor”) may agree to make, payments in addition to sales commissions and 12b-1 fees out of the Distributor’s own resources. These additional payments are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing.” These payments assist in the Distributor’s efforts to promote the sale of the Fund’s shares. The Distributor agrees with the firm on the methods for calculating any additional compensation, which may include the level of sales or assets attributable to the firm. Not all firms receive additional compensation, and the amount of compensation varies. These payments could be significant to a firm. The Distributor determines which firms to support and the extent of the payments it is willing to make. The Distributor generally chooses to compensate firms that have a strong capability to distribute shares of the Fund and that are willing to cooperate with the Distributor’s promotional efforts.
The Distributor hopes to benefit from revenue sharing by increasing the Fund’s net assets, which, as well as benefiting the Fund, would result in additional management and other fees for Adviser and its affiliates. In consideration for revenue sharing, a firm may feature the Fund in its sales system or give preferential access to members of its sales force or management. In addition, the firm may agree to participate in the Distributor’s marketing efforts by allowing us to participate in conferences, seminars or other programs attended by the intermediary’s sales force. Although an intermediary may seek revenue-sharing payments to offset costs incurred by the firm in servicing its clients who have invested in the Fund, the intermediary may earn a profit on these payments. Revenue-sharing payments may provide your firm with an incentive to favor the Fund.
The Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) discusses the Distributor’s revenue-sharing arrangements in more detail. Your intermediary may charge you additional fees other than those disclosed in this prospectus. You can ask your firm about any payments it receives from the Distributor or the Fund, as well as about fees and/or commissions it charges.
The Distributor, Adviser and their affiliates may have other relationships with your firm relating to the provisions of services to the Fund, such as providing omnibus account services, transaction-processing services or effecting portfolio transactions for the Fund. If your intermediary provides these services, the Adviser or the Fund may compensate the intermediary for these services. In addition, your intermediary may have other compensated relationships with the Adviser or its affiliates that are not related to the Fund.

8


Table of Contents

Opening an account
1   Read this prospectus carefully.
 
2   Determine if you are eligible, by referring to “Who can buy shares” above.
 
3   Determine how much you want to invest. The minimum initial investment is $250,000. The minimum initial investment requirement may be waived, in the Fund’s sole discretion, for investors in certain fee-based, wrap or other investment platform programs that do not require the Fund to pay any type of administrative payments per shareholder account to any third party. The Fund may waive the minimum initial investment for other categories of investors at its discretion. There are no minimum investment requirements for subsequent purchases to existing accounts.
 
4   All shareholders must complete the account application, carefully following the instructions. If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or call John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. (“Signature Services”) at 1-888-972-8696.
 
5   Make your initial investment using the table on the next page.
Important information about opening a new account
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act) requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account.
For individual investors opening an account: When you open an account, you will be asked for your name, residential address, date of birth, and Social Security number.
For investors other than individuals When you open an account, you will be asked for the name of the entity, its principal place of business and taxpayer identification number (TIN) and may be requested to provide information on persons with authority or control over the account such as name, residential address, date of birth and social security number. You may also be asked to provide documents, such as articles of incorporation, trust instruments or partnership agreements and other information that will help Signature Services identify the entity. Please see the Mutual Fund Account Applications for more details.

9


Table of Contents

Buying shares
         
    Opening an account   Adding to an account
By check
       
(LOGO)
 
n   Make out a check for the investment amount, payable to “John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.”
 
n   Make out a check for the investment amount, payable to “John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.”
 
       
 
 
n   Deliver the check and your completed application to your financial representative, or mail them to Signature Services(address below).
 
n   If your account statement has a detachable investment slip, please complete it in its entirety. If no slip is available, include a note specifying the Fund name, your share class, your account number and the name(s) in which the account is registered.
 
       
 
     
n   Deliver the check and your investment slip or note to your financial representative, or mail them to Signature Services(address below).
 
       
By exchange
       
(LOGO)
 
n   Call your financial representative or Signature Services to request an exchange.
 
n   Call your financial representative or Signature Services to request an exchange.
 
       
 
 
n   You may only exchange Class I shares for other Class I shares or Money Market Fund Class A shares.
 
n   You may only exchange Class I shares for other Class I shares or Money Market Fund Class A shares.
 
       
By wire
       
(LOGO)
 
n   Deliver your completed application to your financial representative, or mail it to Signature Services.
 
n   Obtain wiring instructions by calling Signature Services at 1-888-972-8696.
 
       
 
 
n   Obtain your account number by calling your financial representative or Signature Services.
 
n   Instruct your bank to wire the amount of your investment.
 
       
 
 
n   Obtain wiring instructions by calling Signature Services at 1-888-972-8696.
  Specify the Fund name, your choice of share class, the new account number and the name(s) in which the account is registered. Your bank may charge a fee to wire funds.
 
       
 
  Specify the Fund name, your choice of share class, the new account number and the name(s) in which the account is registered. Your bank may charge a fee to wire funds.    
 
       
By phone
       
(LOGO)
  See “By exchange” and “By wire.”  
   Verify that your bank or credit union is a member of the Automated Clearing House (ACH) system.
 
       
 
     
   Complete the “To Purchase, Exchange, or Redeem Shares via Telephone” and “Bank Information” sections on your account application.
 
       
 
     
   Call EASI-Line for automated service 24 hours a day at 1-800-597-1897.
 
       
 
     
   Call your financial representative or call Signature Services between 8:30 a.m. and 5 p.m. Eastern Time on most business days.
Address:
Mutual Fund Operations
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
PO Box 9510
Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510
Phone Number: 1-888-972-8696
Or contact your financial representative for instructions and assistance.

10


Table of Contents

Selling shares
         
        To sell some or all of your shares
By letter
       
(LOGO)
 
   Sales of any amount.
 
   Write a letter of instruction indicating the Fund name, your account number, your share class, the name(s) in which the account is registered and the dollar value or number of shares you wish to sell.
 
       
 
     
   Include all signatures and any additional documents that may be required (see next page).
 
       
 
     
   Mail the materials to Signature Services.
 
       
 
     
   A check or wire will be sent according to your letter of instruction.
 
       
 
     
   Certain requests will require a Medallion signature guarantee. Please refer to “Selling shares in writing” on the next page.
 
       
By phone
  Amounts up to $100,000:    
(LOGO)
 
   Most accounts.
 
   Redemption proceeds of up to $100,000 may be sent by wire or by check. A check will be mailed to the exact name(s) and address on the account.
 
       
 
     
   To place your request with a representative at John Hancock Funds, call Signature Services between 8:30 a. m. and 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on most business days or your financial representative.
 
       
 
  Amounts up to $5 million:    
 
       
 
 
   Available to the following types of accounts: custodial accounts held by banks, trust companies or broker-dealers; endowments and foundations; corporate accounts; group retirement plans; and pension accounts (excluding IRAs, 403(b) plans and all John Hancock custodial retirement accounts).
 
   Redemption proceeds exceeding $100,000 must be wired to your designated bank account.


   Redemption proceeds exceeding $100,000 and sent by check will require a letter of instruction with a Medallion signature guarantee. Please refer to “Selling shares in writing.”
 
       
By wire or electronic funds transfer (“EFT”)
   
(LOGO)
 
n   Requests by letter to sell any amount.
 
   To verify that the telephone redemption privilege is in place on an account, or to request the forms to add it to an existing account, call Signature Services.
 
n    Qualified requests by phone to sell to $5 million (accounts with telephone redemption privileges).
   
 
       
 
     
   Amounts of $5 million or more will be wired on the next business day.
 
       
 
     
   Amounts up to $100,000 may be sent by EFT or by check. Funds from EFT transactions are generally available by the second business day. Your bank may charge a fee for this service.
 
       
By exchange
       
(LOGO)
 
   Sales of any amount.
 
   Obtain a current prospectus for the Fund into which you are exchanging by calling your financial representative or Signature Services.
 
       
 
     
   You may only exchange for Class I shares, for other Class I shares or Money Market Fund Class A shares.
 
       
 
     
   Call your financial representative or Signature Services to request an exchange.

11


Table of Contents

Selling shares in writing
In certain circumstances, you will need to make your request to sell shares in writing. You may need to include additional items with your request, unless they were previously provided to Signature Services and are still accurate. These items are shown in the table below. You may also need to include a signature guarantee, which protects you against fraudulent orders. You will need a signature guarantee if:
o   your address of record has changed within the past 30 days;
 
o   you are selling more than $100,000 worth of shares (this requirement is waived for certain entities operating under a signed fax trading agreement with John Hancock);
 
o   you are selling more than $5 million worth of shares from the following types of accounts: custodial accounts held by banks, trust companies or broker-dealers; endowments and foundations; corporate accounts; group retirement plans; and pension accounts (excluding IRAs, 403(b) plans and all John Hancock custodial retirement accounts); or
 
o   you are requesting payment other than by a check mailed to the address/bank of record and payable to the registered owner(s).
You will need to obtain your signature guarantee from a member of the Signature Guarantee Medallion Program. Most banks, brokers and securities dealers are members of this program. A notary public CANNOT provide a signature guarantee.
     
Seller   Requirements for written requests
Owners of individual, joint or UGMA/UTMA accounts (custodial accounts for minors).
 
o Letter of instruction.
 
 
o On the letter, the signatures of all persons authorized to sign for the account, exactly as the account is registered.
 
 
o Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
Owners of corporate, sole proprietorship, general partner or association accounts.
 
o Letter of instruction.
 
 
o Corporate business/organization resolution, certified within the past 12 months, or a John Hancock funds business/organization certification form.
 
 
o On the letter and the resolution, the signature of the person(s) authorized to sign for the account.
 
 
o Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
   
Owners or trustees of retirement plan, pension trust and trust accounts.
 
o Letter of instruction.
 
 
o On the letter, the signature(s) of the trustee(s).
 
 
o Copy of the trust document certified within the past 12 months or a John Hancock funds trust certification form.
 
 
o Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
   
Joint tenancy shareholders with rights of survivorship with
 
o Letter of instruction signed by surviving tenant.
a deceased co-tenant(s).
 
o Copy of death certificate.
 
 
o Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
 
o Inheritance tax waiver (if applicable).
 
   
Executors of shareholder estates.
 
o Letter of instruction signed by executor.

12


Table of Contents

     
Seller   Requirements for written requests
 
 
o Copy of order appointing executor, certified within the past12 months.
 
 
o Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
 
o Inheritance tax waiver (if applicable).
Administrators, conservators, guardians and other sellers or account types not listed above.
 
o Call 1-888-972-8696 for instructions.
Mutual Fund Operations
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
PO Box 9510
Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510
Phone Number: 1-888-972-8696
Or contact your financial representative for instructions and assistance.

13


Table of Contents

Transaction policies
Valuation of shares
The net asset value per share (“NAV”) is determined for each class of shares of the Fund as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (typically 4 P.M. Eastern time) on each business day that the New York Stock Exchange is open. Securities held by the Fund, except money market instruments with remaining maturities of 60 days or less, are valued at their market value if market quotations are readily available. Otherwise, securities held by the Fund are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees of JHF III. Any actions of the Pricing Committee, as the Board’s designee, are subject to oversight by the Board. Money market instruments with a remaining maturity of 60 days or less held by the Fund are valued on an amortized cost basis.
Generally, trading in non-U.S. securities, U.S. government securities and money market instruments is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange. The values of such securities used in computing the NAV of the Fund’s shares are generally determined as of such times. If market quotations or official closing prices are not readily available or are deemed unreliable, a security will be valued by a method that the Trustees (or the Pricing Committee as their designee) believe accurately reflects its fair value. Market price may be deemed unreliable, for example, if a security is thinly traded or if a security’s value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the exchange or market on which the security is principally traded.
In deciding whether to make a fair value adjustment to the price of a security, the Trustees (or the Pricing Committee as their designee) may review a variety of factors, including, developments in foreign markets, the performance of U.S. securities markets, and the performance of instruments trading in U.S. markets that represent foreign securities and baskets of foreign securities. A fund may also fair value securities in other situations, for example, when a particular foreign market is closed but a fund is calculating its NAV or when a designated index changes by certain percentage. In such circumstances, a fund may use a pricing service that employs fair value model pricing in valuing foreign securities held by a fund. In view of these factors, it is likely that a fund investing significant amounts of assets in securities that are primarily traded on foreign markets will be fair valued more frequently than a fund investing significant amounts of assets in frequently traded, U.S. exchange-listed securities of large capitalization U.S. issuers. In addition, the value of such securities (and, therefore, NAV of a fund that holds them) may change significantly on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem fund’s shares.
Fair value pricing of securities is intended to help ensure that the NAV of a fund’s shares reflects the value of a fund’s securities as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange (as opposed to a value that is no longer accurate as of such close), thus limiting the opportunity for aggressive traders to purchase shares of a fund at deflated prices reflecting stale security valuations and promptly sell such shares at a gain. However, no assurance can be given that fair value pricing of securities will successfully eliminate all potential opportunities for such trading gains. Fair value pricing of securities also involves the risk that the fund’s valuation of an investment may be higher or lower than the price the investment might actually command if a fund sold it.
Buy and sell prices
When you buy shares, you pay the NAV. When you sell shares, you receive the NAV.
Execution of requests
The Fund is open on those days when the New York Stock Exchange is open, typically Monday through Friday. Buy and sell requests are executed at the next NAV to be calculated after Signature Services receives your request in good order. In unusual circumstances, the Fund has the right to redeem in kind.
At times of peak activity, it may be difficult to place requests by telephone. During these times, consider using EASI-LINE, accessing www.jhfunds.com or sending your request in writing.
In unusual circumstances, the Fund may temporarily suspend the processing of sell requests or may postpone payment of proceeds for up to three business days or longer, as allowed by federal securities laws.

14


Table of Contents

Telephone transactions
For your protection, telephone requests may be recorded in order to verify their accuracy. Also for your protection, telephone redemption transactions are not permitted on accounts whose names or addresses have changed within the past 30 days. Proceeds from telephone transactions can only be mailed to the address of record.
Exchanges
You may exchange Class I shares for Class I shares of other John Hancock funds or Money Market Fund Class A shares. The registration for both accounts involved must be identical. Note: Once exchanged into Money Market Fund Class A, shares may only be exchanged back to Class I or institutional fund shares.
For one year after the closing date of the reorganization of the Rainier fund, certain investors that meet applicable eligibility criteria and who acquired Class A shares of the Fund as a result of that reorganization may exchange their Class A shares for Class I shares of the Fund. Class A shares of the Fund are described in a separate prospectus.
The Fund may change or cancel its exchange policies at any time, upon 60 days’ notice to its shareholders. For further details, see “Additional Services and Programs” in the SAI (see the back cover of this prospectus).
Under certain circumstances, an investor who purchases Class I Shares in the Fund pursuant to a fee-based, wrap or other investment platform program of certain firms as determined by the Fund may be afforded an opportunity to make a conversion of Class A Shares also owned by the investor in the same Fund to Class I Shares of that Fund. Conversion of Class A Shares to Class I Shares of the same Fund in these particular circumstances does not cause the investor to realize taxable gain or loss. For further details, see “Tax Status and Taxation of the Fund” in the Statement of Additional Information for information regarding taxation upon the redemption or exchange of shares of the Fund (see the back cover of this prospectus).
Excessive trading
The Fund is intended for long-term investment purposes only and does not knowingly accept shareholders who engage in “market timing” or other types of excessive short-term trading. Short-term trading into and out of the Fund can disrupt portfolio investment strategies and may increase fund expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.
Right to reject or restrict purchase and exchange orders
Purchases and exchanges should be made primarily for investment purposes. The Fund reserves the right to restrict, reject or cancel (with respect to cancellations within one day of the order), for any reason and without any prior notice, any purchase or exchange order, including transactions representing excessive trading and transactions accepted by any shareholder’s financial intermediary. For example, the Fund may in its discretion restrict, reject or cancel a purchase or exchange order even if the transaction is not subject to a specific “Limitation on exchange activity” described below, if the Fund, or its agents, determines that accepting the order could interfere with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolio or otherwise not be in the Fund’s best interest in light of unusual trading activity related to your account. In the event that the Fund rejects or cancels an exchange request, neither the redemption nor the purchase side of the exchange will be processed. If you would like the redemption request to be processed even if the purchase order is rejected, you should submit separate redemption and purchase orders rather than placing an exchange order. The Fund reserves the right to delay for up to one business day, consistent with applicable law, the processing of exchange requests in the event that, in the Fund’s judgment, such delay would be in the Fund’s best interest, in which case both the redemption and purchase side of the exchange will receive the Fund’s NAV at the conclusion of the delay period. The Fund, through its agents in their sole discretion, may impose these remedial actions at the account holder level or the underlying shareholder level.
Exchange limitation policies
The Board of Trustees of JHF III has adopted the following policies and procedures by which the Fund, subject to the limitations described below, takes steps reasonably designed to curtail excessive trading practices.

15


Table of Contents

Limitation on exchange activity
Pursuant to the policies and procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees, the Fund, or its agent, may reject or cancel a purchase order, suspend or terminate the exchange privilege or terminate the ability of an investor to invest in John Hancock funds, if the Fund, or its agent, determines that a proposed transaction involves market timing or disruptive trading that it believes is likely to be detrimental to the Fund. The Fund, or its agent, cannot ensure that it will be able to identify all cases of market timing or disruptive trading, although it attempts to have adequate procedures in place to do so. The Fund, or its agent, may also reject or cancel any purchase order (including an exchange) from an investor or group of investors for any other reason. Decisions to reject or cancel purchase orders (including exchanges) in the Fund are inherently subjective and will be made in a manner believed to be in the best interest of the Fund’s shareholders. The Fund does not have any arrangement to permit market timing or disruptive trading.
Exchanges made on the same day in the same account are aggregated for purposes of counting the number and dollar amount of exchanges made by the account holder. The exchange limits referenced above will not be imposed or may be modified under certain circumstances. For example: These exchange limits may be modified for accounts held by certain retirement plans to conform to plan exchange limits, ERISA considerations or Department of Labor regulations. Certain automated or pre-established exchange, asset allocation and dollar cost averaging programs are not subject to these exchange limits. These programs are excluded from the exchange limitation since the Fund believes that they are advantageous to shareholders and do not offer an effective means for market timing or excessive trading strategies. These investment tools involve regular and predetermined purchase or redemption requests made well in advance of any knowledge of events affecting the market on the date of the purchase or redemption.
These exchange limits are subject to the Fund’s ability to monitor exchange activity, as discussed under “Limitation on the ability to detect and curtail excessive trading practices” below. Depending upon the composition of the Fund’s shareholder accounts and in light of the limitations on the ability of the Fund to detect and curtail excessive trading practices, a significant percentage of the Fund’s shareholders may not be subject to the exchange limitation policy described above. In applying the exchange limitation policy, the Fund considers information available to it at the time and reserves the right to consider trading activity in a single account or multiple accounts under common ownership, control or influence.
Limitation on the ability to detect and curtail excessive trading practices
Shareholders seeking to engage in excessive trading practices sometimes deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection and, despite the efforts of the Fund to prevent its excessive trading, there is no guarantee that the Fund or its agents will be able to identify such shareholders or curtail its trading practices. The ability of the Fund and its agents to detect and curtail excessive trading practices may also be limited by operational systems and technological limitations. Because the Fund will not always be able to detect frequent trading activity, investors should not assume that the Fund will be able to detect or prevent all frequent trading or other practices that disadvantage the Fund. For example, the ability of the Fund to monitor trades that are placed by omnibus or other nominee accounts is limited in those instances in which the financial intermediary, including a financial adviser, broker, retirement plan administrator or fee-based program sponsor, maintains the records of the Fund’s underlying beneficial owners. Omnibus or other nominee account arrangements are common forms of holding shares of the Fund, particularly among certain financial intermediaries such as financial advisers, brokers, retirement plan administrators or fee-based program sponsors. These arrangements often permit the financial intermediary to aggregate its clients’ transactions and ownership positions and do not identify the particular underlying shareholder(s) to the Fund. However, the Fund will work with financial intermediaries as necessary to discourage shareholders from engaging in abusive trading practices and to impose restrictions on excessive trades. In this regard, the Fund has entered into information sharing agreements with financial intermediaries pursuant to which these intermediaries are required to provide to the Fund, at the Fund’s request, certain information relating to their customers investing in the Fund through omnibus or other nominee accounts. The fund will use this information to attempt to identify excessive trading practices. Financial intermediaries are contractually required to follow any instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit future purchases from shareholders that are found to have engaged in excessive trading in violation of the Fund’s policies. The fund cannot guarantee the accuracy of the information provided to it from financial intermediaries and so cannot ensure that it will be able to detect abusive trading practices that occur through omnibus or other nominee accounts. As a consequence, the Fund’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in these types of accounts may be limited.
Excessive trading risk
To the extent that the Fund or its agents is unable to curtail excessive trading practices in the Fund, these practices may interfere with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolio and may result in the Fund engaging in certain activities to a greater extent than it otherwise would, such as maintaining higher cash balances, using its line of credit and engaging in increased portfolio transactions. Increased portfolio transactions and use of the line of credit would correspondingly increase the Fund’s operating costs and decrease

16


Table of Contents

the Fund’s investment performance. Maintenance of higher levels of cash balances would likewise result in lower fund investment performance during periods of rising markets.
While excessive trading can potentially occur in the Fund, certain types of funds are more likely than others to be targets of excessive trading. For example:
  A fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in small or mid-capitalization stocks or securities in particular industries, that may trade infrequently or are fair valued as discussed under “Valuation of shares,” entails a greater risk of excessive trading, as investors may seek to trade fund shares in an effort to benefit from their understanding of the value of those types of securities (referred to as price arbitrage).
  A fund that invests a material portion of its assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers may be a potential target for excessive trading if investors seek to engage in price arbitrage based upon general trends in the securities markets that occur subsequent to the close of the primary market for such securities.
  A fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in below investment-grade (junk) bonds that may trade infrequently or are fair valued as discussed under “Valuation of shares” incurs a greater risk of excessive trading, as investors may seek to trade fund shares in an effort to benefit from their understanding of the value of those types of securities.
Any frequent trading strategies may interfere with efficient management of a fund’s portfolio. A fund that invests in the types of securities discussed above may be exposed to this risk to a greater degree than a fund that invests in highly liquid securities. These risks would be less significant, for example, in a fund that primarily invests in U.S. government securities, money market instruments, investment-grade corporate issuers or large-capitalization U.S. equity securities. Any successful price arbitrage may cause dilution in the value of the Fund shares held by other shareholders.
Account information
JHF III is required by law to obtain information for verifying an account holder’s identity. For example, an individual will be required to supply his or her name, residential address, date of birth and social security number. If you do not provide the required information, we may not be able to open your account. If verification is unsuccessful, JHF III may close your account, redeem your shares at the next NAV minus any applicable sales charges and take any other steps that it deems reasonable.
Certificated shares
The Fund does not issue share certificates. Shares are electronically recorded.
Sales in advance of purchase payments
When you place a request to sell shares for which the purchase money has not yet been collected, the request will be executed in a timely fashion, but the Fund will not release the proceeds to you until your purchase payment clears. This may take up to ten business days after the purchase.

17


Table of Contents

Dividends and account policies
Account statements
In general, you will receive account statements as follows:
o   after every transaction (except a dividend reinvestment that affects your account balance)
 
o   after any changes of name or address of the registered owner(s)
 
o   in all other circumstances, at least quarterly
Every year you should also receive, if applicable, a Form 1099 tax information statement, mailed by January 31.
Dividends
The Fund typically declares and pays income dividends at least annually. Capital gains, if any, are typically distributed at least annually.
Dividend reinvestments
Dividends will be reinvested automatically in additional shares of the same fund and share class on the dividend record date. Alternatively, you can choose to have a check for your dividends and capital gains in the amount of $10 or more mailed to you. However, if the check is not deliverable or the combined dividend and capital gains amount is less than $10, your proceeds will be reinvested. If five or more of your dividend or capital gains checks remain uncashed after 180 days, all subsequent dividends and capital gains will be reinvested.
Taxability of dividends
For investors who are not exempt from federal income taxes, dividends you receive from the Fund, whether reinvested or taken as cash, are generally considered taxable. Dividends from the Fund’s short-term capital gains are taxable as ordinary income. Dividends from the Fund’s long-term capital gains are taxable at a lower rate. Whether gains are short-term or long-term depends on the Fund’s holding period. Some dividends paid in January may be taxable as if they had been paid the previous December.
The Form 1099 that is mailed to you every January details your dividends and their federal tax category, although you should verify your tax liability with your tax professional.
Taxability of transactions
Any time you sell or exchange shares, it is considered a taxable event for you if you are not exempt from federal income taxes. Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you sell or exchange, you may have a gain or a loss on the transaction. You are responsible for any tax liabilities generated by your transactions.
Additional investor services
Disclosure of portfolio holdings
The Fund’s Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings can be found in Appendix C of the SAI and the portfolio holdings information can be found at: www.jhfunds.com.
The holdings of the Fund will be posted to the Web site listed above within 30 days after each calendar quarter end and within 30 days after any material changes are made to the holdings of the Fund. In addition, the ten largest holdings of the Fund will be posted to the Web site listed above 30 days after each calendar quarter end. The information described above will remain on the Web site until the date the Fund files its Form N-CSR or Form N-Q with the SEC for the period that includes the date as of which the Web site information is current. The Fund’s Form N-CSR and Form N-Q will contain the Fund’s entire portfolio holdings as of the applicable calendar quarter end.

18


Table of Contents

Fund details
Business structure
JHF III’s Board of Trustees oversees the Fund’s business activities and retains the services of the various firms that carry out the Fund’s operations.
The Trustees of the Fund have the power to change the Fund’s investment goal without shareholder approval.
Investment adviser
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210-2805
Manages the Fund’s business and investment activities.
Subadviser
Rainier Investment Management Inc.
601 Union Street Suite 2801
Seattle, Washington 98101
Provides portfolio management to the Fund.
Custodian
State Street Bank & Trust Company
2 Avenue de Lafayette
Boston, MA 02111
Holds the Fund’s assets, settles all portfolio trades and collects most of the valuation data required for calculating the Fund’s NAV.
Principal distributor
John Hancock Funds, LLC
Markets the Fund and distributes shares through selling brokers, financial planners and other financial representatives.
Transfer agent
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
Handles shareholder services, including recordkeeping and statements, distribution of dividends and processing of buy and sell requests.
Management fees
The Fund pays the Adviser a management fee for its services to the Fund. The fee is stated as an annual percentage of the current value of the aggregate assets of the Fund (together with the assets of the Growth Equity Trust, a series of John Hancock Trust) determined in accordance with the following schedule, and that rate is applied to the assets of the Fund.
                         
Fund   First $3 billion   Next $3 billion   Over $6 billion
    of Net Assets   of Net Assets   of Net Assets
Aggregate Assets of the Fund and Growth Equity Trust
    0.75 %     0.725 %     0.70 %

19


Table of Contents

Adviser
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser. The Adviser administers the business and affairs of the Fund and retains and compensates an investment subadviser to manage the assets of the Fund. As of September 30, 2007, the Adviser and its affiliates had total assets under management of approximately $59 billion.
The Adviser and the subadviser to the Fund are registered as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”), a publicly traded company based in Toronto, Canada. MFC and its subsidiaries operate as “Manulife Financial” in Canada and Asia and primarily as “John Hancock” in the U.S.
Pursuant to an order received from the SEC, the Adviser, subject to Board of Trustees’ approval, is permitted to appoint a new subadviser for the Fund or change the terms of the subadvisory agreement without obtaining shareholder approval. As a result, JHF III is able from time to time to change the Fund’s subadviser or the fees paid to the subadviser without the expense and delays associated with holding a shareholders’ meeting. The SEC order does not, however, permit the Adviser to appoint a subadviser that is an affiliate of the Adviser or JHF III (other than by reason of serving as a subadviser) or change the subadvisory fee of an affiliated subadviser without shareholder approval.
Subadviser
Rainier Investment Management (“Rainier”) managed approximately $16.3 billion as of September 30, 2007, consisting of discretionary assets for various clients, including corporations, public and corporate pension plans, foundations and charitable endowments, high-net-worth individuals and registered investment companies. Rainier is owned and operated by twelve principals. Rainier formulates and implements an investment program for the Fund, which includes determining which securities should be bought and sold.
Management biographies
Below is an alphabetical list of the portfolio managers for the Fund, including a brief summary of their business careers over the past five years. Appendix C of the SAI includes information about the portfolio managers, including information about their compensation, accounts they manage other than the Fund and their ownership of Fund shares, if any. The Fund is managed by a team of portfolio managers. Each member of the team shares an equal amount of day-to-day management and responsibility of the Fund.
Daniel Brewer (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.
Mark Broughton (since 2002)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since 2002.
Stacie Cowell (since 2006)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since 2006.
§   Senior Vice President and Lead Portfolio Manager with Invesco Funds Group (1996 to 2004) and Kennedy Capital Management (2005).
Mark Dawson (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.
Andrea Durbin (since 2007)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002
James Margard (since inception)
§   Chief Investment Officer with Rainier since at least 2002.
Peter Musser (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.

20


Table of Contents

Advisory and subadvisory contracts
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approving the investment advisory and subadvisory contracts of the Fund will be available in the Fund’s semi-annual report to shareholders for the period ending August 31, 2008.
Financial highlights
The financial highlights information in the following table for the Fund’s Class I shares represents the financial highlights of the Rainier fund’s Institutional Class shares for the fiscal periods indicated. It is currently contemplated that the Rainier fund will be reorganized into the Fund on or about April 25, 2008. “Total return” shows how much an investment in the Rainier fund’s shares would have increased (or decreased) during the period, assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested. These financial highlights have been audited by KPMG LLP, the Rainier fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Rainier fund’s financial statements, is included in the Rainier fund’s annual report, which is available upon request.
LARGE CAP GROWTH EQUITY PORTFOLIO – INSTITUTIONAL SHARES Fiscal year ending March 31,
                                                 
            2/20/07
            2007
Net asset value, beginning of period
          $ 20.94  
Income from investment operations
               
Net investment loss
             
Net realized and unrealized loss on investments
            (0.50 )
Total from investment operations
            (0.50 )
               
Less distributions
               
From net investment income
             
From net realized gain
             
Total distributions
             
             
Net asset value, end of period
          $ 20.44  
Total return
            (2.39 %)†
Ratios/supplemental data
               
Net assets, end of period (thousands)
          $ 536.7  
             
Ratio of expenses to average net assets
               
Before fees waived and expenses absorbed
            1.00 %‡
After fees waived and expenses absorbed
            0.94 %‡
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets, after fees waived and expenses absorbed
            0.15 %‡
Portfolio turnover rate
            101.11 %‡
 
  Not annualized.
 
  Annualized.
 
ł   Annualized based on investments held for a full year.

21


Table of Contents

For more information
Two documents are available that offer further information on the Fund:
Annual/Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders
Includes financial statements, a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected performance during the last fiscal year, as well as the auditors’ report (in annual report only).
Statement of Additional Information
The SAI contains more detailed information on all aspects of the Fund. The Fund’s SAI includes a summary of the JHF III’s policy regarding disclosure of the portfolio holdings as well as legal and regulatory matters. The current SAI has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference into (and is legally a part of) this prospectus.
To request a free copy of the current prospectus, annual/semi-annual report or the SAI of the Fund, please contact Signature Services:
By mail: John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
P.O. Box 9510
Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510
By phone: 1-888-972-8696
By EASI-Line: 1-800-597-1897
On the Internet: www.jhfunds.com
Or you may view or obtain these documents and other information from the SEC:
By mail: Public Reference Section
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, DC 20549-0102
(duplicating fee required)
In person: at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC.
For access to the Reference Room call 202-551-8090
By electronic request: publicinfo@sec.gov
(duplicating fee required)
On the EDGAR Database on the Internet: www.sec.gov
SEC number: 811-21777
©2008 JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS, LLC [ ] 1/08
(JOHN HANCOCK LOGO)
John Hancock Funds, LLC
MEMBER FINRA
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210-2805
Now available: electronic delivery
www.jhfunds.com/edelivery

22


Table of Contents

John Hancock
Rainier Growth Fund
CLASS NAV SHARES
The information in this prospectus is incomplete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PROSPECTUS
March 1, 2008
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved this fund or determined whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal crime.

1


Table of Contents

Contents
     
JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
   
PRINCIPAL RISKS
   
Description of principal risks
   
YOUR ACCOUNT
   
Who can buy shares
   
Class NAV cost structure
   
Opening an account
   
Transaction policies
   
Dividends and account policies
   
Additional investor services
   
FUND DETAILS
   
Business structure
   
Management biographies
   
Financial highlights
   
FOR MORE INFORMATION
  BACK COVER

2


Table of Contents

Overview
JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
This prospectus contains information regarding the John Hancock Rainier Growth Fund (the “Fund”), a series of John Hancock Funds III (“JHF III”). A summary description of the Fund, which sets forth the Fund’s investment objective and describes the Fund’s principal investment strategies and principal risks, is provided in the next section of this prospectus. The summary is not designed to be all-inclusive and the Fund may make investments, employ strategies and be exposed to risks that are not contained in the Fund’s summary description. More information about the Fund’s investments and strategy is set forth in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).
RISKS OF MUTUAL FUNDS
Mutual funds such as the Fund are not bank deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Because you could lose money by investing in the Fund, be sure to read all risk disclosure carefully before investing.

3


Table of Contents

JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
Subadviser: Rainier Investment Management Inc.
     
Investment Objective:
  To seek to maximize long-term capital appreciation.
 
   
Investment Strategies:
  Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in the common stock of large-capitalization growth companies traded in the U.S., and affords shareholders the opportunity to invest in some of the fastest-growing companies in the U.S. The term “growth company” denotes companies with the prospect of strong earnings, revenue or cash flow growth.
The subadviser’s stock selection focuses on companies that are likely to demonstrate superior earnings, revenue or cash flow growth relative to their industry peers. The Fund will normally invest in approximately 40 to 80 companies.
The subadviser considers large-capitalization companies to be those currently with market capitalizations in the range of the Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Large-Cap Index, which ranged approximately from $3.12 to $512 billion as of December 31, 2007. Smaller companies, meaning those with a market capitalization below that range, may be owned when believed to be especially attractive. Stock selection focuses on companies that are likely to demonstrate superior earnings, revenue or cash flow growth relative to their industry peers.
The subadviser compares the Fund’s economic sector weightings to a Large Cap Growth Equity index, such as the Russell 1000 Growth Index. To help control risk, extreme overweighting and underweighting of the Fund as compared to the major sectors of such a benchmark are avoided.
The subadviser favors companies with attractive fundamentals, such as strong revenue, earnings or cash flow growth. Companies with sustainable competitive advantages, potential price or business catalysts, including earnings surprise or market expansion, and disciplined management with shareholder focus are emphasized. The subadviser also seeks to capture the capital appreciation sometimes associated with high-performing companies identified early in their growth cycles. For emerging companies lacking demonstrated financial results, the strength of the company’s business model, management team and competitive position are given greater analytical emphasis.
The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in foreign securities. These include U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers and securities of foreign issuers that are traded in the United States. Currently, the subadviser intends to invest only in U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers or American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”).
To the extent consistent with its investment objective and policies, the Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts with respect to interest rates and securities indices. The Fund may use these techniques to hedge against changes in interest rates or securities prices or as part of the Fund’s overall investment strategy.
The subadviser considers the sale of specific common stock when fundamentals deteriorate, when a stock reaches or surpasses its price target or when better opportunities are perceived in alternative stocks.
The Fund’s investment process may, at times, result in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses.
Under normal market conditions, the Fund will stay fully invested in stocks. The Fund may, however, temporarily depart from its principal investment strategies by making short-term investments in cash equivalents in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions. This may result in the Fund’s not achieving its investment objective.
Main risks
The Fund’s shares will go up and down in price, meaning that you could lose money by investing. Many factors influence a mutual Fund’s performance. The Fund’s main risk factors are listed below, in alphabetical order. Before investing, be sure to read additional information on these and other risks on page [ ].

4


Table of Contents

-Equity securities risk The value of a company’s equity securities is subject to changes in the company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The securities of growth companies are subject to greater price fluctuations than other types of stocks because their market prices tend to place greater emphasis on future earnings expectations.
-Foreign securities risk As compared to U.S. companies, there may be less publicly available information relating to foreign companies. Foreign securities may be subject to foreign taxes. The value of foreign securities is subject to currency fluctuations and adverse political and economic developments.
-Hedging, derivatives and other strategic transactions risk Investing in derivatives can magnify losses incurred by the underlying assets.
-High portfolio turnover risk Actively trading securities can increase transaction costs (thus lowering performance) and taxable distributions.
-Management risk The portfolio manager’s investment strategy may fail to produce the intended result.
-Medium and small company risk The prices of medium and small company stocks can change more frequently and dramatically than those of large company stocks.

5


Table of Contents

Past performance
The bar chart and table shown illustrate the risks of investing in the Fund. It is currently contemplated that before the Fund commences operations, substantially all of the assets of another investment company advised by Rainier Investment Management Inc., the Fund’s subadviser, Rainier Large Cap Growth Equity Portfolio (the “Rainier fund”), will be transferred to the Fund in a tax-free reorganization. If approved by shareholders of the Rainier fund, the reorganization would occur on or about [April 25], 2008. The performance figures shown below relate to the Fund’s Class A shares, which are described in a separate prospectus. The performance information for Class A shares in the bar chart represents the performance of the Rainier fund’s Original Class shares from year to year. Sales loads applicable to Class A shares of the Fund are not reflected in the chart; if they were, the returns shown would have been lower.
The table compares the average annual total returns of the Rainier fund’s Original Class shares to those of the Russell 1000® Growth Index and the S&P 500® Index, each a broad-based, unmanaged total return performance benchmark of domestically traded common stocks. These returns for the Rainier fund Original Class shares reflect the sales loads for Class A shares of the Fund. All returns assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
Of course, past performance (before and after taxes) is no guarantee of future results.
Calendar Year Total Returns — Class A Shares
         
2001
    -26.95 %
2002
    -26.16 %
2003
    33.88 %
2004
    11.60 %
2005
    11.61 %
2006
    7.24 %
2007
    20.57 %
Quarterly Returns
During the period shown in the above bar chart, the highest quarterly return for Class A shares of the Fund was 19.18% for the quarter ended December 31, 2001, and the lowest quarterly return was -29.30% for the quarter ended March 31, 2001.
Average Annual Total Returns for Periods Ended December 31, 2007
(including sales charges applicable to Class A shares of the Fund)
                         
    1 Year   5 Year   Life of Class A(1)
Class A before tax
    20.57 %     16.61 %     -0.68 %
 
                       
Class A after tax on distributions(2)
    20.57 %     16.61 %     -0.68 %
 
                       
Class A after tax on distributions, with sale(2)
    15.57 %%     15.61 %     -1.31 %
 
Russell 1000 Growth Index(3)
    9.07 %     2.69 %     -5.68 %
S&P 500 Index(3)
    15.79 %     6.19 %     0.87 %
 
(1)   Original Class shares of the Rainier fund commenced operations on June 15, 2000.
 
(2)   After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on your situation and may differ from those shown. Furthermore, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.
 
(3)   Each Index is an unmanaged index and reflects no fees and taxes.

6


Table of Contents

Your expenses
Transaction expenses are charged directly to your account. Operating expenses are paid from the Fund’s assets, and therefore are paid by shareholders indirectly. The figures below show estimated annual operating expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less.
         
Annual operating expenses   Class NAV
Management fee
    0.75 %
Other expenses1
    0.05 %
Total Fund operating expenses
    0.80 %
Contractual expense reimbursement (at least until 4-28-09)2
    0 %
Net annual operating expenses
    0.80 %
 
1   Estimated for the Fund’s first fiscal year of operations.
 
2   The Adviser has agreed contractually to reimburse, or to make a payment to a specific class of shares of the Fund in an amount equal to the amount by which the expenses attributable to such class of shares (excluding taxes, portfolio brokerage commissions, interest, litigation and indemnification expenses, other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business, and fees under any agreement or plans of the Fund dealing with services for shareholders and others with beneficial interests in shares of the Fund) exceed the percentage of average annual net assets (on an annualized basis) attributable as follows: 0.84% for Class NAV. This expense reimbursement shall continue in effect until 4-28-09 and thereafter until terminated by the Adviser on notice to JHF III.
The hypothetical example below shows what your expenses would be after the expense reimbursement (first year only) if you invested $10,000 over the time frames indicated, assuming you reinvested all distributions and that the average annual return was 5% and the operating expenses remained the same. The example is for comparison only, and does not represent the Fund’s actual expenses and returns, either past or future.
                 
Expenses   Year 1   Year 3
Class NAV
  $ 82     $ 255  

7


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS
Description of principal risks
Factors that may affect the Fund’s portfolio as a whole are called “principal risks” and are summarized in this section. This summary describes the nature of these principal risks and certain related risks, but is not intended to include every potential risk. The Fund could be subject to additional risks because the types of investments made by the Fund may change over time. The SAI includes more information about the Fund and its investments.
Equity securities risk
Equity securities include common, preferred and convertible preferred stocks and securities the values of which are tied to the price of stocks, such as rights, warrants and convertible debt securities. Common and preferred stocks represent equity ownership in a company. Stock markets are volatile. The price of equity securities will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a portfolio investing in equities. The price of equity securities fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The value of equity securities purchased by the Fund could decline if the financial condition of the companies the Fund invests in decline or if overall market and economic conditions deteriorate. They may also decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increase in production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. In addition, they may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a company or industry, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or generally adverse investor sentiment. Even a fund that invests in high quality or “blue chip” equity securities or securities of established companies with large market capitalizations (which generally have strong financial characteristics) can be negatively impacted by poor overall market and economic conditions. Companies with large market capitalizations may also have less growth potential than smaller companies and may be able to react less quickly to change in the marketplace.
The Fund may maintain substantial exposure to equities and generally does not attempt to time the market. Because of this exposure, the possibility that stock market prices in general will decline over short or extended periods subjects the Fund to unpredictable declines in the value of its investments, as well as periods of poor performance.
Growth securities Certain equity securities (generally referred to as “growth securities”) are purchased primarily because the subadviser believes that they will experience relatively rapid earnings growth. Growth securities typically trade at higher multiples of current earnings than other types of stocks. Growth securities are often more sensitive to market fluctuations than other types of stocks because their market prices tend to place greater emphasis on future earnings expectations. At times when it appears that these expectations may not be met, growth stock prices typically fall.
Foreign securities risk
Funds that invest in securities traded principally in securities markets outside the United States are subject to additional and more varied risks, as the value of foreign securities may change more rapidly and extremely than the value of U.S. securities. The securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. Additionally, issuers of foreign securities may not be subject to the same degree of regulation as U.S. issuers. Reporting, accounting and auditing standards of foreign countries differ, in some cases significantly, from U.S. standards. There are generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions, transfer taxes, higher custodial costs and the possibility that foreign taxes will be charged on dividends and interest payable on foreign securities. Also, for lesser developed countries, nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations (which may include suspension of the ability to transfer currency from a country), political changes or diplomatic developments could adversely affect a fund’s investments. In the event of nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, a fund could lose its entire investment in a foreign security. All funds that invest in foreign securities are subject to these risks. Some of the foreign risks are also applicable to the other funds because they may invest a material portion of their assets in securities of foreign issuers traded in the U.S.
Hedging, derivatives and other strategic transactions risk
The Fund may invest in derivatives, which are financial contracts with a value that depends on, or is derived from, the value of underlying assets, reference rates or indexes. Derivatives may relate to stocks, bonds, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities and related indexes. The Fund may use derivatives for many purposes, including for hedging, and as a substitute for direct investment in securities or other assets. The Fund also may use derivatives as a way to adjust efficiently the exposure of the Fund to various securities, markets and currencies without the Fund actually having to sell existing investments and make new investments. This generally will be done when the adjustment is expected to be relatively temporary or in anticipation of effecting the

8


Table of Contents

sale of Fund assets and making new investments over time. For a description of the various derivative instruments the Fund may utilize, refer to the SAI.
The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or potentially greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other more traditional assets. In particular, the use of derivative instruments exposes the Fund to the risk that the counterparty to an over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives contract will be unable or unwilling to make timely settlement payments or otherwise to honor its obligations. OTC derivatives transactions typically can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction, although either party may engage in an offsetting transaction that puts that party in the same economic position as if it had closed out the transaction with the counterparty or may obtain the other party’s consent to assign the transaction to a third party. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there is no assurance that the counterparty would meet its contractual obligations or that, in the event of default, the Fund would succeed in enforcing them. For example, because the contract for each OTC derivatives transaction is individually negotiated with a specific counterparty, the Fund is subject to the risk that a counterparty may interpret contractual terms (e.g., the definition of default) differently than the Fund when the Fund seeks to enforce its contractual rights. If that occurs, the cost and unpredictability of the legal proceedings required for the Fund to enforce its contractual rights may lead it to decide not to pursue its claims against the counterparty. The Fund, therefore, assumes the risk that it may be unable to obtain payments owed to it under OTC derivatives contracts or that those payments may be delayed or made only after the Fund has incurred the costs of litigation. While the subadviser intends to monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties, there can be no assurance that a counterparty will meet its obligations, especially during unusually adverse market conditions. To the extent that the Fund contracts with a limited number of counterparties, the Fund’s risk will be concentrated and events that affect the creditworthiness of any of those counterparties may have a pronounced effect on the Fund. Derivatives also are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this section, including market risk and liquidity risk. Since the value of derivatives is calculated and derived from the value of other assets, instruments or references, there is a risk that they will be improperly valued. Derivatives also involve the risk that changes in their value may not correlate perfectly with the assets, rates or indexes they are designed to hedge or closely track. Suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. In addition, the subadviser may determine not to use derivatives to hedge or otherwise reduce risk exposure.
The ability of the Fund to utilize hedging and other strategic transactions successfully will depend in part on its subadviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The skills required to successfully utilize hedging and other strategic transactions are different from those needed to select the Fund’s portfolio securities. If the transaction is not successful it could result in a loss to the Fund. These transactions may also increase the volatility of the Fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risks assumed. The potential loss from the use of futures can exceed the Fund’s initial investment in such contracts. In addition, these transactions could result in a loss to the Fund if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised. A detailed discussion of various hedging and other strategic transactions, including applicable regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the requirement to segregate assets with respect to these transactions, appears in the SAI. To the extent a portfolio utilizes hedging and other strategic transactions it will be subject to the same risks.
High portfolio turnover risk
A high level of portfolio turnover may have a negative impact on performance by increasing transaction costs, which must be borne directly by a fund, and brokerage commissions and generating greater tax liabilities for shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate of a fund may vary from year to year, as well as within a year.
Management risk
A fund is subject to management risk because it relies on the subadviser’s ability to pursue its objective. The subadviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The subadviser may fail to use derivatives effectively, for example, choosing to hedge or not to hedge positions precisely when it is least advantageous to do so. Funds generally do not attempt to time the market and instead generally stay fully invested in the relevant asset class, such as domestic equities or foreign equities. Notwithstanding its benchmark, a fund may buy securities not included in its benchmark or hold securities in very different proportions than its benchmark. To the extent a fund invests in those securities, its performance depends on the ability of the subadviser to choose securities that perform better than securities that are included in the benchmark.
Medium and smaller company risk
Market risk and liquidity risk may be pronounced for securities of companies with medium-sized market capitalizations and are particularly pronounced for securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may depend on a few key employees. The securities of companies with medium and smaller market capitalizations may trade less frequently and in lesser volume than more widely held securities and their value may

9


Table of Contents

fluctuate more sharply than those securities. They may also trade in the over-the-counter (OTC) market or on a regional exchange, or may otherwise have limited liquidity. Investments in less seasoned companies with medium and smaller market capitalizations may present greater opportunities for growth and capital appreciation, but also involve greater risks than customarily are associated with more established companies with larger market capitalizations.
These investment strategies and securities are described further in the SAI.

10


Table of Contents

Your account
Who can buy shares
Class NAV shares are available to certain types of investors, as noted below:
§   Class NAV shares are sold to certain affiliated funds, each of which is a fund of funds that invests in various other Funds of JHF II and JHF III. Class NAV shares are also sold to retirement plans and to certain institutional investors, including the Education Trust of Alaska, the issuer of interests in the John Hancock Freedom 529 plan.
Class NAV shares cost structure
§   No sales charges
§   No distribution and service (12b-1) fees
Other share classes of the Fund, which have their own expense structure, may be offered in separate prospectuses.
Your broker-dealer or agent may charge you a fee to effect transactions in Fund shares.
Opening an account
1   Read this prospectus carefully.
 
2   Determine if you are eligible, referring to “Who can buy shares” above.
 
3   Permitted entities generally may open an account and purchase Class NAV shares by contacting any broker, dealer, or other financial service firm authorized to sell Class NAV shares of the Fund. There is no minimum initial investment for Class NAV shares.
Transaction policies
Valuation of shares
The net asset value per share (“NAV”) is determined for each class of shares of the Fund as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (typically 4 P.M. Eastern time) on each business day that the New York Stock Exchange is open. Securities held by the Fund, except money market instruments with remaining maturities of 60 days or less, are valued at their market value if market quotations are readily available. Otherwise, securities held by the Fund are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees of JHF III. Any actions of the Pricing Committee, as the Board’s designee, are subject to oversight by the Board. Money market instruments with a remaining maturity of 60 days or less held by the Fund are valued on an amortized cost basis.
Generally, trading in non-U.S. securities, U.S. government securities and money market instruments is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange. The values of such securities used in computing the NAV of the Fund’s shares are generally determined as of such times. If market quotations or official closing prices are not readily available or are deemed unreliable, a security will be valued by a method that the Trustees (or the Pricing Committee as their designee) believe accurately reflects its fair value. Market price may be deemed unreliable, for example, if a security is thinly traded or if a security’s value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the exchange or market on which the security is principally traded.
In deciding whether to make a fair value adjustment to the price of a security, the Trustees (or the Pricing Committee as their designee) may review a variety of factors, including, developments in foreign markets, the performance of U.S. securities markets, and the performance of instruments trading in U.S. markets that represent foreign securities and baskets of foreign securities. A fund may also fair value securities in other situations, for example, when a particular foreign market is closed but a fund is calculating its NAV or when a designated index changes by certain percentage. In such circumstances, a fund may use a pricing service that employs fair value model pricing in valuing foreign securities held by a fund. In view of these factors, it is likely that a fund investing significant amounts of assets in securities that are primarily traded on foreign markets will be fair valued more frequently than a fund investing

11


Table of Contents

significant amounts of assets in frequently traded, U.S. exchange-listed securities of large capitalization U.S. issuers. In addition, the value of such securities (and, therefore, NAV of a fund that holds them) may change significantly on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem fund’s shares.
Fair value pricing of securities is intended to help ensure that the NAV of a fund’s shares reflects the value of a fund’s securities as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange (as opposed to a value that is no longer accurate as of such close), thus limiting the opportunity for aggressive traders to purchase shares of a fund at deflated prices reflecting stale security valuations and promptly sell such shares at a gain. However, no assurance can be given that fair value pricing of securities will successfully eliminate all potential opportunities for such trading gains. Fair value pricing of securities also involves the risk that the fund’s valuation of an investment may be higher or lower than the price the investment might actually command if a fund sold it.
Buy and Sell prices When you buy shares, you pay the NAV. When you sell shares, you receive the NAV.
Execution of requests
The Fund is open on those days when the New York Stock Exchange is open, typically Monday through Friday. Buy and sell requests are executed at the NAV to be calculated after receipt of your request in good order.
In unusual circumstances, any Fund may temporarily suspend the processing of sell requests, or may postpone payment of proceeds for up to three business days or longer, as allowed by federal securities laws.
Excessive trading
The Fund is intended for long-term investment purposes only and does not knowingly accept shareholders who engage in “market timing” or other types of excessive short-term trading. Short-term trading into and out of the Fund can disrupt portfolio investment strategies and may increase fund expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.
Right to reject or restrict purchase and exchange orders
Purchases and exchanges should be made primarily for investment purposes. The Fund reserves the right to restrict, reject or cancel (with respect to cancellations within one day of the order), for any reason and without any prior notice, any purchase or exchange order, including transactions representing excessive trading and transactions accepted by any shareholder’s financial intermediary. For example, the Fund may in its discretion restrict, reject or cancel a purchase or exchange order even if the transaction is not subject to a specific “Limitation on exchange activity” described below, if the Fund, or its agents, determines that accepting the order could interfere with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolio or otherwise not be in the Fund’s best interest in light of unusual trading activity related to your account. In the event that the Fund rejects or cancels an exchange request, neither the redemption nor the purchase side of the exchange will be processed. If you would like the redemption request to be processed even if the purchase order is rejected, you should submit separate redemption and purchase orders rather than placing an exchange order. The Fund reserves the right to delay for up to one business day, consistent with applicable law, the processing of exchange requests in the event that, in the Fund’s judgment, such delay would be in the Fund’s best interest, in which case both the redemption and purchase side of the exchange will receive the Fund’s NAV at the conclusion of the delay period. The Fund, through its agents in their sole discretion, may impose these remedial actions at the account holder level or the underlying shareholder level.
Exchange limitation policies
The Board of Trustees of JHF III has adopted the following policies and procedures by which the Fund, subject to the limitations described below, takes steps reasonably designed to curtail excessive trading practices.
Limitation on exchange activity
Pursuant to the policies and procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees, the Fund, or its agent, may reject or cancel a purchase order, suspend or terminate the exchange privilege or terminate the ability of an investor to invest in John Hancock funds, if the Fund, or its agent, determines that a proposed transaction involves market timing or disruptive trading that it believes is likely to be detrimental to the Fund. The Fund, or its agent, cannot ensure that it will be able to identify all cases of market timing or disruptive trading, although it attempts to have adequate procedures in place to do so. The Fund, or its agent, may also reject or cancel any purchase order (including an exchange) from an investor or group of investors for any other reason. Decisions to reject or cancel purchase orders

12


Table of Contents

(including exchanges) in the Fund are inherently subjective and will be made in a manner believed to be in the best interest of the Fund’s shareholders. The Fund does not have any arrangement to permit market timing or disruptive trading.
Exchanges made on the same day in the same account are aggregated for purposes of counting the number and dollar amount of exchanges made by the account holder. The exchange limits referenced above will not be imposed or may be modified under certain circumstances. For example: These exchange limits may be modified for accounts held by certain retirement plans to conform to plan exchange limits, ERISA considerations or Department of Labor regulations. Certain automated or pre-established exchange, asset allocation and dollar cost averaging programs are not subject to these exchange limits. These programs are excluded from the exchange limitation since the Fund believes that they are advantageous to shareholders and do not offer an effective means for market timing or excessive trading strategies. These investment tools involve regular and predetermined purchase or redemption requests made well in advance of any knowledge of events affecting the market on the date of the purchase or redemption.
These exchange limits are subject to the Fund’s ability to monitor exchange activity, as discussed under “Limitation on the ability to detect and curtail excessive trading practices” below. Depending upon the composition of the Fund’s shareholder accounts and in light of the limitations on the ability of the Fund to detect and curtail excessive trading practices, a significant percentage of the Fund’s shareholders may not be subject to the exchange limitation policy described above. In applying the exchange limitation policy, the Fund considers information available to it at the time and reserves the right to consider trading activity in a single account or multiple accounts under common ownership, control or influence.
Limitation on the ability to detect and curtail excessive trading practices
Shareholders seeking to engage in excessive trading practices sometimes deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection and, despite the efforts of the Fund to prevent its excessive trading, there is no guarantee that the Fund or its agents will be able to identify such shareholders or curtail its trading practices. The ability of the Fund and its agents to detect and curtail excessive trading practices may also be limited by operational systems and technological limitations. Because the Fund will not always be able to detect frequent trading activity, investors should not assume that the Fund will be able to detect or prevent all frequent trading or other practices that disadvantage the Fund. For example, the ability of the Fund to monitor trades that are placed by omnibus or other nominee accounts is limited in those instances in which the financial intermediary, including a financial adviser, broker, retirement plan administrator or fee-based program sponsor, maintains the records of the Fund’s underlying beneficial owners. Omnibus or other nominee account arrangements are common forms of holding shares of the Fund, particularly among certain financial intermediaries such as financial advisers, brokers, retirement plan administrators or fee-based program sponsors. These arrangements often permit the financial intermediary to aggregate its clients’ transactions and ownership positions and do not identify the particular underlying shareholder(s) to the Fund. However, the Fund will work with financial intermediaries as necessary to discourage shareholders from engaging in abusive trading practices and to impose restrictions on excessive trades. In this regard, the Fund has entered into information sharing agreements with financial intermediaries pursuant to which these intermediaries are required to provide to the Fund, at the Fund’s request, certain information relating to their customers investing in the Fund through omnibus or other nominee accounts. The fund will use this information to attempt to identify excessive trading practices. Financial intermediaries are contractually required to follow any instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit future purchases from shareholders that are found to have engaged in excessive trading in violation of the Fund’s policies. The fund cannot guarantee the accuracy of the information provided to it from financial intermediaries and so cannot ensure that it will be able to detect abusive trading practices that occur through omnibus or other nominee accounts. As a consequence, the Fund’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in these types of accounts may be limited.
Excessive trading risk
To the extent that the Fund or its agents is unable to curtail excessive trading practices in the Fund, these practices may interfere with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolio and may result in the Fund engaging in certain activities to a greater extent than it otherwise would, such as maintaining higher cash balances, using its line of credit and engaging in increased portfolio transactions. Increased portfolio transactions and use of the line of credit would correspondingly increase the Fund’s operating costs and decrease the Fund’s investment performance. Maintenance of higher levels of cash balances would likewise result in lower fund investment performance during periods of rising markets.
While excessive trading can potentially occur in the Fund, certain types of funds are more likely than others to be targets of excessive trading. For example:
  A fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in small or mid-capitalization stocks or securities in particular industries, that

13


Table of Contents

    may trade infrequently or are fair valued as discussed under “Valuation of shares,” entails a greater risk of excessive trading, as investors may seek to trade fund shares in an effort to benefit from their understanding of the value of those types of securities (referred to as price arbitrage).
  A fund that invests a material portion of its assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers may be a potential target for excessive trading if investors seek to engage in price arbitrage based upon general trends in the securities markets that occur subsequent to the close of the primary market for such securities.
  A fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in below investment-grade (junk) bonds that may trade infrequently or are fair valued as discussed under “Valuation of shares” incurs a greater risk of excessive trading, as investors may seek to trade fund shares in an effort to benefit from their understanding of the value of those types of securities.
Any frequent trading strategies may interfere with efficient management of a fund’s portfolio. A fund that invests in the types of securities discussed above may be exposed to this risk to a greater degree than a fund that invests in highly liquid securities. These risks would be less significant, for example, in a fund that primarily invests in U.S. government securities, money market instruments, investment-grade corporate issuers or large-capitalization U.S. equity securities. Any successful price arbitrage may cause dilution in the value of the Fund shares held by other shareholders.
Dividends and account policies
Account statements
In general, the Fund will provide account statements to the shareholder through the affiliated fund of funds that has invested in the Class NAV shares.
Dividends
The Fund typically declares and pays income dividends at least annually. Capital gains, if any, are typically distributed at least annually.
Additional investor services
Disclosure of portfolio holdings
The Fund’s Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings can be found in Appendix C of the SAI and the portfolio holdings information can be found at www.jhfunds.com.
The holdings of the Fund will be posted to the Web site listed above within 30 days after each calendar quarter end and within 30 days after any material changes are made to the holdings of the Fund. In addition, the ten largest holdings of the Fund will be posted to the Web site listed above 30 days after each calendar quarter end. The information described above will remain on the Web site until the date the Fund files its Form N-CSR or Form N-Q with the SEC for the period that includes the date as of which the Web site information is current. The Fund’s Form N-CSR and Form N-Q will contain the Fund’s entire portfolio holdings as of the applicable calendar quarter end.

14


Table of Contents

Fund details
Business structure
JHF III’s Board of Trustees oversees the Fund’s business activities and retains the services of the various firms that carry out the Fund’s operations.
The Trustees of the Fund have the power to change the Fund’s investment goal without shareholder approval.
Investment adviser
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210-2805
Manages the Fund’s business and investment activities.
Subadviser
Rainier Investment Management Inc.
601 Union Street Suite 2801
Seattle, Washington 98101
Provides portfolio management to the Fund.
Custodian
State Street Bank & Trust Company
2 Avenue de Lafayette
Boston, MA 02111
Holds the Fund’s assets, settles all portfolio trades and collects most of the valuation data required for calculating the Fund’s NAV.
Principal distributor
John Hancock Funds, LLC
Markets the Fund and distributes shares through selling brokers, financial planners and other financial representatives.
Transfer agent
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
Handles shareholder services, including recordkeeping and statements, distribution of dividends and processing of buy and sell requests.
Management fees
The Fund pays the Adviser a management fee for its services to the Fund. The fee is stated as an annual percentage of the current value of the aggregate assets of the Fund (together with the assets of the Growth Equity Trust, a series of John Hancock Trust) determined in accordance with the following schedule, and that rate is applied to the assets of the Fund.
                         
    First $3 billion   Next $3 billion   Over $6 billion
Fund   of Net Assets   of Net Assets   of Net Assets
Aggregate Assets of the Fund and Growth Equity Trust
    0.75 %     0.725 %     0.70 %

15


Table of Contents

Adviser
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser. The Adviser administers the business and affairs of the Fund and retains and compensates an investment subadviser to manage the assets of the Fund. As of September 30, 2007, the Adviser and its affiliates had total assets under management of approximately $59 billion.
The Adviser and the subadviser to the Fund are registered as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”), a publicly traded company based in Toronto, Canada. MFC and its subsidiaries operate as “Manulife Financial” in Canada and Asia and primarily as “John Hancock” in the U.S.
Pursuant to an order received from the SEC, the Adviser, subject to Board of Trustees’ approval, is permitted to appoint a new subadviser for the Fund or change the terms of the subadvisory agreement without obtaining shareholder approval. As a result, JHF III is able from time to time to change the Fund’s subadviser or the fees paid to the subadviser without the expense and delays associated with holding a shareholders’ meeting. The SEC order does not, however, permit the Adviser to appoint a subadviser that is an affiliate of the Adviser or JHF III (other than by reason of serving as a subadviser) or change the subadvisory fee of an affiliated subadviser without shareholder approval.
Subadviser
Rainier Investment Management (“Rainier”) managed approximately $16.3 billion as of September 30, 2007, consisting of discretionary assets for various clients, including corporations, public and corporate pension plans, foundations and charitable endowments, high-net-worth individuals and registered investment companies. Rainier is owned and operated by twelve principals. Rainier formulates and implements an investment program for the Fund, which includes determining which securities should be bought and sold.
Management biographies
Below is an alphabetical list of the portfolio managers for the Fund, including a brief summary of their business careers over the past five years. Appendix C of the SAI includes information about the portfolio managers, including information about their compensation, accounts they manage other than the Fund and their ownership of Fund shares, if any. The Fund is managed by a team of portfolio managers. Each member of the team shares an equal amount of day-to-day management and responsibility of the Fund.
Daniel Brewer (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.
Mark Broughton (since 2002)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since 2002.
Stacie Cowell (since 2006)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since 2006.
§   Senior Vice President and Lead Portfolio Manager with Invesco Funds Group (1996 to 2004) and Kennedy Capital Management (2005).
Mark Dawson (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.
Andrea Durbin (since 2007)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002
James Margard (since inception)
§   Chief Investment Officer with Rainier since at least 2002.
Peter Musser (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.

16


Table of Contents

Advisory and subadvisory contracts
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approving the investment advisory and subadvisory contracts of the Fund will be available in the Fund’s semi-annual report to shareholders for the period ending August 31, 2008.
Financial highlights
This section normally details financial information about the Fund. Because Class NAV shares of the Fund has not yet commenced operations, there are no financial highlights to report for this share class.

17


Table of Contents

For more information
Two documents are available that offer further information on the Fund:
Annual/Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders
Includes financial statements, a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected performance during the last fiscal year, as well as the auditors’ report (in annual report only).
Statement of Additional Information
The SAI contains more detailed information on all aspects of the Fund. The Fund’s SAI includes a summary of the JHF III’s policy regarding disclosure of the portfolio holdings as well as legal and regulatory matters. The current SAI has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference into (and is legally a part of) this prospectus.
To request a free copy of the current prospectus, annual/semi-annual report or the SAI of the Fund, please contact Signature Services:
By mail: John Hancock Funds III
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210
By phone: 1-800-344-1029
On the Internet: www.jhfunds.com
Or you may view or obtain these documents and other information from the SEC:
By mail: Public Reference Section
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, DC 20549-0102
(duplicating fee required)
In person: at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC.
For access to the Reference Room call 202-551-8090
By electronic request: publicinfo@sec.gov
(duplicating fee required)
On the EDGAR Database on the Internet: www.sec.gov
SEC number: 811-21777
©2008 JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS, LLC [ ] 1/08
(JOHN HANCOCK LOGO)
John Hancock Funds, LLC
MEMBER FINRA
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210-2805
Now available: electronic delivery
www.jhfunds.com/edelivery

18


Table of Contents

John Hancock
Rainier Growth Fund
CLASS R, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 SHARES
The information in this Prospectus is incomplete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PROSPECTUS
March 1, 2008
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved this fund or determined whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal crime.

 


Table of Contents

Contents
     
JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
   
PRINCIPAL RISKS
   
Description of principal risks
   
YOUR ACCOUNT
   
Who can buy Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares
   
Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares cost structure
   
Opening an account
   
Information for plan participants
   
Transaction policies
   
Dividends and account policies
   
Additional investor services
   
FUND DETAILS
   
Business structure
   
Management biographies
   
Financial highlights
   
FOR MORE INFORMATION
  BACK COVER

 


Table of Contents

Overview
JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
This prospectus contains information regarding the John Hancock Rainier Growth Fund (the “Fund”), a series of John Hancock Funds III (“JHF III”). A summary description of the Fund, which sets forth the Fund’s investment objective and describes the Fund’s principal investment strategies and principal risks, is provided in the next section of this prospectus. The summary is not designed to be all-inclusive and the Fund may make investments, employ strategies and be exposed to risks that are not contained in the Fund’s summary description. More information about the Fund’s investments and strategy is set forth in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).
RISKS OF MUTUAL FUNDS
Mutual funds such as the Fund are not bank deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Because you could lose money by investing in the Fund, be sure to read all risk disclosure carefully before investing.

 


Table of Contents

JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
Subadviser: Rainier Investment Management Inc.
     
Investment Objective:
  To seek to maximize long-term capital appreciation.
 
   
Investment Strategies:
  Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in the common stock of large-capitalization growth companies traded in the U.S., and affords shareholders the opportunity to invest in some of the fastest-growing companies in the U.S. The term “growth company” denotes companies with the prospect of strong earnings, revenue or cash flow growth.
The subadviser’s stock selection focuses on companies that are likely to demonstrate superior earnings, revenue or cash flow growth relative to their industry peers. The Fund will normally invest in approximately 40 to 80 companies.
The subadviser considers large-capitalization companies to be those currently with market capitalizations in the range of the Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Large-Cap Index, which ranged approximately from $3.12 to $512 billion as of December 31, 2007. Smaller companies, meaning those with a market capitalization below that range, may be owned when believed to be especially attractive. Stock selection focuses on companies that are likely to demonstrate superior earnings, revenue or cash flow growth relative to their industry peers.
The subadviser compares the Fund’s economic sector weightings to a Large Cap Growth Equity index, such as the Russell 1000 Growth Index. To help control risk, extreme overweighting and underweighting of the Fund as compared to the major sectors of such a benchmark are avoided.
The subadviser favors companies with attractive fundamentals, such as strong revenue, earnings or cash flow growth. Companies with sustainable competitive advantages, potential price or business catalysts, including earnings surprise or market expansion, and disciplined management with shareholder focus are emphasized. The subadviser also seeks to capture the capital appreciation sometimes associated with high-performing companies identified early in their growth cycles. For emerging companies lacking demonstrated financial results, the strength of the company’s business model, management team and competitive position are given greater analytical emphasis.
The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in foreign securities. These include U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers and securities of foreign issuers that are traded in the United States. Currently, the subadviser intends to invest only in U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers or American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”).
To the extent consistent with its investment objective and policies, the Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts with respect to interest rates and securities indices. The Fund may use these techniques to hedge against changes in interest rates or securities prices or as part of the Fund’s overall investment strategy.
The subadviser considers the sale of specific common stock when fundamentals deteriorate, when a stock reaches or surpasses its price target or when better opportunities are perceived in alternative stocks.
The Fund’s investment process may, at times, result in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses.
Under normal market conditions, the Fund will stay fully invested in stocks. The Fund may, however, temporarily depart from its principal investment strategies by making short-term investments in cash equivalents in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions. This may result in the Fund’s not achieving its investment objective.
Main risks
The Fund’s shares will go up and down in price, meaning that you could lose money by investing. Many factors influence a mutual Fund’s performance. The Fund’s main risk factors are listed below, in alphabetical order. Before investing, be sure to read additional information on these and other risks on page [ ].
-Equity securities risk The value of a company’s equity securities is subject to changes in the company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The securities of growth companies are subject to greater price fluctuations than other types of stocks because their market prices tend to place greater emphasis on future earnings expectations.

 


Table of Contents

-Foreign securities risk As compared to U.S. companies, there may be less publicly available information relating to foreign companies. Foreign securities may be subject to foreign taxes. The value of foreign securities is subject to currency fluctuations and adverse political and economic developments.
-Hedging, derivatives and other strategic transactions risk Investing in derivatives can magnify losses incurred by the underlying assets.
-High portfolio turnover risk Actively trading securities can increase transaction costs (thus lowering performance) and taxable distributions.
-Management risk The portfolio manager’s investment strategy may fail to produce the intended result.
-Medium and small company risk The prices of medium and small company stocks can change more frequently and dramatically than those of large company stocks.

2


Table of Contents

Past performance
The bar chart and table shown illustrate the risks of investing in the Fund. It is currently contemplated that before the Fund commences operations, substantially all of the assets of another investment company advised by Rainier Investment Management Inc., the Fund’s subadviser, Rainier Large Cap Growth Equity Portfolio (the “Rainier fund”), will be transferred to the Fund in a tax-free reorganization. If approved by shareholders of the Rainier fund, the reorganization would occur on or about [April 25], 2008. The performance figures shown below relate to the Fund’s Class A shares, which are described in a separate prospectus. The performance information for Class A shares in the bar chart represents the performance of the Rainier fund’s Original Class shares from year to year. Sales loads applicable to Class A shares of the Fund are not reflected in the chart; if they were, the returns shown would have been lower.
The table compares the average annual total returns of the Rainier fund’s Original Class shares to those of the Russell 1000® Growth Index and the S&P 500® Index, each a broad-based, unmanaged total return performance benchmark of domestically traded common stocks. These returns for the Rainier fund Original Class shares reflect the sales loads for Class A shares of the Fund. All returns assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
Of course, past performance (before and after taxes) is no guarantee of future results.
Calendar Year Total Returns — Class A Shares
         
2001
    -26.95 %
2002
    -26.16 %
2003
    33.88 %
2004
    11.60 %
2005
    11.61 %
2006
    7.24 %
2007
    20.57 %
Quarterly Returns
During the period shown in the above bar chart, the highest quarterly return for Class A shares of the Fund was 19.18% for the quarter ended December 31, 2001, and the lowest quarterly return was -29.30% for the quarter ended March 31, 2001.
Average Annual Total Returns for Periods Ended December 31, 2007
(including sales charges applicable to Class A shares of the Fund)
                         
    1 Year   5 Year   Life of Class A(1)
Class A before tax
    20.57 %     16.61 %     -0.68 %
 
Class A after tax on distributions(2)
    20.57 %     16.61 %     -0.68 %
 
Class A after tax on distributions, with sale(2)
    15.57% %     15.61 %     -1.31 %
 
Russell 1000 Growth Index(3)
    9.07 %     2.69 %     -5.68 %
S&P 500 Index(3)
    15.79 %     6.19 %     0.87 %
 
(1)   Original Class shares of the Rainier fund commenced operations on June 15, 2000.
 
(2)   After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on your situation and may differ from those shown. Furthermore, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.
 
(3)   Each Index is an unmanaged index and reflects no fees and taxes.

3


Table of Contents

Your expenses
Transaction expenses are charged directly to your account. Operating expenses are paid from the Fund’s assets, and therefore are paid by shareholders indirectly. The figures below show estimated annual operating expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less.
                                                 
Annual operating expenses1   Class R   Class R1   Class R2   Class R3   Class R4   Class R5
Management fee
    0.75 %     0.75 %     0.75 %     0.75 %     0.75 %     0.75 %
 
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees
    0.75 %     0.50 %     0.25 %     0.50 %     0.25 %     0.00 %
 
Other expenses2
    0.85 %     0.85 %     0.85 %     0.75 %     0.70 %     0.65 %
 
Total Fund expenses
    2.35 %     2.10 %     1.85 %     2.00 %     1.70 %     1.40 %
 
Contractual expense reimbursement (at least until 4-28-09)3
    0.46 %     0.46 %     0.46 %     0.46 %     0.46 %     0.46 %
 
Net Fund expenses
    1.89 %     1.64 %     1.39 %     1.54 %     1.24 %     0.94 %
 
1   Based on estimated expenses for the current fiscal year.
 
2   In the case of Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares, other expenses include fees paid by the Fund to the Adviser under an agreement pursuant to which the Adviser will provide, either directly or through third parties, various administrative, recordkeeping, communication and educational services for retirement plans that are shareholders of the R classes of shares. The amount of the fee may charge up to 0.25% for Class R, R1 and R2 shares, 0.15% for Class R3 shares, 0.10% for Class R4 shares and 0.05% for Class R5 shares.
 
3   The Adviser has agreed contractually to reimburse, or to make a payment to a specific class of shares of the Fund in an amount equal to the amount by which the expenses attributable to such class of shares (excluding taxes, portfolio brokerage commissions, interest, litigation and indemnification expenses, other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business, and fees under any agreement or plans of the Fund dealing with services for shareholders and others with beneficial interests in shares of the Fund) exceed the percentage of average annual net assets (on an annualized basis) attributable as follows: 1.89% for Class R, 1.64% for Class R1, 1.39% for Class R2, 1.54% for Class R3, 1.24% for Class R4, and 0.94% for Class R5. This expense reimbursement shall continue in effect until 4-28-09 and thereafter until terminated by the Adviser on notice to JHF III.
Example
The hypothetical example below shows what your expenses would be after the expense reimbursement (first year only) if you invested $10,000 over the time frames indicated, assuming you reinvested all distributions and that the average annual return was 5% and the operating expenses remained the same. The example is for comparison only, and does not represent the Fund’s actual expenses and returns, either past or future.
                 
Expenses   Year 1   Year 3
Class R
  $ 192     $ 689  
Class R1
  $ 167     $ 614  
Class R2
  $ 142     $ 537  
Class R3
  $ 157     $ 583  
Class R4
  $ 126     $ 491  
Class R5
  $ 96     $ 398  

4


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS
Description of principal risks
Factors that may affect the Fund’s portfolio as a whole are called “principal risks” and are summarized in this section. This summary describes the nature of these principal risks and certain related risks, but is not intended to include every potential risk. The Fund could be subject to additional risks because the types of investments made by the Fund may change over time. The SAI includes more information about the Fund and its investments.
Equity securities risk
Equity securities include common, preferred and convertible preferred stocks and securities the values of which are tied to the price of stocks, such as rights, warrants and convertible debt securities. Common and preferred stocks represent equity ownership in a company. Stock markets are volatile. The price of equity securities will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a portfolio investing in equities. The price of equity securities fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The value of equity securities purchased by the Fund could decline if the financial condition of the companies the Fund invests in decline or if overall market and economic conditions deteriorate. They may also decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increase in production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. In addition, they may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a company or industry, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or generally adverse investor sentiment. Even a fund that invests in high quality or “blue chip” equity securities or securities of established companies with large market capitalizations (which generally have strong financial characteristics) can be negatively impacted by poor overall market and economic conditions. Companies with large market capitalizations may also have less growth potential than smaller companies and may be able to react less quickly to change in the marketplace.
The Fund may maintain substantial exposure to equities and generally does not attempt to time the market. Because of this exposure, the possibility that stock market prices in general will decline over short or extended periods subjects the Fund to unpredictable declines in the value of its investments, as well as periods of poor performance.
Growth securities Certain equity securities (generally referred to as “growth securities”) are purchased primarily because the subadviser believes that they will experience relatively rapid earnings growth. Growth securities typically trade at higher multiples of current earnings than other types of stocks. Growth securities are often more sensitive to market fluctuations than other types of stocks because their market prices tend to place greater emphasis on future earnings expectations. At times when it appears that these expectations may not be met, growth stock prices typically fall.
Foreign securities risk
Funds that invest in securities traded principally in securities markets outside the United States are subject to additional and more varied risks, as the value of foreign securities may change more rapidly and extremely than the value of U.S. securities. The securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. Additionally, issuers of foreign securities may not be subject to the same degree of regulation as U.S. issuers. Reporting, accounting and auditing standards of foreign countries differ, in some cases significantly, from U.S. standards. There are generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions, transfer taxes, higher custodial costs and the possibility that foreign taxes will be charged on dividends and interest payable on foreign securities. Also, for lesser developed countries, nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations (which may include suspension of the ability to transfer currency from a country), political changes or diplomatic developments could adversely affect a fund’s investments. In the event of nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, a fund could lose its entire investment in a foreign security. All funds that invest in foreign securities are subject to these risks. Some of the foreign risks are also applicable to the other funds because they may invest a material portion of their assets in securities of foreign issuers traded in the U.S.
Hedging, derivatives and other strategic transactions risk
The Fund may invest in derivatives, which are financial contracts with a value that depends on, or is derived from, the value of underlying assets, reference rates or indexes. Derivatives may relate to stocks, bonds, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities and related indexes. The Fund may use derivatives for many purposes, including for hedging, and as a substitute for direct investment in securities or other assets. The Fund also may use derivatives as a way to adjust efficiently the exposure of the Fund to various securities, markets and currencies without the Fund actually having to sell existing investments and make new investments. This generally will be done when the adjustment is expected to be relatively temporary or in anticipation of effecting the

5


Table of Contents

sale of Fund assets and making new investments over time. For a description of the various derivative instruments the Fund may utilize, refer to the SAI.
The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or potentially greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other more traditional assets. In particular, the use of derivative instruments exposes the Fund to the risk that the counterparty to an over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives contract will be unable or unwilling to make timely settlement payments or otherwise to honor its obligations. OTC derivatives transactions typically can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction, although either party may engage in an offsetting transaction that puts that party in the same economic position as if it had closed out the transaction with the counterparty or may obtain the other party’s consent to assign the transaction to a third party. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there is no assurance that the counterparty would meet its contractual obligations or that, in the event of default, the Fund would succeed in enforcing them. For example, because the contract for each OTC derivatives transaction is individually negotiated with a specific counterparty, the Fund is subject to the risk that a counterparty may interpret contractual terms (e.g., the definition of default) differently than the Fund when the Fund seeks to enforce its contractual rights. If that occurs, the cost and unpredictability of the legal proceedings required for the Fund to enforce its contractual rights may lead it to decide not to pursue its claims against the counterparty. The Fund, therefore, assumes the risk that it may be unable to obtain payments owed to it under OTC derivatives contracts or that those payments may be delayed or made only after the Fund has incurred the costs of litigation. While the subadviser intends to monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties, there can be no assurance that a counterparty will meet its obligations, especially during unusually adverse market conditions. To the extent that the Fund contracts with a limited number of counterparties, the Fund’s risk will be concentrated and events that affect the creditworthiness of any of those counterparties may have a pronounced effect on the Fund. Derivatives also are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this section, including market risk and liquidity risk. Since the value of derivatives is calculated and derived from the value of other assets, instruments or references, there is a risk that they will be improperly valued. Derivatives also involve the risk that changes in their value may not correlate perfectly with the assets, rates or indexes they are designed to hedge or closely track. Suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. In addition, the subadviser may determine not to use derivatives to hedge or otherwise reduce risk exposure.
The ability of the Fund to utilize hedging and other strategic transactions successfully will depend in part on its subadviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The skills required to successfully utilize hedging and other strategic transactions are different from those needed to select the Fund’s portfolio securities. If the transaction is not successful it could result in a loss to the Fund. These transactions may also increase the volatility of the Fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risks assumed. The potential loss from the use of futures can exceed the Fund’s initial investment in such contracts. In addition, these transactions could result in a loss to the Fund if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised. A detailed discussion of various hedging and other strategic transactions, including applicable regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the requirement to segregate assets with respect to these transactions, appears in the SAI. To the extent a portfolio utilizes hedging and other strategic transactions it will be subject to the same risks.
High portfolio turnover risk
A high level of portfolio turnover may have a negative impact on performance by increasing transaction costs, which must be borne directly by a fund, and brokerage commissions and generating greater tax liabilities for shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate of a fund may vary from year to year, as well as within a year.
Management risk
A fund is subject to management risk because it relies on the subadviser’s ability to pursue its objective. The subadviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The subadviser may fail to use derivatives effectively, for example, choosing to hedge or not to hedge positions precisely when it is least advantageous to do so. Funds generally do not attempt to time the market and instead generally stay fully invested in the relevant asset class, such as domestic equities or foreign equities. Notwithstanding its benchmark, a fund may buy securities not included in its benchmark or hold securities in very different proportions than its benchmark. To the extent a fund invests in those securities, its performance depends on the ability of the subadviser to choose securities that perform better than securities that are included in the benchmark.
Medium and smaller company risk
Market risk and liquidity risk may be pronounced for securities of companies with medium-sized market capitalizations and are particularly pronounced for securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may depend on a few key employees. The securities of companies with medium and smaller market capitalizations may trade less frequently and in lesser volume than more widely held securities and their value may

6


Table of Contents

fluctuate more sharply than those securities. They may also trade in the over-the-counter (OTC) market or on a regional exchange, or may otherwise have limited liquidity. Investments in less seasoned companies with medium and smaller market capitalizations may present greater opportunities for growth and capital appreciation, but also involve greater risks than customarily are associated with more established companies with larger market capitalizations.
These investment strategies and securities are described further in the SAI.

7


Table of Contents

Your account
Who can buy Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares
Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares are available to certain types of investors, as noted below:
§   Qualified tuition programs under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)(“529 Plans”) distributed by John Hancock or one of its affiliates.
§   Retirement Plans including pension, profit sharing and other plans qualified under Section 401(a) or described in Section 403(b) or 457 of the Code, and non-qualified deferred compensation plans.
§   Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares are available only to Retirement Plans where the shares are held on the books of the Fund through omnibus accounts (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial service firm).
§   Retirement Plans and other plans (except 529 Plans) not currently invested in Class A, B and C shares, which are described in a separate prospectus, may invest only in Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares.
Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares are not available to retail or institutional non-retirement accounts, traditional and Roth IRAs, Coverdell Education Savings Accounts, SEPs, SAR-SEPs, SIMPLE IRAs, individual 403(b) plans or other individual retirement accounts.
Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares cost structure
The Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares of the Fund are sold without any front-end or deferred sales charges. Each of the R, R1, R2, R3 and R4 share classes has a Rule 12b-1 plan that allows it to pay fees for the sale, distribution and service of its shares. The Class R5 shares do not have a Rule 12b-1 plan.
Class R
§   Distribution and service (12b-1) fees of 0.75%.
Class R1
§   Distribution and service (12b-1) fees of 0.50%.
Class R2
§   Distribution and service (12b-1) fees of 0.25%.
Class R3
§   Distribution and service (12b-1) fees of 0.50%.
Class R4
§   Distribution and service (12b-1) fees of 0.25%.
The Fund has adopted Service Plans for the Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares, which authorize the Fund to pay affiliated and unaffiliated entities a service fee for providing certain recordkeeping and other administrative services in connection with investments in the Fund by Retirement Plans. The service fee is a specified percentage of the average daily net assets of a Fund’s share class held by plan participants and is 0.25% for Class R, Class R1 and Class R2, 0.15% for Class R3 shares, 0.10% for Class R4 shares and 0.05% for Class R5 shares.

8


Table of Contents

The performance and expenses information included in this prospectus does not reflect fees and expenses of any plan, which may use a Fund as its underlying investment medium. If such fees and expenses had been reflected, performance would be lower.
12b-1 fees
Rule 12b-1 fees will be paid to the Fund’s distributor, John Hancock Funds, LLC (the “Distributor”), and may be used by the Distributor for expenses relating to the distribution of, and shareholder or administrative services for holders of, the shares of the class and for the payment of “service fees” that come within Rule 2830(d)(5) of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time they will increase the cost of your investment and may cost shareholders more than other types of sales charges.
Other classes of shares of the Fund, which have their own expense structure, may be offered in separate prospectuses.
Your broker dealer or agent may charge you a fee to effect transactions in Fund shares.
Additional payments to financial intermediaries
Shares of the Fund are primarily sold through financial intermediaries (firms), such as brokers, banks, registered investment advisers, financial planners and retirement plan administrators. These firms may be compensated for selling shares of the Fund in two principal ways:
  directly, by the payment of sales commissions, if any;
 
  indirectly, as a result of the Fund paying Rule 12b-1 fees.
Certain firms may request, and the Distributor may agree to make, payments in addition to sales commissions and 12b-1 fees out of the Distributor’s own resources. These additional payments are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing.” These payments assist in the Distributor’s efforts to promote the sale of the Fund’s shares. The Distributor agrees with the firm on the methods for calculating any additional compensation, which may include the level of sales or assets attributable to the firm. Not all firms receive additional compensation, and the amount of compensation varies. These payments could be significant to a firm. The Distributor determines which firms to support and the extent of the payments it is willing to make. The Distributor generally chooses to compensate firms that have a strong capability to distribute shares of the Fund and that are willing to cooperate with the Distributor’s promotional efforts.
The Distributor hopes to benefit from revenue sharing by increasing the Fund’s net assets, which, as well as benefiting the Fund, would result in additional management and other fees for Adviser and its affiliates. In consideration for revenue sharing, a firm may feature the Fund in its sales system or give preferential access to members of its sales force or management. In addition, the firm may agree to participate in the Distributor’s marketing efforts by allowing us to participate in conferences, seminars or other programs attended by the intermediary’s sales force. Although an intermediary may seek revenue-sharing payments to offset costs incurred by the firm in servicing its clients who have invested in the Fund, the intermediary may earn a profit on these payments. Revenue-sharing payments may provide your firm with an incentive to favor the Fund.
The Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) discusses the Distributor’s revenue-sharing arrangements in more detail. Your intermediary may charge you additional fees other than those disclosed in this prospectus. You can ask your firm about any payments it receives from the Distributor or the Fund, as well as about fees and/or commissions it charges.
The Distributor, Adviser and their affiliates may have other relationships with your firm relating to the provisions of services to the Fund, such as providing omnibus account services, transaction-processing services or effecting portfolio transactions for the Fund. If your intermediary provides these services, the Adviser or the Fund may compensate the intermediary for these services. In addition, your intermediary may have other compensated relationships with the Adviser or its affiliates that are not related to the Fund.
Opening an account
1   Read this prospectus carefully.

9


Table of Contents

2   Determine if you are eligible, referring to “Who Can Buy Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 Shares.”
3   Eligible Retirement Plans generally may open an account and purchase Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares by contacting any broker, dealer or other financial service firm authorized to sell Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares of the Fund.
Additional shares may be purchased through a Retirement Plan’s administrator or record keeper. There is no minimum initial investment for Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares. A Retirement Plan participant can obtain a Retirement Plan application or a rollover individual retirement account application from his or her financial representative, plan administrator or by calling John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. (“Signature Services”), the Fund’s transfer agent at 1-888-972-8696.
Information for plan participants
Plan participants generally must contact their plan service provider to purchase, redeem or exchange shares.
The administrator of a Retirement Plan or employee benefits office can provide participants with detailed information on how to participate in the plan, elect a Fund as an investment option, elect different investment options, alter the amounts contributed to the plan or change allocations among investment options. For questions about participant accounts, participants should contact their employee benefits office, the plan administrator or the organization that provides record-keeping services for the plan.
Financial service firms may provide some of the shareholder servicing and account maintenance services required by Retirement Plan accounts and their plan participants, including transfers of registration, dividend payee changes and generation of confirmation statements, and may arrange for plan administrators to provide other investment or administrative services. Financial service firms may charge Retirement Plans and plan participants transaction fees and/or other additional amounts for such services. Similarly, Retirement Plans may charge plan participants for certain expenses. These fees and additional amounts could reduce an investment return in Class R shares of the Fund.
Transaction policies
Valuation of shares
The net asset value per share (“NAV”) is determined for each class of shares of the Fund as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (typically 4 P.M. Eastern time) on each business day that the New York Stock Exchange is open. Securities held by the Fund, except money market instruments with remaining maturities of 60 days or less, are valued at their market value if market quotations are readily available. Otherwise, securities held by the Fund are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees of JHF III. Any actions of the Pricing Committee, as the Board’s designee, are subject to oversight by the Board. Money market instruments with a remaining maturity of 60 days or less held by the Fund are valued on an amortized cost basis.
Generally, trading in non-U.S. securities, U.S. government securities and money market instruments is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange. The values of such securities used in computing the NAV of the Fund’s shares are generally determined as of such times. If market quotations or official closing prices are not readily available or are deemed unreliable, a security will be valued by a method that the Trustees (or the Pricing Committee as their designee) believe accurately reflects its fair value. Market price may be deemed unreliable, for example, if a security is thinly traded or if a security’s value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the exchange or market on which the security is principally traded.
In deciding whether to make a fair value adjustment to the price of a security, the Trustees (or the Pricing Committee as their designee) may review a variety of factors, including, developments in foreign markets, the performance of U.S. securities markets, and the performance of instruments trading in U.S. markets that represent foreign securities and baskets of foreign securities. A fund may also fair value securities in other situations, for example, when a particular foreign market is closed but a fund is calculating its NAV or when a designated index changes by certain percentage. In such circumstances, a fund may use a pricing service that employs fair value model pricing in valuing foreign securities held by a fund. In view of these factors, it is likely that a fund investing significant amounts of assets in securities that are primarily traded on foreign markets will be fair valued more frequently than a fund investing significant amounts of assets in frequently traded, U.S. exchange-listed securities of large capitalization U.S. issuers. In addition, the

10


Table of Contents

value of such securities (and, therefore, NAV of a fund that holds them) may change significantly on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem fund’s shares.
Fair value pricing of securities is intended to help ensure that the NAV of a fund’s shares reflects the value of a fund’s securities as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange (as opposed to a value that is no longer accurate as of such close), thus limiting the opportunity for aggressive traders to purchase shares of a fund at deflated prices reflecting stale security valuations and promptly sell such shares at a gain. However, no assurance can be given that fair value pricing of securities will successfully eliminate all potential opportunities for such trading gains. Fair value pricing of securities also involves the risk that the fund’s valuation of an investment may be higher or lower than the price the investment might actually command if a fund sold it.
Buy and Sell prices
When you buy shares, you pay the NAV. When you sell shares, you receive the NAV.
Execution of requests
The Fund is open on those days when the New York Stock Exchange is open, typically Monday through Friday. Buy and sell requests are executed at the next NAV to be calculated after Signature Services receives your request in good order.
In unusual circumstances, the Fund may temporarily suspend the processing of sell requests, or may postpone payment of proceeds for up to three business days or longer, as allowed by federal securities laws.
Exchanges
You may exchange Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares for the same class of other John Hancock funds that are available through your plan, or Money Market Fund Class A shares without paying a sales charge. The registration for both accounts must be identical. Note: Once exchanged into Money Market Fund Class A, shares may only be exchanged back into Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares.
Excessive trading
The Fund is intended for long-term investment purposes only and does not knowingly accept shareholders who engage in “market timing” or other types of excessive short-term trading. Short-term trading into and out of the Fund can disrupt portfolio investment strategies and may increase fund expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.
Right to reject or restrict purchase and exchange orders
Purchases and exchanges should be made primarily for investment purposes. The Fund reserves the right to restrict, reject or cancel (with respect to cancellations within one day of the order), for any reason and without any prior notice, any purchase or exchange order, including transactions representing excessive trading and transactions accepted by any shareholder’s financial intermediary. For example, the Fund may in its discretion restrict, reject or cancel a purchase or exchange order even if the transaction is not subject to a specific “Limitation on exchange activity” described below, if the Fund, or its agents, determines that accepting the order could interfere with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolio or otherwise not be in the Fund’s best interest in light of unusual trading activity related to your account. In the event that the Fund rejects or cancels an exchange request, neither the redemption nor the purchase side of the exchange will be processed. If you would like the redemption request to be processed even if the purchase order is rejected, you should submit separate redemption and purchase orders rather than placing an exchange order. The Fund reserves the right to delay for up to one business day, consistent with applicable law, the processing of exchange requests in the event that, in the Fund’s judgment, such delay would be in the Fund’s best interest, in which case both the redemption and purchase side of the exchange will receive the Fund’s NAV at the conclusion of the delay period. The Fund, through its agents in their sole discretion, may impose these remedial actions at the account holder level or the underlying shareholder level.
Exchange limitation policies
The Board of Trustees of JHF III has adopted the following policies and procedures by which the Fund, subject to the limitations described below, takes steps reasonably designed to curtail excessive trading practices.

11


Table of Contents

Limitation on exchange activity
Pursuant to the policies and procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees, the Fund, or its agent, may reject or cancel a purchase order, suspend or terminate the exchange privilege or terminate the ability of an investor to invest in John Hancock funds, if the Fund, or its agent, determines that a proposed transaction involves market timing or disruptive trading that it believes is likely to be detrimental to the Fund. The Fund, or its agent, cannot ensure that it will be able to identify all cases of market timing or disruptive trading, although it attempts to have adequate procedures in place to do so. The Fund, or its agent, may also reject or cancel any purchase order (including an exchange) from an investor or group of investors for any other reason. Decisions to reject or cancel purchase orders (including exchanges) in the Fund are inherently subjective and will be made in a manner believed to be in the best interest of the Fund’s shareholders. The Fund does not have any arrangement to permit market timing or disruptive trading.
Exchanges made on the same day in the same account are aggregated for purposes of counting the number and dollar amount of exchanges made by the account holder. The exchange limits referenced above will not be imposed or may be modified under certain circumstances. For example: These exchange limits may be modified for accounts held by certain retirement plans to conform to plan exchange limits, ERISA considerations or Department of Labor regulations. Certain automated or pre-established exchange, asset allocation and dollar cost averaging programs are not subject to these exchange limits. These programs are excluded from the exchange limitation since the Fund believes that they are advantageous to shareholders and do not offer an effective means for market timing or excessive trading strategies. These investment tools involve regular and predetermined purchase or redemption requests made well in advance of any knowledge of events affecting the market on the date of the purchase or redemption.
These exchange limits are subject to the Fund’s ability to monitor exchange activity, as discussed under “Limitation on the ability to detect and curtail excessive trading practices” below. Depending upon the composition of the Fund’s shareholder accounts and in light of the limitations on the ability of the Fund to detect and curtail excessive trading practices, a significant percentage of the Fund’s shareholders may not be subject to the exchange limitation policy described above. In applying the exchange limitation policy, the Fund considers information available to it at the time and reserves the right to consider trading activity in a single account or multiple accounts under common ownership, control or influence.
Limitation on the ability to detect and curtail excessive trading practices
Shareholders seeking to engage in excessive trading practices sometimes deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection and, despite the efforts of the Fund to prevent its excessive trading, there is no guarantee that the Fund or its agents will be able to identify such shareholders or curtail its trading practices. The ability of the Fund and its agents to detect and curtail excessive trading practices may also be limited by operational systems and technological limitations. Because the Fund will not always be able to detect frequent trading activity, investors should not assume that the Fund will be able to detect or prevent all frequent trading or other practices that disadvantage the Fund. For example, the ability of the Fund to monitor trades that are placed by omnibus or other nominee accounts is limited in those instances in which the financial intermediary, including a financial adviser, broker, retirement plan administrator or fee-based program sponsor, maintains the records of the Fund’s underlying beneficial owners. Omnibus or other nominee account arrangements are common forms of holding shares of the Fund, particularly among certain financial intermediaries such as financial advisers, brokers, retirement plan administrators or fee-based program sponsors. These arrangements often permit the financial intermediary to aggregate its clients’ transactions and ownership positions and do not identify the particular underlying shareholder(s) to the Fund. However, the Fund will work with financial intermediaries as necessary to discourage shareholders from engaging in abusive trading practices and to impose restrictions on excessive trades. In this regard, the Fund has entered into information sharing agreements with financial intermediaries pursuant to which these intermediaries are required to provide to the Fund, at the Fund’s request, certain information relating to their customers investing in the Fund through omnibus or other nominee accounts. The fund will use this information to attempt to identify excessive trading practices. Financial intermediaries are contractually required to follow any instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit future purchases from shareholders that are found to have engaged in excessive trading in violation of the Fund’s policies. The fund cannot guarantee the accuracy of the information provided to it from financial intermediaries and so cannot ensure that it will be able to detect abusive trading practices that occur through omnibus or other nominee accounts. As a consequence, the Fund’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in these types of accounts may be limited.
Excessive trading risk
To the extent that the Fund or its agents is unable to curtail excessive trading practices in the Fund, these practices may interfere with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolio and may result in the Fund engaging in certain activities to a greater extent than it otherwise would, such as maintaining higher cash balances, using its line of credit and engaging in increased portfolio transactions.

12


Table of Contents

Increased portfolio transactions and use of the line of credit would correspondingly increase the Fund’s operating costs and decrease the Fund’s investment performance. Maintenance of higher levels of cash balances would likewise result in lower fund investment performance during periods of rising markets.
While excessive trading can potentially occur in the Fund, certain types of funds are more likely than others to be targets of excessive trading. For example:
  A fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in small or mid-capitalization stocks or securities in particular industries, that may trade infrequently or are fair valued as discussed under “Valuation of shares,” entails a greater risk of excessive trading, as investors may seek to trade fund shares in an effort to benefit from their understanding of the value of those types of securities (referred to as price arbitrage).
  A fund that invests a material portion of its assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers may be a potential target for excessive trading if investors seek to engage in price arbitrage based upon general trends in the securities markets that occur subsequent to the close of the primary market for such securities.
  A fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in below investment-grade (junk) bonds that may trade infrequently or are fair valued as discussed under “Valuation of shares” incurs a greater risk of excessive trading, as investors may seek to trade fund shares in an effort to benefit from their understanding of the value of those types of securities.
Any frequent trading strategies may interfere with efficient management of a fund’s portfolio. A fund that invests in the types of securities discussed above may be exposed to this risk to a greater degree than a fund that invests in highly liquid securities. These risks would be less significant, for example, in a fund that primarily invests in U.S. government securities, money market instruments, investment-grade corporate issuers or large-capitalization U.S. equity securities. Any successful price arbitrage may cause dilution in the value of the Fund shares held by other shareholders.
Account information
JHF III is required by law to obtain information for verifying an account holder’s identity. For example, an individual will be required to supply his or her name, residential address, date of birth and social security number. If you do not provide the required information, we may not be able to open your account. If verification is unsuccessful, JHF III may close your account, redeem your shares at the next NAV minus any applicable sales charges and take any other steps that it deems reasonable.
Certificated shares
The Fund does not issue share certificates. Shares are electronically recorded.
Sales in advance of purchase payments
When you place a request to sell shares for which the purchase money has not yet been collected, the request will be executed in a timely fashion, but the Fund will not release the proceeds to you until your purchase payment clears. This may take up to ten business days after the purchase.
Dividends and account policies
Account statements
In general, you will receive account statements as follows (for rollover IRA accounts only):
§   after every transaction (except a dividend reinvestment) that affects your account balance;
 
§   after any changes of name or address of the registered owner(s);
 
§   in all other circumstances, at least quarterly.
Every year you should also receive, if applicable, a Form 1099 tax information statement, mailed by January 31.
Dividends

13


Table of Contents

The Fund typically declares and pays income dividends at least annually. Capital gains, if any, are typically distributed at least annually.
Dividend reinvestments
Dividends will be reinvested automatically in additional shares of the same fund and share class on the dividend record date. Alternatively, you can choose to have a check for your dividends and capital gains in the amount of $10 or more mailed to you. However, if the check is not deliverable or the combined dividend and capital gains amount is less than $10, your proceeds will be reinvested. If five or more of your dividend or capital gains checks remain uncashed after 180 days, all subsequent dividends and capital gains will be reinvested.
Taxability of dividends
For investors who are not exempt from federal income taxes, dividends you receive from the Fund, whether reinvested or taken as cash, are generally considered taxable. Dividends from the Fund’s short-term capital gains are taxable as ordinary income. Dividends from the Fund’s long-term capital gains are taxable at a lower rate. Whether gains are short-term or long-term depends on the Fund’s holding period. Some dividends paid in January may be taxable as if they had been paid the previous December.
The Form 1099 that is mailed to you every January details your dividends and their federal tax category, although you should verify your tax liability with your tax professional.
Taxability of transactions
Any time you sell or exchange shares, it is considered a taxable event for you if you are not exempt from federal income taxes. Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you sell or exchange, you may have a gain or a loss on the transaction. You are responsible for any tax liabilities generated by your transactions.
Additional investor services
Disclosure of portfolio holdings
The Fund’s Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings can be found in Appendix C of the SAI, and the portfolio holdings information can be found at www.jhfunds.com.
The holdings of the Fund will be posted to the Web site listed above within 30 days after each calendar quarter end and within 30 days after any material changes are made to the holdings of the Fund. In addition, the ten largest holdings of the Fund will be posted to the Web site listed above 30 days after each calendar quarter end. The information described above will remain on the Web site until the date the Fund files its Form N-CSR or Form N-Q with the SEC for the period that includes the date as of which the Web site information is current. The Fund’s Form N-CSR and Form N-Q will contain the Fund’s entire portfolio holdings as of the applicable calendar quarter end.

14


Table of Contents

Fund details
Business structure
JHF III’s Board of Trustees oversees the Fund’s business activities and retains the services of the various firms that carry out the Fund’s operations.
The Trustees of the Fund have the power to change the Fund’s investment goal without shareholder approval.
Investment adviser
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210-2805
Manages the Fund’s business and investment activities.
Subadviser
Rainier Investment Management Inc.
601 Union Street Suite 2801
Seattle, Washington 98101
Provides portfolio management to the Fund.
Custodian
State Street Bank & Trust Company
2 Avenue de Lafayette
Boston, MA 02111
Holds the Fund’s assets, settles all portfolio trades and collects most of the valuation data required for calculating the Fund’s NAV.
Principal distributor
John Hancock Funds, LLC
Markets the Fund and distributes shares through selling brokers, financial planners and other financial representatives.
Transfer agent
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
Handles shareholder services, including recordkeeping and statements, distribution of dividends and processing of buy and sell requests.
Management fees
The Fund pays the Adviser a management fee for its services to the Fund. The fee is stated as an annual percentage of the current value of the aggregate assets of the Fund (together with the assets of the Growth Equity Trust, a series of John Hancock Trust) determined in accordance with the following schedule, and that rate is applied to the assets of the Fund.
                         
Fund   First $3 billion   Next $3 billion   Over $6 billion
    of Net Assets   of Net Assets   of Net Assets
Aggregate Assets of the Fund and Growth Equity Trust
    0.75 %     0.725 %     0.70 %

15


Table of Contents

Adviser
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser. The Adviser administers the business and affairs of the Fund and retains and compensates an investment subadviser to manage the assets of the Fund. As of September 30, 2007, the Adviser and its affiliates had total assets under management of approximately $59 billion.
The Adviser and the subadviser to the Fund are registered as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”), a publicly traded company based in Toronto, Canada. MFC and its subsidiaries operate as “Manulife Financial” in Canada and Asia and primarily as “John Hancock” in the U.S.
Pursuant to an order received from the SEC, the Adviser, subject to Board of Trustees’ approval, is permitted to appoint a new subadviser for the Fund or change the terms of the subadvisory agreement without obtaining shareholder approval. As a result, JHF III is able from time to time to change the Fund’s subadviser or the fees paid to the subadviser without the expense and delays associated with holding a shareholders’ meeting. The SEC order does not, however, permit the Adviser to appoint a subadviser that is an affiliate of the Adviser or JHF III (other than by reason of serving as a subadviser) or change the subadvisory fee of an affiliated subadviser without shareholder approval.
Subadviser
Rainier Investment Management (“Rainier”) managed approximately $16.3 billion as of September 30, 2007, consisting of discretionary assets for various clients, including corporations, public and corporate pension plans, foundations and charitable endowments, high-net-worth individuals and registered investment companies. Rainier is owned and operated by twelve principals. Rainier formulates and implements an investment program for the Fund, which includes determining which securities should be bought and sold.
Management biographies
Below is an alphabetical list of the portfolio managers for the Fund, including a brief summary of their business careers over the past five years. Appendix C of the SAI includes information about the portfolio managers, including information about their compensation, accounts they manage other than the Fund and their ownership of Fund shares, if any. The Fund is managed by a team of portfolio managers. Each member of the team shares an equal amount of day-to-day management and responsibility of the Fund.
Daniel Brewer (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.
Mark Broughton (since 2002)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since 2002.
Stacie Cowell (since 2006)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since 2006.
§   Senior Vice President and Lead Portfolio Manager with Invesco Funds Group (1996 to 2004) and Kennedy Capital Management (2005).
Mark Dawson (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.
Andrea Durbin (since 2007)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002
James Margard (since inception)
§   Chief Investment Officer with Rainier since at least 2002.
Peter Musser (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.

16


Table of Contents

Advisory and subadvisory contracts
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approving the investment advisory and subadvisory contracts of the Fund will be available in the Fund’s semi-annual report to shareholders for the period ending August 31, 2008.
Financial highlights
This section normally details financial information about the Fund. Because Class R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares of the Fund have not yet commenced operations, there are no financial highlights to report for this share class.

17


Table of Contents

For more information
Two documents are available that offer further information on the Fund:
Annual/Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders
Includes financial statements, a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected performance during the last fiscal year, as well as the auditors’ report (in annual report only).
Statement of Additional Information
The SAI contains more detailed information on all aspects of the Fund. The Fund’s SAI includes a summary of the JHF III’s policy regarding disclosure of the portfolio holdings as well as legal and regulatory matters. The current SAI has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference into (and is legally a part of) this prospectus.
To request a free copy of the current prospectus, annual/semi-annual report or the SAI of the Fund, please contact Signature Services:
By mail: John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
P.O. Box 9510
Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510
By phone: 1-888-972-8696
On the Internet: www.jhfunds.com
Or you may view or obtain these documents and other information from the SEC:
By mail: Public Reference Section
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, DC 20549-0102
(duplicating fee required)
In person: at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC.
For access to the Reference Room call 202-551-8090
By electronic request: publicinfo@sec.gov
(duplicating fee required)
On the EDGAR Database on the Internet: www.sec.gov
SEC number: 811-21777
©2008 JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS, LLC [ ] 1/08
(JOHN HANCOCK LOGO)
John Hancock Funds, LLC
MEMBER FINRA
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210-2805
Now available: electronic delivery
www.jhfunds.com/edelivery

18


Table of Contents

John Hancock
Rainier Growth Fund
CLASS ADV SHARES
The information in this Prospectus is incomplete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PROSPECTUS
March 1, 2008
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved this fund or determined whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal crime.

 


 


Table of Contents

Overview
JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
This prospectus contains information regarding the John Hancock Rainier Growth Fund (the “Fund”), a series of John Hancock Funds III (“JHF III”). A summary description of the Fund, which sets forth the Fund’s investment objective and describes the Fund’s principal investment strategies and principal risks, is provided in the next section of this prospectus. The summary is not designed to be all-inclusive and the Fund may make investments, employ strategies and be exposed to risks that are not contained in the Fund’s summary description. More information about the Fund’s investments and strategy is set forth in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).
RISKS OF MUTUAL FUNDS
Mutual funds such as the Fund are not bank deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Because you could lose money by investing in the Fund, be sure to read all risk disclosure carefully before investing.

 


Table of Contents

JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
Subadviser: Rainier Investment Management Inc.
     
Investment Objective:
  To seek to maximize long-term capital appreciation.
 
   
Investment Strategies:
  Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in the common stock of large-capitalization growth companies traded in the U.S., and affords shareholders the opportunity to invest in some of the fastest-growing companies in the U.S. The term “growth company” denotes companies with the prospect of strong earnings, revenue or cash flow growth.
The subadviser’s stock selection focuses on companies that are likely to demonstrate superior earnings, revenue or cash flow growth relative to their industry peers. The Fund will normally invest in approximately 40 to 80 companies.
The subadviser considers large-capitalization companies to be those currently with market capitalizations in the range of the Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Large-Cap Index, which ranged approximately from $3.12 to $512 billion as of December 31, 2007. Smaller companies, meaning those with a market capitalization below that range, may be owned when believed to be especially attractive. Stock selection focuses on companies that are likely to demonstrate superior earnings, revenue or cash flow growth relative to their industry peers.
The subadviser compares the Fund’s economic sector weightings to a Large Cap Growth Equity index, such as the Russell 1000 Growth Index. To help control risk, extreme overweighting and underweighting of the Fund as compared to the major sectors of such a benchmark are avoided.
The subadviser favors companies with attractive fundamentals, such as strong revenue, earnings or cash flow growth. Companies with sustainable competitive advantages, potential price or business catalysts, including earnings surprise or market expansion, and disciplined management with shareholder focus are emphasized. The subadviser also seeks to capture the capital appreciation sometimes associated with high-performing companies identified early in their growth cycles. For emerging companies lacking demonstrated financial results, the strength of the company’s business model, management team and competitive position are given greater analytical emphasis.
The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in foreign securities. These include U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers and securities of foreign issuers that are traded in the United States. Currently, the subadviser intends to invest only in U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers or American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”).
To the extent consistent with its investment objective and policies, the Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts with respect to interest rates and securities indices. The Fund may use these techniques to hedge against changes in interest rates or securities prices or as part of the Fund’s overall investment strategy.
The subadviser considers the sale of specific common stock when fundamentals deteriorate, when a stock reaches or surpasses its price target or when better opportunities are perceived in alternative stocks.
The Fund’s investment process may, at times, result in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses.
Under normal market conditions, the Fund will stay fully invested in stocks. The Fund may, however, temporarily depart from its principal investment strategies by making short-term investments in cash equivalents in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions. This may result in the Fund’s not achieving its investment objective.
Main risks
The Fund’s shares will go up and down in price, meaning that you could lose money by investing. Many factors influence a mutual Fund’s performance. The Fund’s main risk factors are listed below, in alphabetical order. Before investing, be sure to read additional information on these and other risks on page [  ].
-Equity securities risk The value of a company’s equity securities is subject to changes in the company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The securities of growth companies are subject to greater price fluctuations than other types of stocks because their market prices tend to place greater emphasis on future earnings expectations.

 


Table of Contents

-Foreign securities risk As compared to U.S. companies, there may be less publicly available information relating to foreign companies. Foreign securities may be subject to foreign taxes. The value of foreign securities is subject to currency fluctuations and adverse political and economic developments.
-Hedging, derivatives and other strategic transactions risk Investing in derivatives can magnify losses incurred by the underlying assets.
-High portfolio turnover risk Actively trading securities can increase transaction costs (thus lowering performance) and taxable distributions.
-Management risk The portfolio manager’s investment strategy may fail to produce the intended result.
-Medium and small company risk The prices of medium and small company stocks can change more frequently and dramatically than those of large company stocks.

2


Table of Contents

Past performance
The bar chart and table shown illustrate the risks of investing in the Fund. It is currently contemplated that before the Fund commences operations, substantially all of the assets of another investment company advised by Rainier Investment Management Inc., the Fund’s subadviser, Rainier Large Cap Growth Equity Portfolio (the “Rainier fund”), will be transferred to the Fund in a tax-free reorganization. If approved by shareholders of the Rainier fund, the reorganization would occur on or about April 25, 2008. The performance figures shown below relate to the Fund’s Class A shares, which are described in a separate prospectus. The performance information for Class A shares in the bar chart represents the performance of the Rainier fund’s Original Class shares from year to year. Sales loads applicable to Class A shares of the Fund are not reflected in the chart; if they were, the returns shown would have been lower.
The table compares the average annual total returns of the Rainier fund’s Original Class shares to those of the Russell 1000® Growth Index and the S&P 500® Index, each a broad-based, unmanaged total return performance benchmark of domestically traded common stocks. These returns for the Rainier fund Original Class shares reflect the sales loads for Class A shares of the Fund. All returns assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
Of course, past performance (before and after taxes) is no guarantee of future results.
Calendar Year Total Returns — Class A Shares
         
2001
    -26.95 %
2002
    -26.16 %
2003
    33.88 %
2004
    11.60 %
2005
    11.61 %
2006
    7.24 %
2007
    20.57 %
Quarterly Returns
During the period shown in the above bar chart, the highest quarterly return for Class A shares of the Fund was 19.18% for the quarter ended December 31, 2001, and the lowest quarterly return was -29.30% for the quarter ended March 31, 2001.
Average Annual Total Returns for Periods Ended December 31, 2007
(including sales charges applicable to Class A shares of the Fund)
                         
    1 Year   5 Year   Life of Class A(1)
Class A before tax
    20.57 %     16.61 %     -0.68 %
Class A after tax on distributions(2)
    20.57 %     16.61 %     -0.68 %
Class A after tax on distributions, with sale(2)
    15.57 %     15.61 %     -1.31 %
 
Russell 1000 Growth Index(3)
    9.07 %     2.69 %     -5.68 %
S&P 500 Index(3)
    15.79 %     6.19 %     0.87 %
 
(1)   Original Class shares of the Rainier fund commenced operations on June 15, 2000.
 
(2)   After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on your situation and may differ from those shown. Furthermore, the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.
 
(3)   Each Index is an unmanaged index and reflects no fees and taxes.

3


Table of Contents

Your expenses
Transaction expenses are charged directly to your account. Operating expenses are paid from the Fund’s assets, and therefore are paid by shareholders indirectly. The figures below show estimated annual operating expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less.
         
Annual operating expenses   Class ADV
Management fee
    0.75 %
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees
    0.25 %
Other expenses1
    0.15 %
Total Fund operating expenses
    1.15 %
Contractual expense reimbursement (at least until 4-28-09)2
    0.01 %
Net annual operating expenses
    1.14 %
 
1   Estimated for the Fund’s first fiscal year of operations.
 
2   The Adviser has agreed contractually to reimburse, or to make a payment to a specific class of shares of the Fund in an amount equal to the amount by which the expenses attributable to such class of shares (excluding taxes, portfolio brokerage commissions, interest, litigation and indemnification expenses, other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business, and fees under any agreement or plans of the Fund dealing with services for shareholders and others with beneficial interests in shares of the Fund) exceed the percentage of average annual net assets (on an annualized basis) attributable as follows: 1.14% for Class ADV. This expense reimbursement shall continue in effect until 4-28-09 and thereafter until terminated by the Adviser on notice to JHF III.
Example
The hypothetical example below shows what your expenses would be after the expense reimbursement (first year only) if you invested $10,000 over the time frames indicated, assuming you reinvested all distributions and that the average annual return was 5% and the operating expenses remained the same. The example is for comparison only, and does not represent the Fund’s actual expenses and returns, either past or future.
                 
Expenses   Year 1   Year 3
Class ADV
  $ 116     $ 364  

4


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISKS
Description of principal risks
Factors that may affect the Fund’s portfolio as a whole are called “principal risks” and are summarized in this section. This summary describes the nature of these principal risks and certain related risks, but is not intended to include every potential risk. The Fund could be subject to additional risks because the types of investments made by the Fund may change over time. The SAI includes more information about the Fund and its investments.
Equity securities risk
Equity securities include common, preferred and convertible preferred stocks and securities the values of which are tied to the price of stocks, such as rights, warrants and convertible debt securities. Common and preferred stocks represent equity ownership in a company. Stock markets are volatile. The price of equity securities will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a portfolio investing in equities. The price of equity securities fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The value of equity securities purchased by the Fund could decline if the financial condition of the companies the Fund invests in decline or if overall market and economic conditions deteriorate. They may also decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increase in production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. In addition, they may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a company or industry, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or generally adverse investor sentiment. Even a fund that invests in high quality or “blue chip” equity securities or securities of established companies with large market capitalizations (which generally have strong financial characteristics) can be negatively impacted by poor overall market and economic conditions. Companies with large market capitalizations may also have less growth potential than smaller companies and may be able to react less quickly to change in the marketplace.
The Fund may maintain substantial exposure to equities and generally does not attempt to time the market. Because of this exposure, the possibility that stock market prices in general will decline over short or extended periods subjects the Fund to unpredictable declines in the value of its investments, as well as periods of poor performance.
Growth securities Certain equity securities (generally referred to as “growth securities”) are purchased primarily because the subadviser believes that they will experience relatively rapid earnings growth. Growth securities typically trade at higher multiples of current earnings than other types of stocks. Growth securities are often more sensitive to market fluctuations than other types of stocks because their market prices tend to place greater emphasis on future earnings expectations. At times when it appears that these expectations may not be met, growth stock prices typically fall.
Foreign securities risk
Funds that invest in securities traded principally in securities markets outside the United States are subject to additional and more varied risks, as the value of foreign securities may change more rapidly and extremely than the value of U.S. securities. The securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. Additionally, issuers of foreign securities may not be subject to the same degree of regulation as U.S. issuers. Reporting, accounting and auditing standards of foreign countries differ, in some cases significantly, from U.S. standards. There are generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions, transfer taxes, higher custodial costs and the possibility that foreign taxes will be charged on dividends and interest payable on foreign securities. Also, for lesser developed countries, nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations (which may include suspension of the ability to transfer currency from a country), political changes or diplomatic developments could adversely affect a fund’s investments. In the event of nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, a fund could lose its entire investment in a foreign security. All funds that invest in foreign securities are subject to these risks. Some of the foreign risks are also applicable to the other funds because they may invest a material portion of their assets in securities of foreign issuers traded in the U.S.
Hedging, derivatives and other strategic transactions risk
The Fund may invest in derivatives, which are financial contracts with a value that depends on, or is derived from, the value of underlying assets, reference rates or indexes. Derivatives may relate to stocks, bonds, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities and related indexes. The Fund may use derivatives for many purposes, including for hedging, and as a substitute for direct investment in securities or other assets. The Fund also may use derivatives as a way to adjust efficiently the exposure of the Fund to various securities, markets and currencies without the Fund actually having to sell existing investments and make new investments. This generally will be done when the adjustment is expected to be relatively temporary or in anticipation of effecting the

5


Table of Contents

sale of Fund assets and making new investments over time. For a description of the various derivative instruments the Fund may utilize, refer to the SAI.
The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or potentially greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other more traditional assets. In particular, the use of derivative instruments exposes the Fund to the risk that the counterparty to an over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives contract will be unable or unwilling to make timely settlement payments or otherwise to honor its obligations. OTC derivatives transactions typically can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction, although either party may engage in an offsetting transaction that puts that party in the same economic position as if it had closed out the transaction with the counterparty or may obtain the other party’s consent to assign the transaction to a third party. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there is no assurance that the counterparty would meet its contractual obligations or that, in the event of default, the Fund would succeed in enforcing them. For example, because the contract for each OTC derivatives transaction is individually negotiated with a specific counterparty, the Fund is subject to the risk that a counterparty may interpret contractual terms (e.g., the definition of default) differently than the Fund when the Fund seeks to enforce its contractual rights. If that occurs, the cost and unpredictability of the legal proceedings required for the Fund to enforce its contractual rights may lead it to decide not to pursue its claims against the counterparty. The Fund, therefore, assumes the risk that it may be unable to obtain payments owed to it under OTC derivatives contracts or that those payments may be delayed or made only after the Fund has incurred the costs of litigation. While the subadviser intends to monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties, there can be no assurance that a counterparty will meet its obligations, especially during unusually adverse market conditions. To the extent that the Fund contracts with a limited number of counterparties, the Fund’s risk will be concentrated and events that affect the creditworthiness of any of those counterparties may have a pronounced effect on the Fund. Derivatives also are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this section, including market risk and liquidity risk. Since the value of derivatives is calculated and derived from the value of other assets, instruments or references, there is a risk that they will be improperly valued. Derivatives also involve the risk that changes in their value may not correlate perfectly with the assets, rates or indexes they are designed to hedge or closely track. Suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. In addition, the subadviser may determine not to use derivatives to hedge or otherwise reduce risk exposure.
The ability of the Fund to utilize hedging and other strategic transactions successfully will depend in part on its subadviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The skills required to successfully utilize hedging and other strategic transactions are different from those needed to select the Fund’s portfolio securities. If the transaction is not successful it could result in a loss to the Fund. These transactions may also increase the volatility of the Fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risks assumed. The potential loss from the use of futures can exceed the Fund’s initial investment in such contracts. In addition, these transactions could result in a loss to the Fund if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised. A detailed discussion of various hedging and other strategic transactions, including applicable regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the requirement to segregate assets with respect to these transactions, appears in the SAI. To the extent a portfolio utilizes hedging and other strategic transactions it will be subject to the same risks.
High portfolio turnover risk
A high level of portfolio turnover may have a negative impact on performance by increasing transaction costs, which must be borne directly by a fund, and brokerage commissions and generating greater tax liabilities for shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate of a fund may vary from year to year, as well as within a year.
Management risk
A fund is subject to management risk because it relies on the subadviser’s ability to pursue its objective. The subadviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The subadviser may fail to use derivatives effectively, for example, choosing to hedge or not to hedge positions precisely when it is least advantageous to do so. Funds generally do not attempt to time the market and instead generally stay fully invested in the relevant asset class, such as domestic equities or foreign equities. Notwithstanding its benchmark, a fund may buy securities not included in its benchmark or hold securities in very different proportions than its benchmark. To the extent a fund invests in those securities, its performance depends on the ability of the subadviser to choose securities that perform better than securities that are included in the benchmark.
Medium and smaller company risk
Market risk and liquidity risk may be pronounced for securities of companies with medium-sized market capitalizations and are particularly pronounced for securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may depend on a few key employees. The securities of companies with medium and smaller market capitalizations may trade less frequently and in lesser volume than more widely held securities and their value may

6


Table of Contents

fluctuate more sharply than those securities. They may also trade in the over-the-counter (OTC) market or on a regional exchange, or may otherwise have limited liquidity. Investments in less seasoned companies with medium and smaller market capitalizations may present greater opportunities for growth and capital appreciation, but also involve greater risks than customarily are associated with more established companies with larger market capitalizations.
These investment strategies and securities are described further in the SAI.

7


Table of Contents

Your account
Who can buy shares
Class ADV shares are available to:
-investors where the shares are held on the books of the Fund through omnibus accounts;
-investors who acquired Class A shares of the Fund as a result of the reorganization of the Rainier fund; or
-such other investors as permitted by the Fund, in the Fund’s sole discretion as it deems appropriate.
Class ADV shares cost structure
Class ADV shares of the Fund are sold without any front-end or deferred sales charges. Class ADV shares have a Rule 12b-1 plan that allows the Fund to pay fees for the sale, distribution and service of its Class ADV shares.
-Distribution and service (12b-1) fees of 0.25%.
Rule 12b-1 fees will be paid to the Fund’s distributor, John Hancock Funds, LLC (the “Distributor”), and may be used by the Distributor for expenses relating to the distribution of, and shareholder or administrative services for holders of, Class ADV shares and for the payment of “service fees” that come within Rule 2830(d)(5) of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (formerly the National Association of Securities Dealers).
Because Rule 12b-1 fees are paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
Other classes of shares of the Fund, which have their own expense structure, may be offered in separate prospectuses.
Your broker-dealer or agent may charge you a fee to effect transactions in Fund shares.
Additional payments to financial intermediaries
Shares of the Fund are primarily sold through financial intermediaries (firms), such as brokers, banks, registered investment advisers, financial planners and retirement plan administrators. These firms may be compensated for selling shares of the Fund in two principal ways:
  directly, by the payment of sales commissions, if any;
 
  indirectly, as a result of the Fund paying Rule 12b-1 fees.
Certain firms may request, and the Distributor may agree to make, payments in addition to sales commissions and 12b-1 fees out of the Distributor’s own resources. These additional payments are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing.” These payments assist in the Distributor’s efforts to promote the sale of the Fund’s shares. The Distributor agrees with the firm on the methods for calculating any additional compensation, which may include the level of sales or assets attributable to the firm. Not all firms receive additional compensation, and the amount of compensation varies. These payments could be significant to a firm. The Distributor determines which firms to support and the extent of the payments it is willing to make. The Distributor generally chooses to compensate firms that have a strong capability to distribute shares of the Fund and that are willing to cooperate with the Distributor’s promotional efforts.
The Distributor hopes to benefit from revenue sharing by increasing the Fund’s net assets, which, as well as benefiting the Fund, would result in additional management and other fees for Adviser and its affiliates. In consideration for revenue sharing, a firm may feature the Fund in its sales system or give preferential access to members of its sales force or management. In addition, the firm may agree to participate in the Distributor’s marketing efforts by allowing us to participate in conferences, seminars or other programs attended by the intermediary’s sales force. Although an intermediary may seek revenue-sharing payments to offset costs incurred by

8


Table of Contents

the firm in servicing its clients who have invested in the Fund, the intermediary may earn a profit on these payments. Revenue-sharing payments may provide your firm with an incentive to favor the Fund.
The Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) discusses the Distributor’s revenue-sharing arrangements in more detail. Your intermediary may charge you additional fees other than those disclosed in this prospectus. You can ask your firm about any payments it receives from the Distributor or the Fund, as well as about fees and/or commissions it charges.
The Distributor, Adviser and their affiliates may have other relationships with your firm relating to the provisions of services to the Fund, such as providing omnibus account services, transaction-processing services or effecting portfolio transactions for the Fund. If your intermediary provides these services, the Adviser or the Fund may compensate the intermediary for these services. In addition, your intermediary may have other compensated relationships with the Adviser or its affiliates that are not related to the Fund.
Opening an account
1   Read this prospectus carefully.
 
2   Determine if you are eligible, by referring to “Who can buy shares” above.
 
3   Determine how much you want to invest. The minimum initial investment is $250,000. The minimum initial investment requirement is waived for investors who acquired Class A shares of the Fund as a result of the reorganization of the Rainier fund and may be waived in the Fund’s sole discretion as it deems appropriate.
 
4   All shareholders must complete the account application, carefully following the instructions. If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or call John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. (“Signature Services”) at 1-888-972-8696.
 
5   Make your initial investment using the table on the next page.
Important information about opening a new account
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act) requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account.
For individual investors opening an account When you open an account, you will be asked for your name, residential address, date of birth, and Social Security number.
For investors other than individuals When you open an account, you will be asked for the name of the entity, its principal place of business and taxpayer identification number (TIN) and may be requested to provide information on persons with authority or control over the account such as name, residential address, date of birth and social security number. You may also be asked to provide documents, such as articles of incorporation, trust instruments or partnership agreements and other information that will help Signature Services identify the entity. Please see the Mutual Fund Account Applications for more details.

9


Table of Contents

Buying shares
         
 
  Opening an account   Adding to an account
 
       
By check
       
(LOGO)
 
n    Make out a check for the investment amount, payable to “John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.”
 
n    Make out a check for the investment amount, payable to “John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.”
 
       
 
 
n    Deliver the check and your completed application to your financial representative, or mail them to Signature Services(address below).
 
n    If your account statement has a detachable investment slip, please complete it in its entirety. If no slip is available, include a note specifying the Fund name, your share class, your account number and the name(s) in which the account is registered.
 
       
 
     
n    Deliver the check and your investment slip or note to your financial representative, or mail them to Signature Services(address below).
 
       
By exchange
       
(LOGO)
 
n    Call your financial representative or Signature Services to request an exchange.
 
n    Call your financial representative or Signature Services to request an exchange.
 
       
 
 
n    Only investors who acquired Class A shares of the Fund as a result of the reorganization of the Rainier fund may exchange into Class ADV within one year of the reorganization closing date.
 
n   Only investors who acquired Class A shares of the Fund as a result of the reorganization of the Rainier fund may exchange into Class ADV within one year of the reorganization closing date
 
       
By wire
       
(LOGO)
 
n    Deliver your completed application to your financial representative, or mail it to Signature Services.
 
n    Obtain wiring instructions by calling Signature Services at 1-888-972-8696.
 
       
 
 
n    Obtain your account number by calling your financial representative or Signature Services.
 
n    Instruct your bank to wire the amount of your investment.
 
       
 
 
n   Obtain wiring instructions by calling Signature Services at 1-888-972-8696.
 
n    Specify the Fund name, your choice of share class, the new account number and the name(s) in which the account is registered. Your bank may charge a fee to wire funds.
 
       
 
 
n    Instruct your bank to wire the amount of your investment.
   
 
       
 
  Specify the Fund name, your choice of share class, the new account number and the name(s) in which the account is registered. Your bank may charge a fee to wire funds.    
 
       
By phone
       
(LOGO)
  See “By exchange” and “By wire.”  
o   Verify that your bank or credit union is a member of the Automated Clearing House (ACH) system.
 
       
 
     
o   Complete the “Bank Information” section on your account application.
 
       
 
     
o   Call your financial representative or call Signature Services between 8:30 a.m. and 5 p.m. Eastern Time on most business days.
Mutual Fund Operations
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
PO Box 9510
Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510
Phone Number: 1-888-972-8696
Or contact your financial representative for instructions and assistance.

10


Table of Contents

Selling shares
         
 
      To sell some or all of your shares
 
       
By letter
       
(LOGO)
 
o   Sales of any amount.
 
o   Write a letter of instruction indicating the Fund name, your account number, your share class, the name(s) in which the account is registered and the dollar value or number of shares you wish to sell.
 
       
 
     
o   Include all signatures and any additional documents that may be required (see next page).
 
       
 
     
o   Mail the materials to Signature Services.
 
       
 
     
o   A check or wire will be sent according to your letter of instruction.
 
       
 
     
o   Certain requests will require a Medallion signature guarantee. Please refer to “Selling shares in writing” on the next page.
 
       
By phone
  Amounts up to $100,000:    
(LOGO)
 
o  Most accounts.
 
o   Redemption proceeds of up to $100,000 may be sent by wire or by check. A check will be mailed to the exact name(s) and address on the account.
 
       
 
     
o   To place your request with a representative at John Hancock Funds, call Signature Services between 8:30 a. m. and 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on most business days or your financial representative.
 
       
 
  Amounts up to $5 million:    
 
 
o   Available to the following types of accounts: custodial accounts held by banks, trust companies or broker-dealers; endowments and foundations; corporate accounts; group retirement plans; and pension accounts (excluding IRAs, 403(b) plans and all John Hancock custodial retirement accounts).
 
o   Redemption proceeds exceeding $100,000 must be wired to your designated bank account.
 
o   Redemption proceeds exceeding $100,000 and sent by check will require a letter of instruction with a Medallion signature guarantee. Please refer to “Selling shares in writing.”
 
       
By wire or electronic funds transfer (“EFT”)
(LOGO)
 
§  Requests by letter to sell any amount.
 
§   Qualified requests by phone to sell to $5 p million (accounts with telephone redemption privileges).
 
o   To verify that the telephone redemption Privilege is in place on an account, or to request the forms to add it to an existing account, call Signature Services.
 
       
 
     
o   Amounts of $5 million or more will be wired on the next business day.
 
       
 
     
o   Amounts up to $100,000 may be sent by EFT or by check. Funds from EFT transactions are generally available by the second business day. Your bank may charge a fee for this service.
 
       
By exchange
       
(LOGO)
 
o   Sales of any amount.
 
o  Obtain a current prospectus for the Fund into which you are exchanging by calling your financial representative or Signature Services.
 
       
 
     
o   You may only exchange Class ADV shares for Class A or I shares of other John Hancock funds.
 
       
 
     
o   Call your financial representative or Signature Services to request an exchange.

11


Table of Contents

Selling shares in writing
In certain circumstances, you will need to make your request to sell shares in writing. You may need to include additional items with your request, unless they were previously provided to Signature Services and are still accurate. These items are shown in the table below. You may also need to include a signature guarantee, which protects you against fraudulent orders. You will need a signature guarantee if:
o   your address of record has changed within the past 30 days;
 
o   you are selling more than $100,000 worth of shares (this requirement is waived for certain entities operating under a signed fax trading agreement with John Hancock);
 
o   you are selling more than $5 million worth of shares from the following types of accounts: custodial accounts held by banks, trust companies or broker-dealers; endowments and foundations; corporate accounts; group retirement plans; and pension accounts (excluding IRAs, 403(b) plans and all John Hancock custodial retirement accounts); or
 
o   you are requesting payment other than by a check mailed to the address/bank of record and payable to the registered owner(s).
You will need to obtain your signature guarantee from a member of the Signature Guarantee Medallion Program. Most banks, brokers and securities dealers are members of this program. A notary public CANNOT provide a signature guarantee.
     
Seller
  Requirements for written requests
Owners of individual, joint or UGMA/UTMA accounts (custodial accounts for minors).
 
o   Letter of instruction.
 
   
 
 
o   On the letter, the signatures of all persons authorized to sign for the account, exactly as the account is registered.
 
   
 
 
o   Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
   
Owners of corporate, sole proprietorship, general partner or association accounts.
 
o   Letter of instruction.
 
   
 
 
o   Corporate business/organization resolution, certified within the past 12 months, or a John Hancock funds business/organization certification form.
 
   
 
 
o   On the letter and the resolution, the signature of the person(s) authorized to sign for the account.
 
   
 
 
o   Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
   
Owners or trustees of retirement plan, pension trust and trust accounts.
 
o   Letter of instruction.
 
 
o   On the letter, the signature(s) of the trustee(s).
 
   
 
 
o   Copy of the trust document certified within the past 12 months or a John Hancock funds trust certification form.
 
   
 
 
o   Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
   
Joint tenancy shareholders with rights of survivorship with a deceased co-tenant(s).
 
o   Letter of instruction signed by surviving tenant.
 
o   Copy of death certificate.
 
   
 
 
o   Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
   
 
 
o   Inheritance tax waiver (if applicable).
 
   
Executors of shareholder estates.
 
o   Letter of instruction signed by executor.

12


Table of Contents

     
 
 
o   Copy of order appointing executor, certified within the past12 months.
 
   
 
 
o   Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
 
   
 
 
o   Inheritance tax waiver (if applicable).
 
   
Administrators, conservators, guardians and other sellers or account types not listed above.
 
o   Call 1-888-972-8696 for instructions.
Mutual Fund Operations
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
PO Box 9510
Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510
Phone Number: 1-888-972-8696
Or contact your financial representative for instructions and assistance.

13


Table of Contents

Transaction policies
Valuation of shares
The net asset value per share (“NAV”) is determined for each class of shares of the Fund as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (typically 4 P.M. Eastern time) on each business day that the New York Stock Exchange is open. Securities held by the Fund, except money market instruments with remaining maturities of 60 days or less, are valued at their market value if market quotations are readily available. Otherwise, securities held by the Fund are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees of JHF III. Any actions of the Pricing Committee, as the Board’s designee, are subject to oversight by the Board. Money market instruments with a remaining maturity of 60 days or less held by the Fund are valued on an amortized cost basis.
Generally, trading in non-U.S. securities, U.S. government securities and money market instruments is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange. The values of such securities used in computing the NAV of the Fund’s shares are generally determined as of such times. If market quotations or official closing prices are not readily available or are deemed unreliable, a security will be valued by a method that the Trustees (or the Pricing Committee as their designee) believe accurately reflects its fair value. Market price may be deemed unreliable, for example, if a security is thinly traded or if a security’s value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the exchange or market on which the security is principally traded.
In deciding whether to make a fair value adjustment to the price of a security, the Trustees (or the Pricing Committee as their designee) may review a variety of factors, including, developments in foreign markets, the performance of U.S. securities markets, and the performance of instruments trading in U.S. markets that represent foreign securities and baskets of foreign securities. A fund may also fair value securities in other situations, for example, when a particular foreign market is closed but a fund is calculating its NAV or when a designated index changes by certain percentage. In such circumstances, a fund may use a pricing service that employs fair value model pricing in valuing foreign securities held by a fund. In view of these factors, it is likely that a fund investing significant amounts of assets in securities that are primarily traded on foreign markets will be fair valued more frequently than a fund investing significant amounts of assets in frequently traded, U.S. exchange-listed securities of large capitalization U.S. issuers. In addition, the value of such securities (and, therefore, NAV of a fund that holds them) may change significantly on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem fund’s shares.
Fair value pricing of securities is intended to help ensure that the NAV of a fund’s shares reflects the value of a fund’s securities as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange (as opposed to a value that is no longer accurate as of such close), thus limiting the opportunity for aggressive traders to purchase shares of a fund at deflated prices reflecting stale security valuations and promptly sell such shares at a gain. However, no assurance can be given that fair value pricing of securities will successfully eliminate all potential opportunities for such trading gains. Fair value pricing of securities also involves the risk that the fund’s valuation of an investment may be higher or lower than the price the investment might actually command if a fund sold it.
Buy and sell prices
When you buy shares, you pay the NAV plus any applicable sales charges, as described earlier. When you sell shares, you receive the NAV minus any applicable deferred sales charges.
Execution of requests
The Fund is open on those days when the New York Stock Exchange is open, typically Monday through Friday. Buy and sell requests are executed at the next NAV to be calculated after Signature Services receives your request in good order. In unusual circumstances, the Fund has the right to redeem in kind.
In unusual circumstances, the Fund may temporarily suspend the processing of sell requests or may postpone payment of proceeds for up to three business days or longer, as allowed by federal securities laws.

14


Table of Contents

Telephone transactions
For your protection, telephone requests may be recorded in order to verify their accuracy. Also for your protection, telephone redemption transactions are not permitted on accounts whose names or addresses have changed within the past 30 days. Proceeds from telephone transactions can only be mailed to the address of record.
Exchanges
You may exchange Class ADV shares for Class A or Class I shares of other John Hancock funds. The registration for both accounts involved must be identical.
For one year after the closing date of the reorganization of the Rainier fund, investors who acquired Class A shares of the Fund as a result of that reorganization may exchange their Class A shares for Class ADV shares of the Fund. Class A shares of the Fund are described in a separate prospectus.
The Fund may change or cancel its exchange policies at any time, upon 60 days’ notice to its shareholders. For further details, see “Additional Services and Programs” in the SAI (see the back cover of this prospectus).
Excessive trading
The Fund is intended for long-term investment purposes only and does not knowingly accept shareholders who engage in “market timing” or other types of excessive short-term trading. Short-term trading into and out of the Fund can disrupt portfolio investment strategies and may increase fund expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.
Right to reject or restrict purchase and exchange orders
Purchases and exchanges should be made primarily for investment purposes. The Fund reserves the right to restrict, reject or cancel (with respect to cancellations within one day of the order), for any reason and without any prior notice, any purchase or exchange order, including transactions representing excessive trading and transactions accepted by any shareholder’s financial intermediary. For example, the Fund may in its discretion restrict, reject or cancel a purchase or exchange order even if the transaction is not subject to a specific “Limitation on exchange activity” described below, if the Fund, or its agents, determines that accepting the order could interfere with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolio or otherwise not be in the Fund’s best interest in light of unusual trading activity related to your account. In the event that the Fund rejects or cancels an exchange request, neither the redemption nor the purchase side of the exchange will be processed. If you would like the redemption request to be processed even if the purchase order is rejected, you should submit separate redemption and purchase orders rather than placing an exchange order. The Fund reserves the right to delay for up to one business day, consistent with applicable law, the processing of exchange requests in the event that, in the Fund’s judgment, such delay would be in the Fund’s best interest, in which case both the redemption and purchase side of the exchange will receive the Fund’s NAV at the conclusion of the delay period. The Fund, through its agents in their sole discretion, may impose these remedial actions at the account holder level or the underlying shareholder level.
Exchange limitation policies
The Board of Trustees of JHF III has adopted the following policies and procedures by which the Fund, subject to the limitations described below, takes steps reasonably designed to curtail excessive trading practices.
Limitation on exchange activity
Pursuant to the policies and procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees, the Fund, or its agent, may reject or cancel a purchase order, suspend or terminate the exchange privilege or terminate the ability of an investor to invest in John Hancock funds, if the Fund, or its agent, determines that a proposed transaction involves market timing or disruptive trading that it believes is likely to be detrimental to the Fund. The Fund, or its agent, cannot ensure that it will be able to identify all cases of market timing or disruptive trading, although it attempts to have adequate procedures in place to do so. The Fund, or its agent, may also reject or cancel any purchase order (including an exchange) from an investor or group of investors for any other reason. Decisions to reject or cancel purchase orders (including exchanges) in the Fund are inherently subjective and will be made in a manner believed to be in the best interest of the Fund’s shareholders. The Fund does not have any arrangement to permit market timing or disruptive trading.

15


Table of Contents

Exchanges made on the same day in the same account are aggregated for purposes of counting the number and dollar amount of exchanges made by the account holder. The exchange limits referenced above will not be imposed or may be modified under certain circumstances. For example: These exchange limits may be modified for accounts held by certain retirement plans to conform to plan exchange limits, ERISA considerations or Department of Labor regulations. Certain automated or pre-established exchange, asset allocation and dollar cost averaging programs are not subject to these exchange limits. These programs are excluded from the exchange limitation since the Fund believes that they are advantageous to shareholders and do not offer an effective means for market timing or excessive trading strategies. These investment tools involve regular and predetermined purchase or redemption requests made well in advance of any knowledge of events affecting the market on the date of the purchase or redemption.
These exchange limits are subject to the Fund’s ability to monitor exchange activity, as discussed under “Limitation on the ability to detect and curtail excessive trading practices” below. Depending upon the composition of the Fund’s shareholder accounts and in light of the limitations on the ability of the Fund to detect and curtail excessive trading practices, a significant percentage of the Fund’s shareholders may not be subject to the exchange limitation policy described above. In applying the exchange limitation policy, the Fund considers information available to it at the time and reserves the right to consider trading activity in a single account or multiple accounts under common ownership, control or influence.
Limitation on the ability to detect and curtail excessive trading practices
Shareholders seeking to engage in excessive trading practices sometimes deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection and, despite the efforts of the Fund to prevent its excessive trading, there is no guarantee that the Fund or its agents will be able to identify such shareholders or curtail its trading practices. The ability of the Fund and its agents to detect and curtail excessive trading practices may also be limited by operational systems and technological limitations. Because the Fund will not always be able to detect frequent trading activity, investors should not assume that the Fund will be able to detect or prevent all frequent trading or other practices that disadvantage the Fund. For example, the ability of the Fund to monitor trades that are placed by omnibus or other nominee accounts is limited in those instances in which the financial intermediary, including a financial adviser, broker, retirement plan administrator or fee-based program sponsor, maintains the records of the Fund’s underlying beneficial owners. Omnibus or other nominee account arrangements are common forms of holding shares of the Fund, particularly among certain financial intermediaries such as financial advisers, brokers, retirement plan administrators or fee-based program sponsors. These arrangements often permit the financial intermediary to aggregate its clients’ transactions and ownership positions and do not identify the particular underlying shareholder(s) to the Fund. However, the Fund will work with financial intermediaries as necessary to discourage shareholders from engaging in abusive trading practices and to impose restrictions on excessive trades. In this regard, the Fund has entered into information sharing agreements with financial intermediaries pursuant to which these intermediaries are required to provide to the Fund, at the Fund’s request, certain information relating to their customers investing in the Fund through omnibus or other nominee accounts. The fund will use this information to attempt to identify excessive trading practices. Financial intermediaries are contractually required to follow any instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit future purchases from shareholders that are found to have engaged in excessive trading in violation of the Fund’s policies. The fund cannot guarantee the accuracy of the information provided to it from financial intermediaries and so cannot ensure that it will be able to detect abusive trading practices that occur through omnibus or other nominee accounts. As a consequence, the Fund’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in these types of accounts may be limited.
Excessive trading risk
To the extent that the Fund or its agents is unable to curtail excessive trading practices in the Fund, these practices may interfere with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolio and may result in the Fund engaging in certain activities to a greater extent than it otherwise would, such as maintaining higher cash balances, using its line of credit and engaging in increased portfolio transactions. Increased portfolio transactions and use of the line of credit would correspondingly increase the Fund’s operating costs and decrease the Fund’s investment performance. Maintenance of higher levels of cash balances would likewise result in lower fund investment performance during periods of rising markets.
While excessive trading can potentially occur in the Fund, certain types of funds are more likely than others to be targets of excessive trading. For example:
  A fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in small or mid-capitalization stocks or securities in particular industries, that may trade infrequently or are fair valued as discussed under “Valuation of shares,” entails a greater risk of excessive trading, as investors may seek to trade fund shares in an effort to benefit from their understanding of the value of those types of securities (referred to as price arbitrage).

16


Table of Contents

  A fund that invests a material portion of its assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers may be a potential target for excessive trading if investors seek to engage in price arbitrage based upon general trends in the securities markets that occur subsequent to the close of the primary market for such securities.
  A fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in below investment-grade (junk) bonds that may trade infrequently or are fair valued as discussed under “Valuation of shares” incurs a greater risk of excessive trading, as investors may seek to trade fund shares in an effort to benefit from their understanding of the value of those types of securities.
Any frequent trading strategies may interfere with efficient management of a fund’s portfolio. A fund that invests in the types of securities discussed above may be exposed to this risk to a greater degree than a fund that invests in highly liquid securities. These risks would be less significant, for example, in a fund that primarily invests in U.S. government securities, money market instruments, investment-grade corporate issuers or large-capitalization U.S. equity securities. Any successful price arbitrage may cause dilution in the value of the Fund shares held by other shareholders.
Account information
JHF III is required by law to obtain information for verifying an account holder’s identity. For example, an individual will be required to supply his or her name, residential address, date of birth and social security number. If you do not provide the required information, we may not be able to open your account. If verification is unsuccessful, JHF III may close your account, redeem your shares at the next NAV minus any applicable sales charges and take any other steps that it deems reasonable.
Certificated shares
The Fund does not issue share certificates. Shares are electronically recorded.
Sales in advance of purchase payments
When you place a request to sell shares for which the purchase money has not yet been collected, the request will be executed in a timely fashion, but the Fund will not release the proceeds to you until your purchase payment clears. This may take up to ten business days after the purchase.
Dividends and account policies
Account statements
In general, you will receive account statements as follows:
o   after every transaction (except a dividend reinvestment that affects your account balance)
 
o   after any changes of name or address of the registered owner(s)
 
o   in all other circumstances, at least quarterly
Every year you should also receive, if applicable, a Form 1099 tax information statement, mailed by January 31.
Dividends
The Fund typically declares and pays income dividends at least annually. Capital gains, if any, are typically distributed at least annually.
Dividend reinvestments
Dividends will be reinvested automatically in additional shares of the same fund and share class on the dividend record date. Alternatively, you can choose to have a check for your dividends and capital gains in the amount of $10 or more mailed to you. However, if the check is not deliverable or the combined dividend and capital gains amount is less than $10, your proceeds will be reinvested. If five or more of your dividend or capital gains checks remain uncashed after 180 days, all subsequent dividends and capital gains will be reinvested.

17


Table of Contents

Taxability of dividends
For investors who are not exempt from federal income taxes, dividends you receive from the Fund, whether reinvested or taken as cash, are generally considered taxable. Dividends from the Fund’s short-term capital gains are taxable as ordinary income. Dividends from the Fund’s long-term capital gains are taxable at a lower rate. Whether gains are short-term or long-term depends on the Fund’s holding period. Some dividends paid in January may be taxable as if they had been paid the previous December.
The Form 1099 that is mailed to you every January details your dividends and their federal tax category, although you should verify your tax liability with your tax professional.
Taxability of transactions
Any time you sell or exchange shares, it is considered a taxable event for you if you are not exempt from federal income taxes. Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you sell or exchange, you may have a gain or a loss on the transaction. You are responsible for any tax liabilities generated by your transactions.
Additional investor services
Disclosure of portfolio holdings
The Fund’s Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings can be found in Appendix C of the SAI, and the portfolio holdings information can be found at www.jhfunds.com.
The holdings of the Fund will be posted to the Web site listed above within 30 days after each calendar quarter end and within 30 days after any material changes are made to the holdings of the Fund. In addition, the ten largest holdings of the Fund will be posted to the Web site listed above 30 days after each calendar quarter end. The information described above will remain on the Web site until the date the Fund files its Form N-CSR or Form N-Q with the SEC for the period that includes the date as of which the Web site information is current. The Fund’s Form N-CSR and Form N-Q will contain the Fund’s entire portfolio holdings as of the applicable calendar quarter end.

18


Table of Contents

Fund details
Business structure
JHF III’s Board of Trustees oversees the Fund’s business activities and retains the services of the various firms that carry out the Fund’s operations.
The Trustees of the Fund have the power to change the Fund’s investment goal without shareholder approval.
Investment adviser
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210-2805
Manages the Fund’s business and investment activities.
Subadviser
Rainier Investment Management Inc.
601 Union Street Suite 2801
Seattle, Washington 98101
Provides portfolio management to the Fund.
Custodian
State Street Bank & Trust Company
2 Avenue de Lafayette
Boston, MA 02111
Holds the Fund’s assets, settles all portfolio trades and collects most of the valuation data required for calculating the Fund’s NAV.
Principal distributor
John Hancock Funds, LLC
Markets the Fund and distributes shares through selling brokers, financial planners and other financial representatives.
Transfer agent
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
Handles shareholder services, including recordkeeping and statements, distribution of dividends and processing of buy and sell requests.
Management fees
The Fund pays the Adviser a management fee for its services to the Fund. The fee is stated as an annual percentage of the current value of the aggregate assets of the Fund (together with the assets of the Growth Equity Trust, a series of John Hancock Trust) determined in accordance with the following schedule, and that rate is applied to the assets of the Fund.
                         
    First $3 billion   Next $3 billion   Over $6 billion
Fund   of Net Assets   of Net Assets   of Net Assets
Aggregate Assets of the Fund and Growth Equity Trust
    0.75 %     0.725 %     0.70 %

19


Table of Contents

Adviser
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser. The Adviser administers the business and affairs of the Fund and retains and compensates an investment subadviser to manage the assets of the Fund. As of September 30, 2007, the Adviser and its affiliates had total assets under management of approximately $59 billion.
The Adviser and the subadviser to the Fund are registered as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”), a publicly traded company based in Toronto, Canada. MFC and its subsidiaries operate as “Manulife Financial” in Canada and Asia and primarily as “John Hancock” in the U.S.
Pursuant to an order received from the SEC, the Adviser, subject to Board of Trustees’ approval, is permitted to appoint a new subadviser for the Fund or change the terms of the subadvisory agreement without obtaining shareholder approval. As a result, JHF III is able from time to time to change the Fund’s subadviser or the fees paid to the subadviser without the expense and delays associated with holding a shareholders’ meeting. The SEC order does not, however, permit the Adviser to appoint a subadviser that is an affiliate of the Adviser or JHF III (other than by reason of serving as a subadviser) or change the subadvisory fee of an affiliated subadviser without shareholder approval.
Subadviser
Rainier Investment Management (“RIM”) managed approximately $16.3 billion as of September 30, 2007, consisting of discretionary assets for various clients, including corporations, public and corporate pension plans, foundations and charitable endowments, high-net-worth individuals and registered investment companies. RIM is owned and operated by twelve principals. RIM formulates and implements an investment program for the Fund, which includes determining which securities should be bought and sold.
Management biographies
Below is an alphabetical list of the portfolio managers for the Fund, including a brief summary of their business careers over the past five years. Appendix C of the SAI includes information about the portfolio managers, including information about their compensation, accounts they manage other than the Fund and their ownership of Fund shares, if any. The Fund is managed by a team of portfolio managers. Each member of the team shares an equal amount of day-to-day management and responsibility of the Fund.
Daniel Brewer (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.
Mark Broughton (since 2002)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since 2002.
Stacie Cowell (since 2006)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since 2006.
§   Senior Vice President and Lead Portfolio Manager with Invesco Funds Group (1996 to 2004) and Kennedy Capital Management (2005).
Mark Dawson (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.
Andrea Durbin (since 2007)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002
James Margard (since inception)
§   Chief Investment Officer with Rainier since at least 2002.
Peter Musser (since inception)
§   Senior Portfolio Manager with Rainier since at least 2002.

20


Table of Contents

Advisory and subadvisory contracts
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approving the investment advisory and subadvisory contracts of the Fund will be available in the Fund’s semi-annual report to shareholders for the period ending August 31, 2008.
Financial highlights
This section normally details financial information about the Fund. Because Class ADV shares of the Fund has not yet commenced operations, there are no financial highlights to report for this share class.

21


Table of Contents

For more information
Two documents are available that offer further information on the Fund:
Annual/Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders
Includes financial statements, a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected performance during the last fiscal year, as well as the auditors’ report (in annual report only).
Statement of Additional Information
The SAI contains more detailed information on all aspects of the Fund. The Fund’s SAI includes a summary of the JHF III’s policy regarding disclosure of the portfolio holdings as well as legal and regulatory matters. The current SAI has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference into (and is legally a part of) this prospectus.
To request a free copy of the current prospectus, annual/semi-annual report or the SAI of the Fund, please contact Signature Services:
By mail: John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
P.O. Box 9510
Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510
By phone: 1-888-972-8696
On the Internet: www.jhfunds.com
Or you may view or obtain these documents and other information from the SEC:
By mail: Public Reference Section
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, DC 20549-0102
(duplicating fee required)
In person: at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC.
For access to the Reference Room call 202-551-8090
By electronic request: publicinfo@sec.gov
(duplicating fee required)
On the EDGAR Database on the Internet: www.sec.gov
SEC number: 811-21777
©2008 JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS, LLC [  ] 1/08
(JOHN HANCOCK LOGO)
John Hancock Funds, LLC
MEMBER FINRA
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210-2805
Now available: electronic delivery
www.jhfunds.com/edelivery

22


Table of Contents

JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III
JOHN HANCOCK RAINIER GROWTH FUND
Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class NAV, Class ADV, Class R, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, and Class R5
Statement of Additional Information
[March 1, 2008]
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides information about John Hancock Rainier Growth Fund (the “Fund”) of John Hancock Funds III (the “Trust” or “JHF III”), in addition to the information that is contained in the Fund’s current prospectuses (the “Prospectuses”). Information about other funds that are separate series of the Trust is included in separate prospectuses and statements of additional information.
It is currently contemplated that before the Fund commences operations, substantially all of the assets of another investment company advised by the fund’s subadviser, Rainier Investment Management Inc. (“Rainier”), Rainier Large Cap Growth Equity Portfolio (the “Rainier fund”), will be transferred to the Fund in a tax-free reorganization. If approved by shareholders of the Rainier fund, the reorganization would occur on or about April 25, 2008. As the Fund will be the successor to the Rainier fund’s financial statements, the Rainier fund’s annual report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 is incorporated by reference into this SAI. This report is available, without charge, by calling 1-800-[           ].
This SAI is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the Prospectuses. Copies of the Prospectuses can be obtained free of charge by writing or telephoning:
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
1 John Hancock Way, Suite 1000
Boston, MA 02217-1000
1-(800)-225-5291

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
    1  
    1  
    1  
    1  
    13  
    16  
    18  
    19  
    26  
    28  
    30  
    34  
    35  
    38  
    41  
    42  
    44  
    44  
    45  
    52  
    54  
    55  
    55  
    55  
    55  
 
       
    A-1  
    B-1  
    C-1  
    D-1  

ii


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATION OF THE FUND
The Fund is a series of the Trust, an open-end investment management company organized as a Massachusetts business trust under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (formerly, Manufacturers Securities Services, LLC) (the “Adviser”) is the adviser to the Fund. The Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company whose principal offices are located at 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The ultimate controlling parent of the Adviser is Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”), a publicly traded company, based in Toronto, Canada. MFC is the holding company of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company and its subsidiaries, collectively known as Manulife Financial.
Manulife Financial is a leading Canadian-based financial services group serving millions of customers in 19 countries and territories worldwide. Operating as Manulife Financial in Canada and Asia, and primarily through John Hancock in the United States, the Company offers clients a diverse range of financial protection products and wealth management services through its extensive network of employees, agents and distribution partners. Funds under management by Manulife Financial and its subsidiaries were (US$400.5 billion) as of September 30, 2007.
Manulife Financial Corporation trades as ‘MFC’ on the TSX, NYSE and PSE, and under ‘0945’ on the SEHK. Manulife Financial can be found on the Internet at www.manulife.com.
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
The principal strategies and risks of investing in the Fund are described in the Prospectuses. Unless otherwise indicated in the Prospectuses or this SAI, the investment objective and policies of the Fund may be changed without shareholder approval.
Diversified and Non-Diversified Funds: As set forth in “Investment Restrictions” below, the Fund is a “diversified” fund and, accordingly, is required to satisfy the “diversified” fund requirements under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), which require that at least 75% of the value of a “diversified” fund’s total assets be represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other investment companies, and other securities that for the purpose of this calculation are limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any single issuer.
In contrast, a “non-diversified” fund under the 1940 Act as such is not required to satisfy the “diversified” requirements stated above. A non-diversified fund is permitted (but is not required) to invest a higher percentage of its assets in the securities of fewer issuers. Such concentration could increase the risk of loss to a fund resulting from a decline in the market value of any one portfolio security. Investment in a non-diversified fund may entail greater risks than investment in a diversified fund.
In addition, the Fund must meet diversification standards to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
FUND INVESTMENTS
The following chart indicates the types of investments that the Fund is generally permitted (but not required) to make. The Fund may, however, make other types of investments provided such an investment is consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies and the Fund’s investment restrictions do not expressly prohibit it from so doing.
DESCRIPTIONS AND RISKS OF FUND INVESTMENTS

1


Table of Contents

The following is a description of investment practices and securities in which the Fund may engage and the risks associated with their use. The Fund may not engage in all practices described below. Please refer to descriptions of the Fund in the Prospectuses and “Fund Investments” in this SAI regarding the practices in which a particular Fund may engage.
Common stocks. Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of such entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Ownership of common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and, frequently, an exclusive right to do so. Common stocks have the potential to outperform fixed-income securities over the long term. Common stocks provide the most potential for growth, yet are the more volatile of the two asset classes.
Preferred stocks. Preferred stock generally pays dividends in cash (or additional shares of preferred stock) at a defined rate but, unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Dividends on preferred stock may be cumulative, meaning that, in the event the issuer fails to make one or more dividend payments on the preferred stock, no dividends may be paid on the issuer’s common stock until all unpaid preferred stock dividends have been paid. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.
Convertible securities. Investments in convertible securities are not subject to the rating criteria with respect to non-convertible debt obligations. As with all debt securities, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. The market value of convertible securities can also be heavily dependent upon the changing value of the equity securities into which such securities are convertible, depending on whether the market price of the underlying security exceeds the conversion price. Convertible securities generally rank senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock. However, the extent to which such risk is reduced depends upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a fixed-income security.
Investment Companies. The Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies, including both open- and closed-end investment companies (including single country funds and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”)). When making such an investment, the Fund will be indirectly exposed to all the risks of such investment companies. In general, the investing Fund will bear a pro rata portion of the other investment company’s fees and expenses.
In addition, the Fund may invest in private investment funds, vehicles, or structures. The Fund may also invest in debt-equity conversion funds, which are funds established to exchange foreign bank debt of countries whose principal repayments are in arrears into a portfolio of listed and unlisted equities, subject to certain repatriation restrictions.
ETFs are hybrid investment companies that are registered as open-end investment companies or unit investment trusts (“UITs”) but possess some of the characteristics of closed-end funds. ETFs typically hold a portfolio of common stocks that is intended to track the price and dividend performance of a particular index. Common examples of ETFs include S&P Depositary Receipts.
U.S. Government and Foreign Government Securities. U.S. government securities include securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its authorities, agencies, or instrumentalities. Foreign government securities include securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments (including political subdivisions) or their authorities, agencies, or instrumentalities or by supra-national agencies. Different kinds of U.S. government securities and foreign government securities have different kinds of government support. For example, some U.S. Government securities (e.g., U.S. Treasury bonds) are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Other U.S. Government securities are issued or guaranteed by federal agencies or government-chartered or -sponsored enterprises, but are neither guaranteed nor insured by the U.S. government (e.g., debt securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), Federal National Mortgage Association Bonds (“Fannie Mae”), and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”)). Similarly, some foreign government securities are supported by the full faith and credit of a foreign national government or political subdivision and some are not. Foreign government securities of some countries may involve varying degrees of credit risk as a result of financial or political instability

2


Table of Contents

in those countries and the possible inability of the Fund to enforce its rights against the foreign government issuer. As with other fixed income securities, sovereign issuers may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal or interest payments.
Supra-national agencies are agencies whose member nations make capital contributions to support the agencies’ activities, and include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank), the Asian Development Bank, the European Coal and Steel Community, and the Inter-American Development Bank.
Like other fixed income securities, U.S. government securities are subject to market risk and their market values typically will change as interest rates fluctuate. For example, the value of the Fund’s investment in U.S. government securities may fall during times of rising interest rates. Yields on U.S. government securities tend to be lower than those of corporate securities of comparable maturities.
Debt securities. The Fund may invest up to 20% of net assets in debt securities, including debt securities rated below investment grade. Debt securities of corporate and governmental issuers in which the Fund may invest are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations (credit risk) and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (market risk).
Lower Rated High Yield Debt Obligations. The Fund may invest up to 20% of net assets in high yielding, fixed income securities rated below investment grade (e.g., rated below Baa by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or below BBB by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (“S&P”).
Ratings are based largely on the historical financial condition of the issuer. Consequently, the rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a reflection of the issuer’s current financial condition, which may be better or worse than the rating would indicate. See Appendix A to this SAI, which describes the characteristics of corporate bonds in the various ratings categories. The Fund may invest in comparable quality unrated securities which, in the opinion of the Adviser or subadviser, offer comparable yields and risks to those securities which are rated.
Debt obligations rated in the lower ratings categories, or which are unrated, involve greater volatility of price and risk of loss of principal and income. In addition, lower ratings reflect a greater possibility of an adverse change in financial condition affecting the ability of the issuer to make payments of interest and principal. The high yield fixed income market is relatively new and its growth occurred during a period of economic expansion. The market has not yet been fully tested by an economic recession.
The market price and liquidity of lower rated fixed income securities generally respond to short term corporate and market developments to a greater extent than do the price and liquidity of higher rated securities because such developments are perceived to have a more direct relationship to the ability of an issuer of such lower rated securities to meet its ongoing debt obligations.
Reduced volume and liquidity in the high yield bond market or the reduced availability of market quotations will make it more difficult to dispose of the bonds and to value accurately the Fund’s assets. The reduced availability of reliable, objective data may increase the Fund’s reliance on management’s judgment in valuing high yield bonds. In addition, the Fund’s investments in high yield securities may be susceptible to adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not justified by fundamental factors. The Fund’s investments, and consequently its net asset value, will be subject to the market fluctuations and risks inherent in all securities.
Certificates of Deposit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits. The Fund may acquire certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning in effect that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances acquired by the Fund will be dollar-denominated obligations of domestic banks, savings and loan associations or financial institutions which, at the time of purchase, have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (including assets of both domestic and foreign branches), based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount

3


Table of Contents

of such bank obligations are fully insured by the U.S. Government. In addition to purchasing certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, to the extent permitted under its investment objective and policies stated above and in its prospectus, the Fund may make interest-bearing time or other interest-bearing deposits in commercial or savings banks. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate.
Commercial Paper and Short-Term Notes. The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in commercial paper and short-term notes. Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations. Issues of commercial paper and short-term notes will normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return, although such instruments may have maturities of up to one year. Commercial paper and short-term notes will consist of issues rated at the time of purchase “A-2” or higher by S&P, “Prime-1” or “Prime-2” by Moody’s, or similarly rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if unrated, will be determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. These rating symbols are described in Appendix A.
Zero Coupon Securities. Among the debt securities in which the Fund may invest are zero coupon securities. Zero coupon securities are debt obligations that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified date when the securities begin paying current interest. They are issued and traded at a discount from their face amount or par value, which discount varies depending on the time remaining until cash payments begin, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The market prices of zero coupon securities generally are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than do other types of debt securities having similar maturities and credit quality. Original issue discount earned on zero coupon securities must be included in the Fund’s income. Thus, to continue to quality for tax treatment as a regulated investment company and to avoid a certain excise tax on undistributed income, the Fund may be required to distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than the total amount of cash it actually receives. These distributions must be made from the Fund’s cash assets or, if necessary, from the proceeds of sales of portfolio securities. The Fund will not be able to purchase additional income-producing securities with cash used to make such distributions, and its current income ultimately could be reduced as a result.
Ratings as Investment Criteria. In general, the ratings of Moody’s and S&P represent the opinions of these agencies as to the quality of the securities which they rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are relative and subjective and are not absolute standards of quality. These ratings will be used by the Fund as initial criteria for the selection of debt securities. Among the factors which will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest and general economic trends. Appendix A contains further information concerning the rating of Moody’s and S&P and their significance. Subsequent to its purchase by the Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. Neither of these events will require the sale of the securities by the Fund.
Depositary Receipts. The Fund may invest in the securities of foreign issuers in the form of sponsored and un-sponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depository Receipts (GDRs), and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) (collectively, “Depositary Receipts”) if issues of such Depository Receipts are available that are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective. Depositary Receipts generally evidence an ownership interest in a foreign security on deposit with a financial institution. Transactions in Depositary Receipts usually do not settle in the same currency in which the underlying foreign securities are denominated or traded. Generally, ADRs are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets and EDRs are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs may be traded in any public or private securities markets and may represent securities held by institutions located anywhere in the world.
ADRs (sponsored and unsponsored) are receipts, typically issued by U.S. banks, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. ADRs are publicly traded on a U.S. stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market. An investment in foreign securities including ADRs may be affected by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations. Issuers of unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information including financial information, in the United States and, therefore, there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the unsponsored ADR.

4


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Transactions. Foreign currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. They generally are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets, the relative merits of investments in different countries, actual or perceived changes in interest rates, and other complex factors. Currency exchange rates also can be affected unpredictably as a result of intervention (or the failure to intervene) by the U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or by currency controls or political developments in the U.S. or abroad. Foreign currencies in which the Fund’s assets are denominated may be devalued against the U.S. dollar, resulting in a loss to the Fund.
The Fund may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies and may buy or sell foreign currencies or deal in forward foreign currency contracts, currency futures contracts and related options, and options on currencies. The Fund may use such currency instruments for hedging, investment, or currency risk management. Currency risk management may include taking active currency positions relative to both the securities portfolio of the Fund and the Fund’s performance benchmark. The Fund also may purchase forward foreign exchange contracts in conjunction with U.S. dollar-denominated securities in order to create a synthetic foreign currency denominated security which approximates desired risk and return characteristics if the non-synthetic securities either are not available in foreign markets or possess undesirable characteristics.
Forward foreign currency contracts are contracts between two parties to purchase and sell a specific quantity of a particular currency at a specified price, with delivery and settlement to take place on a specified future date. Currency futures contracts are contracts to buy or sell a standard quantity of a particular currency at a specified future date and price. However, currency futures can be and often are closed out prior to delivery and settlement (see “Futures” for additional information). Options on currency futures contracts give their holder the right, but not the obligation, to buy (in the case of a call option) or sell (in the case of a put option) a specified currency futures contract at a fixed price during a specified period. Options on currencies give their holder the right, but not the obligation, to buy (in the case of a call option) or sell (in the case of a put option) a specified quantity of a particular currency at a fixed price during a specified period.
Risks of Foreign Securities. Investments in foreign securities may involve a greater degree of risk than those in domestic securities. There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies in the form of reports and ratings similar to those that are published about issuers in the United States. Also, foreign issuers are generally not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting requirements comparable to those applicable to United States issuers.
Because foreign securities may be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the Fund’s net asset value, the value of dividends and interest earned, gains and losses realized on the sale of securities, and any net investment income and gains that the Fund distributes to shareholders. Securities transactions undertaken in some foreign markets may not be settled promptly so that the Fund’s investments on foreign exchanges may be less liquid and subject to the risk of fluctuating currency exchange rates pending settlement.
Foreign securities will be purchased in the best available market, whether through over-the-counter markets or exchanges located in the countries where principal offices of the issuers are located. Foreign securities markets are generally not as developed or efficient as those in the United States. While growing in volume, they usually have substantially less volume than the New York Stock Exchange, and securities of some foreign issuers are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable United States issuers. Fixed commissions on foreign exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on United States exchanges, although the Fund will endeavor to achieve the most favorable net results on its portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and listed issuers than in the United States.
With respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, expropriation, nationalization or confiscatory taxation limitations on the removal of funds or other assets of the Fund, political or social instability, or diplomatic developments which could affect United States investments in those countries. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from

5


Table of Contents

the United States’ economy in terms of growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.
The dividends, in some cases capital gains and interest payable on certain of the Fund’s foreign portfolio securities, may be subject to foreign withholding or other foreign taxes, thus reducing the net amount of income or gains available for distribution to the Fund’s shareholders.
These risks may be intensified in the case of investments in emerging markets or countries with limited or developing capital markets. See “Securities of Emerging Market Issuers or Countries” below.
The U.S. Government has from time to time in the past imposed restrictions, through taxation and otherwise, on foreign investments by U.S. investors such as the Fund. If such restrictions should be reinstituted, it might become necessary for the Fund to invest all or substantially all of its assets in U.S. securities. In such event, the Fund would review its investment objective and investment policies to determine whether changes are appropriate.
The Fund’s ability and decisions to purchase or sell portfolio securities may be affected by laws or regulations relating to the convertibility and repatriation of assets. Because the shares of the Fund are redeemable on a daily basis in U.S. dollars, the Fund intends to manage their portfolios so as to give reasonable assurance that they will be able to obtain U.S. dollars. Under present conditions, it is not believed that these considerations will have any significant effect on the Fund’s portfolio strategies.
Securities of Emerging Market Issuers or Countries. The risks described above apply to an even greater extent to investments in emerging markets. The securities markets of emerging countries are generally smaller, less developed, less liquid, and more volatile than the securities markets of the United States and developed foreign countries. Disclosure and regulatory standards in many respects are less stringent than in the United States and developed foreign countries. In addition, the securities markets of emerging countries may be subject to a lower level of monitoring and regulation. Government enforcement of existing securities regulations also has been extremely limited, and any such enforcement may be arbitrary and the results difficult to predict with any degree of certainty. Many emerging countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have very negative effects on the economies and securities markets of some emerging countries. Economies in emerging markets generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be affected adversely by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values, and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. Economies in emerging markets also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. The economies of countries with emerging markets also may be predominantly based on only a few industries or dependent on revenues from particular commodities. In many cases, governments of emerging countries continue to exercise significant control over their economies, and government actions relative to the economy, as well as economic developments generally, may affect the capacity of issuers of debt instruments to make payments on their debt obligations, regardless of their financial condition.
Repurchase Agreements. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with banks and broker-dealers. A repurchase agreement is a contract under which the Fund acquires a security (usually an obligation of the government where the transaction is initiated or in whose currency the agreement is denominated) for a relatively short period (usually not more than a week) for cash and obtains a simultaneous commitment from the seller to repurchase the security at an agreed-upon price and date. The resale price is in excess of the acquisition price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate unrelated to the coupon rate on the purchased security. Such transactions afford an opportunity for the Fund to earn a return on temporarily available cash at no market risk, although there is a risk that the seller may default in its obligation to pay the agreed-upon sum on the redelivery date. Such a default may subject the Fund to expenses, delays, and risks of loss including: (i) possible declines in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto, (ii) possible reduced levels of income and lack of access to income during this period, and (iii) inability to enforce rights and the expenses involved in attempted enforcement.

6


Table of Contents

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Other Borrowings. The Fund may also enter into reverse repurchase agreements which involve the sale of U.S. Government securities held in its portfolio to a bank with an agreement that the Fund will buy back the securities at a fixed future date at a fixed price plus an agreed amount of “interest” which may be reflected in the repurchase price. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings by the Fund. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of securities purchased by the Fund with proceeds of the transaction may decline below the repurchase price of the securities sold by the Fund which it is obligated to repurchase. To minimize various risks associated with reverse repurchase agreements, the Fund will establish and maintain a separate account consisting of liquid securities, of any type or maturity, in an amount at least equal to the repurchase prices of the securities (plus any accrued interest thereon) under such agreements. The Fund will also continue to be subject to the risk of a decline in the market value of the securities sold under the agreements because it will reacquire those securities upon effecting their repurchase.
The Fund will not enter into reverse repurchase agreements and other borrowings except from banks as a temporary measure for extraordinary emergency purposes in amounts not to exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amount borrowed) taken at market value. The Fund will not use leverage to attempt to increase total return. The Fund will enter into reverse repurchase agreements only with federally insured banks which are approved in advance as being creditworthy by the Trustees. Under procedures established by the Trustees, the Adviser and/or subadviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the banks involved.
Illiquid Securities. The Fund will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. For this purpose, “illiquid securities” may include certain securities that are not registered (“restricted securities”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”), including commercial paper issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act and securities offered and sold to “qualified institutional buyers” under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. If the Trustees determine, based upon a continuing review of the trading markets for specific Section 4(2) paper or Rule 144A securities, that they are liquid, they will not be subject to the 15% limit on illiquid investments. The Trustees have adopted guidelines and delegated to the Adviser the daily function of determining the monitoring and liquidity of restricted securities. The Trustees, however, will retain sufficient oversight and be ultimately responsible for the determinations. The Trustees will carefully monitor the Fund’s investments in these securities, focusing on such important factors, among others, as valuation, liquidity and availability of information. This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in the Fund if qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these restricted securities.
Options and Futures. The Fund may use options and futures for various purposes. The use of options contracts, futures contracts, and options on futures contracts involves risk. Thus, while the Fund may benefit from the use of options, futures and options on futures, unanticipated changes in interest rates, securities prices, or currency exchange rates may result in poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not entered into any options transactions or futures contracts. Losses incurred in transactions in options, futures and options on futures and the costs of these transactions will affect the Fund’s performance.
Options. Fund that use options (1) may enter into contracts giving third parties the right to buy portfolio securities from the Fund for a fixed price at a future date (“writing call options”); (2) may enter into contracts giving third parties the right to sell securities to the Fund for a fixed price at a future date (“writing put options”); and (3) may buy the right to purchase securities from third parties (“call options”) or the right to sell securities to third parties (“put options”) for a fixed price at a future date.
The extent to which the Fund will be able to write and purchase call and put options may be restricted by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code.
Options on Securities and Securities Indices. The Fund may purchase and write (sell) call and put options on securities in which it may invest or on any securities index based on securities in which it may invest. These options may be listed on national domestic securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. The Fund may write covered put and call options and purchase put and call options to enhance total return, as a substitute for the purchase or sale of securities, or to protect against declines in the value of portfolio securities and against increases in the cost of securities to be acquired.

7


Table of Contents

Writing Options. The Fund may seek to increase its return by writing call or put options on optionable securities or indexes. A call option written by the Fund on a security gives the holder the right to buy the underlying security from the Fund at a stated exercise price; a put option written by the Fund gives the holder the right to sell the underlying security to the Fund at a stated exercise price. In the case of options on indexes, the options are usually cash settled for the difference between the exercise price and the market value of the index.
The Fund will receive a premium for writing a put or call option, which increases the Fund’s return in the event the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. The amount of the premium will reflect, among other things, the relationship of the market price and volatility of the underlying security or securities index to the exercise price of the option, the remaining term of the option, supply and demand, and interest rates. By writing a call option on a security held by the Fund, the Fund limits its opportunity to profit from any increase in the market value of the underlying security above the exercise price of the option. If the Fund does not hold the security underlying a call written by the Fund and the market price exceeds the exercise price, the Fund bears the risk that it will suffer a loss equal to the amount by which the market price exceeds the exercise price minus any premium received. By writing a put option on a security, the Fund assumes the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying security for an exercise price higher than its then current market value, resulting in a loss equal to the amount by which the market price of the security is below the exercise price minus the premium received, unless the security subsequently appreciates in value.
If the writer of an option wishes to terminate its obligation, it may effect a closing purchase transaction. In the case of exchange-traded options, the Fund effects a closing purchase transaction by buying an option of the same series as the option previously written. The writer of an option may not effect a closing purchase transaction after it has been notified of the exercise of an option. The holder of an option may similarly liquidate its position by effecting a closing sale transaction. In the case of exchange-traded options, the Fund effects a closing sale transaction by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. No guarantee exists that the Fund will be able to affect a closing purchase or a closing sale transaction at any particular time. An over-the-counter option may be closed out only with the counterparty, although either party may engage in an offsetting transaction that puts that party in the same economic position as if it had closed out the option with the counterparty.
If the Fund desires to sell a security on which it has written a call option, it will effect a closing transaction prior to or concurrent with the sale of the security.
The Fund realizes a profit or loss from a closing transaction if the cost of the transaction (option premium plus transaction costs) is less or more than the premium received from writing the option or the premium paid to purchase the option. Because increases in the market price of a call option will generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security or index of securities, any loss resulting from the closing of a written call option is likely to be offset in whole or in part by appreciation of the underlying security or securities owned by the Fund.
All call and put options written by the Fund are covered. A written call option or put option may be covered by (i) maintaining cash or liquid securities in a segregated account with a value at least equal to the Fund’s obligation under the option, (ii) entering into an offsetting forward commitment and/or (iii) purchasing an offsetting option or any other option which, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces the Fund’s net exposure on its written option position. A written call option on securities is typically covered by maintaining the securities that are subject to the option in a segregated account. The Fund may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index.
Purchasing Options. In order for a call option purchased by the Fund to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must rise sufficiently above the exercise price to cover the premium paid by the Fund to the writer and transaction costs. Likewise, in order for a put option purchased by the Fund to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must decline sufficiently below the exercise price to cover the premium paid by the Fund and transaction costs. The Fund’s purchase of put options reduces any profit the Fund might otherwise have realized from appreciation of the underlying security by the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs.

8


Table of Contents

Risk Factors in Options Transactions. The holder of an American option can exercise its rights any time prior to expiration of the option. Consequently, the writer of an American option has no control over when the underlying securities or futures contracts must be sold, in the case of a call option, or purchased, in the case of a put option. If a call option is unexercised, the writer’s gain (the amount of the premium) may be offset by a decline in the market value of the underlying security or futures contract during the option period. If a call option is exercised, the writer realizes a gain or loss from the sale of the underlying security or futures contract. If a put option is exercised, the writer must fulfill the obligation to purchase the underlying security or futures contract at the exercise price, which will usually exceed the then market value of the underlying security or futures contract. The purchaser of an option risks losing the premium paid for the option plus related transaction costs.
An exchange-traded option may be closed out only on a national securities exchange (“Exchange”), which generally provides a liquid secondary market for an option of the same series. If a liquid secondary market for an exchange-traded option does not exist, the Fund might not be able to affect a closing transaction for a particular option. As a result, the Fund, if it is the holder of an option, would be able to realize profits or limit losses only by exercising the option, and the Fund, if it is the writer of an option, would remain obligated under the option and would not be able to sell the underlying security or futures contract until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security or futures contract upon exercise.
Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an Exchange include the following: (i) insufficient trading interest may exist in some options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an Exchange on opening or closing transactions, or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions, or other restrictions may be imposed on particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an Exchange; (v) the facilities of an Exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more Exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled to discontinue options trading (or trading in a particular class or series of options) (although outstanding options on that Exchange that were issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that Exchange should continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms).
The Exchanges have established limits on the maximum number of options an investor or group of investors acting in concert may write. The Fund, the Adviser, and other clients of the Adviser may constitute such a group. These limits may restrict the Fund’s ability to purchase or sell options on a particular security.
An over-the-counter option may be closed out only with the counterparty, although either party may engage in an offsetting transaction that puts that party in the same economic position as if it had closed out the option with the counterparty.
Futures. To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Fund may invest in futures contracts on, among other things, financial instruments (such as a U.S. government security or other fixed income instrument), individual equity securities (“single stock futures”) or securities indices, interest rates, and (to the extent that the Fund is permitted to invest in commodities and commodity-linked derivative instruments) commodities or commodities indices.
A financial futures contract sale creates an obligation by the seller to deliver a specified quantity of a financial instrument in a specified delivery month for a stated price. A financial futures contract purchase creates an obligation by the purchaser to pay for and take delivery of the type of financial instrument called for in the contract in a specified delivery month, at a stated price. In some cases, the specific instruments delivered or taken, respectively, at settlement date are not determined until on or near that date. That determination is made in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the sale or purchase was made. Some futures contracts are “cash settled” (rather than “physically settled,” as described above), which means that the purchase price is subtracted from the current market value of the instrument and the net amount, if positive, is paid to the purchaser by the seller of the futures contract and, if negative, is paid by the purchaser to the seller of the futures contract. Futures contracts are traded in the United States only on commodity exchanges or boards of trade — known as “contract markets” —

9


Table of Contents

approved by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), and must be executed through a futures commission merchant or brokerage firm that is a member of the relevant market.
The purchase or sale of a futures contract differs from the purchase or sale of a security or option in that no price or premium is paid or received. Instead, an amount of cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid assets equal in value to a percentage of the face amount of the futures contract must be deposited with the broker. This amount is known as initial margin. The size of the initial margin is generally set by the exchange on which the contract is traded. Subsequent payments to and from the broker, known as variation margin, are made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking to the market.” Prior to the settlement date of the futures contract, the position may be closed out by taking an opposite position. A final determination of variation margin is then made, additional cash is required to be paid to or released by the broker, and the purchaser realizes a loss or gain. In addition, a commission is paid to the broker on each completed purchase and sale transaction.
In most cases, futures contracts are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery. A sale of a futures contract is closed out by purchasing a futures contract for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument or commodity and the same delivery date. If the price of the initial futures contract sale exceeds the price of the offsetting purchase, the seller is paid the difference and realizes a gain. Conversely, if the price of the offsetting purchase exceeds the price of the initial sale, the seller realizes a loss. Similarly, a purchase of a futures contract is closed out by selling a corresponding futures contract. If the offsetting sale price exceeds the purchase price, the purchaser realizes a gain, and, if the purchase price exceeds the offsetting sale price, the purchaser realizes a loss.
Options on Futures Contracts. Options on futures contracts give the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option-exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Fund may use options on futures contracts in lieu of writing or buying options directly on the underlying securities or purchasing and selling the underlying futures contracts. For example, to hedge against a possible decrease in the value of its portfolio securities, the Fund may purchase put options or write call options on futures contracts rather than selling futures contracts. Similarly, the Fund may hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities the Fund expects to purchase by purchasing call options or writing put options on futures contracts rather than purchasing futures contracts. Options on futures contracts generally operate in the same manner as options purchased or written directly on the underlying investments. See “Foreign Currency Transactions” above for a description of the Fund’s use of options on currency futures.
The Fund’s ability to establish and close out options on futures contracts will depend on the development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market. The development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market is not certain.
Risk Factors in Futures Transactions. Investment in futures contracts involves risk. If the futures are used for hedging, an imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and the price of the security or currency being hedged creates risk. Correlation is higher when the investment being hedged underlies the futures contract. Correlation is lower when the investment being hedged is different than the instrument underlying the futures contract, such as when a futures contract on an index of securities or commodities is used to hedge a single security or commodity, a futures contract on one security (e.g., U.S. Treasury bonds) or commodity (e.g., gold) is used to hedge a different security (e.g., a mortgage-backed security) or commodity (e.g., copper), or when a futures contract in one currency is used to hedge a security denominated in another currency. In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and the portfolio position (or anticipated position) intended to be protected, the Fund may realize a loss on the futures contract or the portfolio position intended to be protected. The risk of imperfect correlation generally tends to diminish as the maturity date of the futures contract approaches.
To compensate for imperfect correlations, the Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts in a greater amount than the hedged securities if the volatility of the price of the hedged securities is historically greater than the volatility of the futures contracts. Conversely, the Fund may purchase or sell fewer futures contracts if the volatility of the price of the hedged securities is historically less than that of the futures contract.

10


Table of Contents

The Fund also may purchase futures contracts (or options on them) as an anticipatory hedge against a possible increase in the price of a currency in which securities the Fund anticipates purchasing is denominated. In such instances, the currency may instead decline. If the Fund does not then invest in those securities, the Fund may realize a loss on the futures contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the securities purchased.
The liquidity of a secondary market in a futures contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by commodity exchanges to limit the amount of fluctuation in a futures contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached, no trades of the contract may be entered at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open futures positions. Prices have in the past exceeded the daily limit on several consecutive trading days. Short positions in Index Futures may be closed out only by purchasing a futures contract on the exchange on which the Index Futures are traded.
The successful use of futures contracts and related options for hedging and risk management also depends on the ability of the Adviser to forecast correctly the direction and extent of exchange rate, interest rate, and stock and commodity price movements within a given time frame. For example, to the extent that the Fund invests in fixed income securities and interest rates remain stable (or move in a direction opposite to that anticipated) during the period in which a futures contract or option is held by the Fund, the Fund would realize a loss on the futures transaction that is not fully or partially offset by an increase in the value of its portfolio securities. As a result, the Fund’s total return would be less than if it had not engaged in the hedging transaction.
As discussed above, in purchasing or selling a futures contract the Fund is only required to deposit initial and variation margin as required by relevant CFTC regulations and the rules of the contract market. Because the Fund is obligated to purchase the underlying instrument at a set price on a future date, the Fund’s net asset value will fluctuate with the value of the instrument as if it were already in the Fund’s portfolio. Futures transactions have the effect of investment leverage to the extent the Fund does not maintain liquid assets equal to the face amount of the contract.
Trading on foreign commodity exchanges is not regulated by the CFTC and may be subject to greater risks than trading on domestic exchanges. For example, some foreign exchanges may be principal markets so that no common clearing facility exists and a trader may look only to the broker for performance of the contract. The lack of a common clearing facility creates counterparty risk. If a counterparty defaults, the Fund normally will have contractual remedies against such counterparty, but may be unsuccessful in enforcing those remedies. When seeking to enforce a contractual remedy, the Fund also is subject to the risk that the parties may interpret contractual terms (e.g., the definition of default) differently. If such a dispute occurs, the cost and unpredictability of the legal proceedings required for the Fund to enforce its contractual rights may lead the Fund to decide not to pursue its claims against the counterparty. The Fund thus assumes the risk that it may be unable to obtain payments owed to it under foreign futures contracts or that those payments may be delayed or made only after the Fund has incurred the costs of litigation. In addition, unless the Fund hedges against fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which trading is done on foreign exchanges, any profits that the Fund might realize in trading could be offset (or exceeded) by adverse changes in the exchange rate.
If the Fund combines short and long positions, in addition to possible declines in the values of its investment securities, the Fund also will incur losses if the securities or commodities index underlying the long futures position underperforms the securities or commodities index underlying the short futures position.
The Fund’s ability to engage in the options and futures strategies described above depends on the liquidity of the markets in those instruments. Trading interest in various types of options or futures cannot be predicted. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the Fund will be able to utilize these instruments effectively. Furthermore, the Fund’s ability to engage in options and futures transactions may be limited by tax considerations.
Additional Regulatory Limitations on the Use of Futures and Related Options, Interest Rate Floors, Caps and Collars and Interest Rate and Currency Swap Contracts. The Fund has claimed an exclusion from the definition of “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under that Act.

11


Table of Contents

Cash and Other High Quality Instruments. The Fund may temporarily invest a portion of its assets in cash or cash items pending other investments or in connection with the maintenance of such assets on the custodian’s books and records. These cash items and other high quality corporate debt securities may include a number of money market instruments such as securities issued by the United States government and agencies thereof, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, and bank certificates of deposit. The Fund seeks to minimize credit risk by investing only in high quality money market securities.
Securities Lending. The Fund may lend its securities so long as such loans do not represent more than 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets. As collateral for the lent securities, the borrower gives the lending portfolio collateral equal to at least 100% of the value of the lent securities. The collateral may consist of cash or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities. The borrower must also agree to increase the collateral if the value of the lent securities increases. As with other extensions of credit, there are risks that collateral could be inadequate in the event of the borrower failing financially, which could result in actual financial loss, and risks that recovery of loaned securities could be delayed, which could result in interference with portfolio management decisions or exercise of ownership rights. The collateral is managed by an affiliate of the Adviser. In addition, the Fund may lose its right to vote its shares of the loaned securities at a shareholders meeting unless it recalls the loaned securities in advance of the record date for the meeting. The Fund entered into an agreement with Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and MS Securities Services Inc. (collectively, “Morgan Stanley”) which permits the Fund to lend securities to Morgan Stanley on a principal basis. It is presently anticipated that Morgan Stanley will be the primary borrower of securities of the Fund. The risk of having one primary borrower of Fund securities (as opposed to several borrowers) is that should Morgan Stanley fail financially, all securities lent will be affected by the failure and by any delays in recovery of the securities (or in the rare event, loss of rights in the collateral).
Warrants and Rights. The Fund may purchase warrants and rights which are securities permitting, but not obligating, their holder to purchase the underlying securities at a predetermined price, subject to the Fund’s Investment Restrictions. Generally, warrants and stock purchase rights do not carry with them the right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. As a result, an investment in warrants and rights may be considered to entail greater investment risk than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of warrants and rights does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are not exercised on or prior to their expiration date. Investment in warrants and rights increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the investment of a given amount of the Fund’s assets as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying stock.
Short Sales. The Fund may engage in short sales “against the box”. In a short sale against the box, the Fund borrows securities from a broker-dealer and sells the borrowed securities, and at all times during the transaction, the Fund either owns or has the right to acquire the same securities at no extra cost. If the price of the security has declined at the time the Fund is required to deliver the security, the Fund will benefit from the difference in the price. If the price of the security has increased, the Fund will be required to pay the difference.
Forward Commitment and When-Issued Securities. The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis. “When-issued” refers to securities whose terms are available and for which a market exists, but which have not been issued. The Fund will engage in when-issued transactions with respect to securities purchased for its portfolio in order to obtain what is considered to be an advantageous price and yield at the time of the transaction. For when-issued transactions, no payment is made until delivery is due, often a month or more after the purchase. In a forward commitment transaction, the Fund contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time.
When the Fund engages in forward commitment and when-issued transactions, it relies on the seller to consummate the transaction. The failure of the issuer or seller to consummate the transaction may result in the Fund’s losing the opportunity to obtain a price and yield considered to be advantageous. The purchase of securities on a when-issued

12


Table of Contents

or forward commitment basis also involves a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date.
On the date the Fund enters into an agreement to purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, the Fund will segregate in a separate account cash or liquid securities, of any type or maturity, equal in value to the Fund’s commitment. These assets will be valued daily at market, and additional cash or securities will be segregated in a separate account to the extent that the total value of the assets in the account declines below the amount of the when-issued commitments. Alternatively, the Fund may enter into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of other securities that it owns.
Short-Term Trading and Portfolio Turnover. Short-term trading means the purchase and subsequent sale of a security after it has been held for a relatively brief period of time. The Fund may engage in short-term trading in response to stock market conditions, changes in interest rates or other economic trends and developments, or to take advantage of yield disparities between various fixed income securities in order to realize capital gains or improve income. Short-term trading may have the effect of increasing portfolio turnover rate. A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or greater) involves correspondingly greater brokerage expenses. The Fund’s portfolio turnover rates are set forth in the table under the caption “Financial Highlights” in the Prospectus.
USES OF DERIVATIVES
Introduction and Overview
Derivative Policies. This overview provides a general introduction to the principal ways in which the Fund uses derivatives. The information below is designed to supplement the information included in the Fund’s Prospectuses.
Function of Derivatives in Funds. The Fund may use financial derivatives to implement investment decisions. The types of derivatives employed, which vary from Fund to Fund, may include futures, swaps, options, forward contracts and, periodically, structured notes. These instruments may be exchange-traded or over-the-counter products. The types of strategies implemented also vary from Fund to Fund. To a significant extent, specific market conditions influence the choice of derivative strategies for a given Fund.
Derivative Exposure. Generally, stocks constitute the majority of the holdings in the Fund, although derivative positions may comprise a significant portion of the total assets.
Counterparty Creditworthiness. The subadviser monitors the creditworthiness of OTC derivatives counterparties. Typically, the Fund will enter into these transactions only with counterparties who, at the time it enters into a transaction, have long-term debt ratings of A or higher by S&P or Moody’s (or, if unrated, have comparable credit ratings as determined by the subadviser ). Short-term derivatives may be entered into with counterparties that do not have long-term debt ratings if they have short-term debt ratings of A-1 by S&P and/or a comparable rating by Moody’s. See Appendix A —“Commercial Paper and Corporate Debt Ratings” for an explanation of short-term debt ratings.
Use of Derivatives by the Fund
Types of Derivatives Used by the Fund:
  Options, futures contracts, and related options on securities indexes;
 
  Long equity swap contracts in which the Fund pays a fixed rate plus the negative performance, if any, and receives the positive performance, if any, of an index or basket of securities;
 
  Short equity swap contracts in which the Fund receives a fixed rate plus the negative performance, if any, and pays the positive performance of an index or basket of securities;
 
  Contracts for differences, i.e., equity swaps that contain both long and short equity components.

13


Table of Contents

Uses of Derivatives by the Fund:
Hedging
  Traditional Hedging: The Fund may use short equity futures, related options, and short equity swap contracts to hedge against an equity risk already generally present in the Fund.
  Anticipatory Hedging: If the Fund receives or anticipates significant cash purchase transactions, the Fund may hedge market risk (the risk of not being invested in the market) by purchasing long futures contracts or entering into long equity swap contracts to obtain market exposure until such time as direct investments can be made efficiently. Conversely, if the Fund receives or anticipates a significant demand for cash redemptions, the Fund may sell futures contracts or enter into short equity swap contracts, to allow the Fund to dispose of securities in a more orderly fashion without exposing the Fund to leveraged loss in the interim.
No limit exists with respect to the absolute face value of derivatives used for hedging purposes.
Investment
The Fund may use derivative instruments (particularly long futures contracts, related options, and long equity swap contracts) in place of investing directly in securities. These applications include using equity derivatives to “equitize” cash balances held by the Fund (e.g., creating equity exposure through the use of futures contracts or other derivative instruments). The Fund also may use long derivatives for investment in conjunction with short hedging transactions to adjust the weights of the Fund’s underlying equity portfolio to a level the Adviser believes is the optimal exposure to individual markets, sectors, and equities.
Risk Management — Synthetic Sales and Purchases
The Fund may use equity futures, related options, and equity swap contracts to adjust the weight of the Fund to a level the Adviser believes is the optimal exposure to individual sectors and stocks. Sometimes, such transactions are used as a precursor to actual sales and purchases. For example, if the Fund held a large proportion of stocks of a particular industry and the Adviser believed that stocks of another industry would outperform those stocks, the Fund might use a short futures contract on an appropriate index (to synthetically “sell” a portion of the Fund’s portfolio) in combination with a long futures contract on another index (to synthetically “buy” exposure to that index). Long and short equity swap contracts and contracts for differences may also be used for these purposes. Equity derivatives used to effect synthetic sales and purchases generally will be unwound as actual portfolio securities are sold and purchased.
Types of Derivatives Used by the Fund (other than foreign currency derivative transactions):
  Options, futures contracts, and related options on securities indexes;
 
  Long equity swap contracts in which the Fund pays a fixed rate plus the negative performance, if any, and receives the positive performance, if any, of an index, a single equity security, or a basket of securities;
 
  Short equity swap contracts in which the Fund receives a fixed rate plus the negative performance, if any, and pays the positive performance of an index, a single equity security, or a basket of securities;
 
  Contracts for differences, i.e., equity swaps that contain both long and short equity components;
 
  Warrants and rights.
Uses of Derivatives by the Fund (other than foreign currency derivative transactions):
Hedging
  Traditional Hedging: The Fund may use short equity futures, related options, and short equity swap contracts to hedge against an equity risk already generally present in the Fund.

14


Table of Contents

  Anticipatory Hedging: If the Fund receives or anticipates significant cash purchase transactions, the Fund may hedge market risk (the risk of not being invested in the market) by purchasing long futures contracts or entering into long equity swap contracts to obtain market exposure until such time as direct investments can be made efficiently. Conversely, if the Fund receives or anticipates a significant demand for cash redemptions, the Fund may sell futures contracts or enter into short equity swap contracts to allow the Fund to dispose of securities in a more orderly fashion without exposing the Fund to leveraged loss in the interim.
No limit exists with respect to the absolute face value of derivatives used for hedging purposes.
Investment
The Fund may use derivative instruments (particularly long futures contracts, related options, and long equity swap contracts) in place of investing directly in securities. These applications include using equity derivatives to “equitize” cash balances held by the Fund (e.g., creating equity exposure through the use of futures contracts or other derivative instruments). Because a foreign equity derivative generally only provides the return of a foreign market in local currency terms, the Fund often will purchase a foreign currency forward in conjunction with equity derivatives to give the effect of investing directly. The Fund may also use long derivatives for investment in conjunction with short hedging transactions to adjust the weights of the Fund’s underlying equity portfolio to a level the Adviser believes is the optimal exposure to individual countries and equities.
Risk Management — Synthetic Sales and Purchases
The Fund may use equity futures, related options, and equity swap contracts to adjust the weight of the Fund to a level the Adviser believes is the optimal exposure to individual countries and stocks. Sometimes, such transactions are used as a precursor to actual sales and purchases.
For example, if the Fund holds a large proportion of stocks of a particular market and the Adviser believes that stocks of another market will outperform those stocks, the Fund might use a short futures contract on an appropriate index (to synthetically “sell” a portion of the Fund’s portfolio) in combination with a long futures contract on another index (to synthetically “buy” exposure to that index). Long and short equity swap contracts and contracts for differences also may be used for these purposes. Often, a foreign currency forward will be used in conjunction with a long derivative position to create the effect of investing directly. Equity derivatives (and corresponding currency forwards) used to effect synthetic sales and purchases will generally be unwound as actual portfolio securities are sold and purchased.
Foreign Currency Derivative Transactions Employed by the Fund:
  Buying and selling spot currencies;
 
  Forward foreign currency contracts;
 
  Currency futures contracts and related options;
 
  Options on currencies;
 
  Currency swap contracts.
Uses of Foreign Currency Derivative Transactions by the Fund:
Hedging
  Traditional Hedging: The Fund may effect foreign currency transactions- generally short forward or futures contracts — to hedge back into the U.S. dollar the risk of foreign currencies represented by its securities investments. The Fund is not required to hedge any of the currency risk inherent in investing in securities denominated in foreign currencies.
 
  Anticipatory Hedging: When the Fund enters into a contract for the purchase of, or anticipates the need to purchase, a security denominated in a foreign currency, it may “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security by buying the foreign currency on the spot market or through the use of currency forwards or futures.

15


Table of Contents

  Proxy Hedging: The Fund may hedge the exposure of a given foreign currency by using an instrument denominated in a different currency that the Adviser believes is highly correlated to the currency being hedged.
Investment
The Fund may enter into currency forwards or futures contracts in conjunction with entering into a futures contract on a foreign index in order to create synthetic foreign currency denominated securities.
Risk Management
Subject to the limitations described below, the Fund may use foreign currency transactions for risk management, which will permit the Fund to have foreign currency exposure that is significantly different than the currency exposure represented by its portfolio investments. This foreign currency exposure may include long exposure to particular currencies beyond the amount of the Fund’s investment in securities denominated in that currency.
The Fund will not use derivative instruments to expose on a net basis more than 100% of its net assets to equity securities or markets. The Fund also will not hold net aggregate foreign currency exposure in excess of its net assets (except for temporary purposes due to large cash flows). However, the Fund’s foreign currency exposure may differ significantly from the currency exposure represented by its equity investments.
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
Fundamental Investment Restrictions. The following investment restrictions will not be changed without the approval of a majority of the relevant Fund’s outstanding voting securities which, as used in the Prospectuses and this SAI, means the approval by the lesser of (1) the holders of 67% or more of the Fund’s shares represented at a meeting if more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy at that meeting or (2) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding shares.
Without approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Fund, the Trust will not take any of the following actions with respect to any Fund or as indicated:
1.   Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, and as amplified by rules, regulations and pronouncements of the SEC. The SEC has concluded that even though reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements, and standby commitment agreements fall within the functional meaning of the term “evidence of indebtedness,” the issue of compliance with Section 18 of the 1940 Act will not be raised with the SEC by the Division of Investment Management if the Fund covers such securities by earmarking and maintaining certain assets on the books and records of the Fund’s custodian. Similarly, so long as such earmarked assets are maintained, the issue of compliance with Section 18 will not be raised with respect to any of the following: any swap contract or contract for differences; any borrowing permitted by Fundamental Investment Restriction (2) below; and the purchase or sale of options, forward contracts, futures contracts or options on futures contracts.
 
2.   Borrow money except under the following circumstances: (i) The Fund may borrow money from banks so long as after such a transaction, the total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities other than debt obligations, represent at least 300% of outstanding debt obligations; (ii) The Fund may also borrow amounts equal to an additional 5% of its total assets without regard to the foregoing limitation for temporary purposes, such as for the clearance and settlement of portfolio transactions and to meet shareholder redemption requests; (iii) The Fund may enter into transactions that are technically borrowings under the 1940 Act because they involve the sale of a security coupled with an agreement to repurchase that security (e.g., reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, and other similar investment techniques) without regard to the asset coverage restriction described in (i) above, so long as and to the extent that the Fund’s custodian earmarks and maintains cash and/or high grade debt securities equal in value to its obligations in respect of these transactions.

16


Table of Contents

3.   Act as an underwriter, except to the extent that in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.
 
4.   Purchase or sell real estate except that the Fund may (i) acquire or lease office space for its own use, (ii) invest in securities of issuers that deal in real estate or interests therein, including securities of real estate investment trusts, (iii) invest in securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, (iv) purchase and sell mortgage-related securities and (v) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities.
 
5.   Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts on financial instruments and indices and options on such futures contracts and the Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts on foreign currencies and options on such futures contracts. The Fund may also without limitation purchase and sell futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and options linked to commodities of all types, including physical commodities, and may enter into swap contracts and any other commodity-linked derivative instruments including those linked to physical commodities. Additionally, the Fund indirectly may invest in commodities, including physical commodities, by investing in other investment companies and/or other investment vehicles that invest entirely or substantially in commodities and/or commodity-linked investments.
 
6.   Make loans, except that the Fund may (i) lend portfolio securities in accordance with its investment policies up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets taken at market value, (ii) enter into repurchase agreements, and (iii) purchase all or a portion of an issue of publicly distributed debt securities, bank loan participation interests, bank certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, debentures or other securities, whether or not the purchase is made upon the original issuance of the securities.
 
7.   Purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal activity in the same industry if, immediately after such purchase, the value of the Fund’s investments in such industry would exceed 25% of its total assets taken at market value at the time of such investment. This limitation does not apply to investments in obligations of the U.S. Government or any of its agencies, instrumentalities or authorities.
 
8.   With respect to 75% of the Fund’s total assets, invest more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets in the securities of any single issuer or own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer, in each case other than (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or its instrumentalities or (ii) securities of other investment companies.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions. The following investment restrictions are designated as non-fundamental and may be changed by the Trustees without shareholder approval.
The Trust will not take any of the following actions with respect to any Fund or as indicated:
1.   Purchase a security if, as a result, (i) more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of other investment companies, (ii) the Fund would hold more than 3% of the total outstanding voting securities of any one investment company, or (iii) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of any one investment company. These limitations do not apply to (a) the investment of cash collateral, received by the Fund in connection with lending of the Fund’s portfolio securities, in the securities of open-end investment companies or (b) the purchase of shares of any investment company in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization or purchase of substantially all of the assets of another investment company. Subject to the above percentage limitations, the Fund may, in connection with the John Hancock Group of Funds Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Trustees/Directors, purchase securities of other investment companies within the John Hancock Group of Funds.
 
2.   Invest for the purpose of exercising control over or management of any company.

17


Table of Contents

3.   Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of securities transactions.
 
4.   Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. For this purpose, “illiquid securities” may include certain restricted securities under the Federal securities laws (including illiquid securities eligible for resale under Rules 144 or 144A), repurchase agreements, and securities that are not readily marketable. To the extent the Trustees determine that restricted securities eligible for resale under Rules 144 or 144A (safe harbor rules for resales of securities acquired under Section 4(2) private placements) under the 1933 Act, repurchase agreements and securities that are not readily marketable, are in fact liquid, they will not be included in the 15% limit on investment in illiquid securities.
Except with respect to borrowing money, if a percentage restriction on investment or utilization of assets as set forth above is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a later change in percentage resulting from changes in the value of the Fund’s assets will not be considered a violation of the restriction.
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
The Board of Trustees of JHF III has adopted the Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings, see Appendix C of this SAI, to protect the interests of the shareholders of JHF III and to address potential conflicts of interest that could arise between the interests of shareholders and the interests of the Adviser, or the interests of the Fund’s subadvisers, principal underwriter or affiliated persons of the Fund’s Adviser or principal underwriter. JHF III’s general policy with respect to the release of portfolio holdings to nonaffiliated persons is to do so only in limited circumstances and only to provide nonpublic information regarding portfolio holdings to any person, including affiliated persons, on a “need to know” basis and, when released, to release such information only as consistent with applicable legal requirements and the fiduciary duties owed to shareholders. JHF III applies its policy uniformly to all parties, including individual and institutional investors, intermediaries, affiliated persons of the Fund, and to all third party service providers and rating agencies.
JHF III posts on the fifth business day after month-end, the following information for the Fund on www.jhfunds.com: top ten holdings (% of each position); top ten sector analysis; total return/yield; top ten countries/SIC; average quality/maturity; beta/alpha/r2 (open-end funds only); top ten portfolio composition. JHF III posts to its Web site the Portfolio’s complete portfolio holdings within thirty (30) days after each calendar month end. The Funds and Portfolio also disclose their complete portfolio holdings information quarterly to the SEC using Form N-Q within 60 days of the end of the first and third quarter ends of JHF III’s fiscal year and on Form N-CSR on the second and fourth quarter ends of JHF III’s fiscal year. Form N-Q is not required to be mailed to shareholders, but is made public through the SEC electronic filings. Shareholders receive either complete portfolio holdings information or summaries of a fund’s portfolio holdings with their annual and semi-annual reports.
Portfolio holdings information that is not publicly available will be released only pursuant to the exceptions described in the Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings. Material nonpublic holdings information may be provided to nonaffiliated persons as part of the investment activities of the Fund to: entities which, by explicit agreement, are required to maintain the confidentiality of the information disclosed; rating organizations, such as Morningstar and Lipper; Vestek (Thompson Financial) or other entities for the purpose of compiling reports and preparing data; proxy voting services for the purpose of voting proxies; entities providing computer software; courts (including bankruptcy courts) or regulators with jurisdiction over JHF III and its affiliates; and, institutional traders to assist in research and trade execution. Exceptions to the portfolio holdings release policy can only be approved by JHF III’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) or his duly authorized delegate after considering: (a) the purpose of providing such information; (b) the procedures that will be used to ensure that such information remains confidential and is not traded upon; and (c) whether such disclosure is in the best interest of the shareholders.
At this time, the entities receiving information described in the preceding paragraph are: Vestek (holdings, monthly with 30 day lag); Morningstar (holdings, monthly with 32 day lag); Lipper (holdings, monthly with 32 day lag); Fact Set (holdings, daily); PricewaterhouseCoopers (prices, annual audits); Confluence (holdings, daily); ISS (holdings,

18


Table of Contents

daily); Elkins McSherry (purchases and sales, quarterly); NASDQ (NAVs, daily); Charles River (holdings and securities details, daily); and DST (NAVs, daily).
The CCO is also required to pre-approve the disclosure of nonpublic information regarding portfolio holdings to any affiliated persons of JHF III. The CCO will use the same three considerations stated above before approving disclosure of nonpublic information to affiliated persons.
The CCO shall report to the Board of Trustees whenever additional disclosures of portfolio holdings are approved. The CCO’s report shall be at the Board meeting following such approval. The CCO then provides annually a report to the Board of Trustees regarding the operation of the policy and any material changes recommended as a result of such review.
When the CCO believes that the disclosure of nonpublic information to a nonaffiliated person is a potential conflict of interest between the interest of the shareholders and the interest of affiliated persons of JHF III, the CCO shall refer the conflict to the Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees shall then only permit such disclosure of the nonpublic information if in their reasonable business judgment they conclude such disclosure will be in the best interests of JHF III’s shareholders.
The receipt of compensation by the Fund, the Adviser, a subadviser or an affiliate as consideration for disclosing nonpublic portfolio holdings information is not deemed a legitimate business purpose and is strictly forbidden.
THOSE RESPONSIBLE FOR MANAGEMENT
The business of the Trust, an open-end management investment company, is managed by its Trustees, including certain Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund or the Trust (as defined by the 1940 Act) (the “Independent Trustees”), who elect officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the Fund and who execute policies formulated by the Trustees. Several of the officers and Trustees of the Fund are also officers or Directors of the Adviser, or officers and Directors of the principal distributor to the Fund, John Hancock Funds, LLC (“John Hancock Funds” or the “Distributor”).
                         
                    Number of John
Name, Address (1)   Position(s) Held   Trustee/   Principal Occupation(s) and other   Hancock Funds
And Age   with Fund   Officer since (2)   Directorships During Past 5 Years   Overseen by Trustee
Independent Trustees
                       
James F. Carlin
Born: 1940
  Interim Chairman and Trustee   2005       Director and Treasurer, Alpha Analytical Laboratories (chemical analysis) (since 1985); Part Owner and Treasurer, Lawrence Carlin Insurance Agency, Inc. (since 1995); Part Owner and Vice President, Mone Lawrence Carlin Insurance Agency, Inc. (until 2005); Director/Treasurer, Rizzo Associates (engineering) (until 2000); Chairman and CEO, Carlin Consolidated, Inc. (management/investments) (since 1987); Director/Partner, Proctor Carlin & Co., Inc. (until 1999); Trustee, Massachusetts Health and Education Tax Exempt Trust (since 1993); Director of the following: Uno Restaurant Corp. (until 2001), Arbella Mutual (insurance) (until 2000), HealthPlan Services, Inc. (until 1999), Flagship Healthcare, Inc. (until 1999), Carlin Insurance Agency, Inc. (until 1999); Chairman,   70    

19


Table of Contents

                         
                    Number of John
Name, Address (1)   Position(s) Held   Trustee/   Principal Occupation(s) and other   Hancock Funds
And Age   with Fund   Officer since (2)   Directorships During Past 5 Years   Overseen by Trustee
 
              Massachusetts Board of Higher Education (until 1999)        
William H. Cunningham
Born: 1944
  Trustee   2005       Former Chancellor, University of Texas System and former President of the University of Texas, Austin, Texas; Chairman and CEO, IBT Technologies (until 2001); Director of the following: Hire.com (until 2004), STC Broadcasting, Inc. and Sunrise Television Corp. (until 2001), Symtx, Inc.(electronic manufacturing) (since 2001), Adorno/Rogers Technology, Inc. (until 2004), Pinnacle Foods Corporation (until 2003), rateGenius (until 2003), Lincoln National Corporation (insurance) (since 2006), Jefferson-Pilot Corporation (diversified life insurance company) (until 2006), New Century Equity Holdings (formerly Billing Concepts) (until 2001), eCertain (until 2001), ClassMap.com (until 2001), Agile Ventures (until 2001), AskRed.com (until 2001), Southwest Airlines, Introgen and Viasystems, Group, Inc. (electronic manufacturer) (until 2003); Advisory Director, Interactive Bridge, Inc. (college fundraising) (until 2001); Advisory Director, Q Investments (until 2003); Advisory Director, JP Morgan Chase Bank (formerly Texas Commerce Bank — Austin), LIN Television (since 2002), WilTel Communications (until 2003) and Hayes Lemmerz International, Inc. (diversified automotive parts supply company) (since 2003).   70    
Charles L. Ladner
Born: 1938
  Trustee   2004       Chairman and Trustee, Dunwoody Village, Inc. (retirement services) (until 2003); Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, UGI Corporation (public utility holding company) (retired 1998); Vice President and Director for AmeriGas, Inc. (retired 1998); Director of AmeriGas Partners, L.P. (gas distribution)(until 1997); Director, EnergyNorth, Inc. (until 1995); Director, Parks and History Association (until 2007).   70    
John A. Moore
Born: 1939
  Trustee   2001       President and Chief Executive Officer, Institute for Evaluating Health Risks, (nonprofit institution) (until 2001); Senior Scientist, Sciences International (health research)(until 2003); Former Assistant Administrator & Deputy Administrator, Environmental Protection Agency; Principal, Hollyhouse (consulting)(since 2000); Director, CIIT Center for Health Science Research (nonprofit research) (since 2002).   70    

20


Table of Contents

                         
                    Number of John
Name, Address (1)   Position(s) Held   Trustee/   Principal Occupation(s) and other   Hancock Funds
And Age   with Fund   Officer since (2)   Directorships During Past 5 Years   Overseen by Trustee
Patti McGill Peterson
Born: 1943
  Trustee   2001       Executive Director, Council for International Exchange of Scholars and Vice President, Institute of International Education (since 1998); Senior Fellow, Cornell Institute of Public Affairs, Cornell University (until 1998); Former President of Wells College and St. Lawrence University; Director, Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation (until 2003); Director, Ford Foundation, International Fellowships Program (since 2002); Director, Lois Roth Endowment (since 2002); Director, Council for International Exchange (since 2003).   70    
Steven R. Pruchansky
Born: 1944
  Trustee   2005       Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Greenscapes of Southwest Florida, Inc. (since 2000); Director and President, Greenscapes of Southwest Florida, Inc. (until 2000); Managing Director, JonJames, LLC (real estate) (since 2001); Director, First Signature Bank & Trust Company (until 1991); Director, Mast Realty Trust (until 1994); President, Maxwell Building Corp. (until 1991).   70    
Non-Independent
Trustee
                       
James R. Boyle (3)
Born: 1959
  Trustee   2005       Chairman and Director, John Hancock Advisers, LLC (“JHA”), The Berkeley Financial Group, LLC (“The Berkeley Group”) (holding company) and John Hancock Funds; President, John Hancock Annuities; Executive Vice President, John Hancock Life Insurance Company (since June, 2004); President U.S. Annuities; Senior Vice President, The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A) (prior to 2004).   250    
 
(1)   Business address for independent and non-independent Trustees and officers is 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805.
 
(2)   Each Trustee serves until resignation, retirement age or until her or his successor is elected.
 
(3)   Non-Independent Trustee: holds positions with the Fund’s investment adviser, underwriter, and/ or certain other affiliates.

21


Table of Contents

                 
Name, Address (1)       Trustee/    
And Age   Position(s) Held with Fund   Officer since   Principal Occupation(s) and other Directorships During Past 5 Years
Principal Officers who are not Trustees
               
Keith F. Hartstein
Born: 1956
  President and Chief Executive Officer   2005       Senior Vice President, Manulife Financial Corporation (since 2004); Director, President and Chief Executive Officer, the Adviser, The Berkeley Group, John Hancock Funds (since 2005); Director, MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC (“MFC Global (U.S.)”) (since 2005); Director, John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. (since 2005); President and Chief Executive Officer, the Adviser (since 2006); President and Chief Executive Officer, John Hancock Funds, John Hancock Funds II (“JHF II”), JHF III and John Hancock Trust (“JHT”) (since 2005); Director, Chairman and President, NM Capital Management, Inc. (since 2005); Chairman, Investment Company Institute Sales Force Marketing Committee (since 2003); Director, President and Chief Executive Officer, MFC Global (U.S.) (2005-2006); Executive Vice President, John Hancock Funds (until 2005);
Thomas M. Kinzler
Born: 1955
  Secretary and Chief Legal Officer   2006       Vice President and Counsel for John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (since 2006); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer, John Hancock Funds, JHF II and JHF III (since 2006); Vice President and Associate General Counsel for Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company (1999-2006); Secretary and Chief Legal Counsel for MML Series Investment Fund (2000-2006); Secretary and Chief Legal Counsel for MassMutual Institutional Funds (2000-2004); Secretary and Chief Legal Counsel for MassMutual Select Funds and MassMutual Premier Funds (2004-2006).
Francis V. Knox, Jr.
Born: 1947
  Chief Compliance Officer   2005       Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC, the Adviser and MFC Global (U.S.) (since 2005); Chief Compliance Officer, John Hancock Funds, JHF II, JHF III and JHT (since 2005); Vice President and Assistant Treasurer, Fidelity Group of Funds (until 2004); Vice President and Ethics & Compliance Officer, Fidelity Investments (until 2001).
Gordon M. Shone
Born: 1956
  Treasurer   2006       Treasurer, John Hancock Funds (since 2006); JHF II, JHF III and JHT (since 2005); Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, JHT (2003-2005); Senior Vice President, John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (since 2001); Vice President, the Adviser and JHA (since 2006), The Manufacturers

22


Table of Contents

                 
Name, Address (1)       Trustee/  
And Age   Position(s) Held with Fund   Officer since   Principal Occupation(s) and other Directorships During Past 5 Years
 
              Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (1998 to 2000).
John G. Vrysen
Born: 1955
  Chief Operating
Officer
  2005       Senior Vice President, Manulife Financial Corporation (since 2006); Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, the Adviser, The Berkeley Group and John Hancock Funds (June 2007-Present); Chief Operating Officer, John Hancock Funds, JHF II, JHF III and JHT (June 2007-Present); Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, the Adviser, The Berkeley Group and John Hancock Funds (until June 2007);Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, the Adviser (since 2005), Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, MFC Global (U.S.) (since 2005); Director, John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer, John Hancock Funds, JHF II, JHF III and JHT (2005-June 2007); Vice President and General Manager, Fixed Annuities, U.S. Wealth Management (until 2005); Vice President, Operations Manulife Wood Logan (2000-2004).
Charles A. Rizzo
1957
  Chief Financial
Officer
  2007       Chief Financial Officer, JHF II, JHF III and JHT (June 2007-Present); Assistant Treasurer, Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (2005-June 2007); Vice President, Goldman Sachs (2005-June 2007); Managing Director and Treasurer of Scudder Funds, Deutsche Asset Management (2003-2005); Director, Tax and Financial Reporting, Deutsche Asset Management (2002-2003); Vice President and Treasurer, Deutsche Global Fund Services (1999-2002).
 
(1)   Business address for independent and non-independent Trustees and officers is 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805.
The Trust’s Board of Trustees currently has four standing Committees: the Audit and Compliance Committee, the Governance Committee, the Contracts/Operations Committee and the Investment Performance Committee. Each Committee is comprised of Independent Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund.
The Audit and Compliance Committee members are Messrs. Ladner, Moore and Ms. McGill Peterson. All of the members of the Audit and Compliance Committee are independent and each member is financially literate with at least one having accounting or financial management expertise. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Audit and Compliance Committee. The Audit and Compliance Committee recommends to the full board auditors for the Fund, monitors and oversees the audits of the Fund, communicates with both independent auditors and internal auditors on a regular basis and provides a forum for the auditors to report and discuss any matters they deem appropriate at any time. The Audit and Compliance Committee held four meetings during the year ended December 31, 2007.

23


Table of Contents

The Governance Committee members are all of the independent trustees. The Governance Committee makes recommendations to the Board on issues related to corporate governance applicable to the Independent Trustees and to the composition and operation of the Board and to assume duties, responsibilities and functions to nominate candidates to the Board, together with such addition duties, responsibilities and functions as are delegated to it from time to time. Among other things, the Governance Committee acts as a nominating committee of the Board. In reviewing a potential nominee and in evaluating the renomination of current Independent Trustees, the Governance Committee will generally apply the following criteria: (i) the nominee’s reputation for integrity, honesty and adherence to high ethical standards, (ii) the nominee’s business acumen, experience and ability to exercise sound judgments, (iii) a commitment to understand the Fund and the responsibilities of a trustee of an investment company, (iv) a commitment to regularly attend and participate in meetings of the Board and its committees, (v) the ability to understand potential conflicts of interest involving management of the Fund and to act in the interests of all shareholders, and (vi) the absence of a real or apparent conflict of interest that would impair the nominee’s ability to represent the interests of all the shareholders and to fulfill the responsibilities of an Independent Trustee. The Governance Committee does not necessarily place the same emphasis on each criteria and each nominee may not have each of these qualities. The Governance Committee does not discriminate on the basis of race, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, disability or any other basis proscribed by law. The Governance Committee held four meetings during the year ended December 31, 2007.
As long as an existing Independent Trustee continues, in the opinion of the Governance Committee, to satisfy these criteria, the Fund anticipates that the Committee would favor the renomination of an existing Trustee rather than a new candidate. Consequently, while the Governance Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders to serve as trustees, the Governance Committee may only act upon such recommendations if there is a vacancy on the Board or the Administration Committee determines that the selection of a new or additional Independent Trustee is in the best interests of the Fund. In the event that a vacancy arises or a change in Board membership is determined to be advisable, the Governance Committee will, in addition to any shareholder recommendations, consider candidates identified by other means, including candidates proposed by members of the Governance Committee. While it has not done so in the past, the Governance Committee may retain a consultant to assist the Committee in a search for a qualified candidate.
Any shareholder recommendation must be submitted in compliance with all of the pertinent provisions of Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to be considered by the Governance Committee. In evaluating a nominee recommended by a shareholder, the Governance Committee, in addition to the criteria discussed above, may consider the objectives of the shareholder in submitting that nomination and whether such objectives are consistent with the interests of all shareholders. If the Board determines to include a shareholder’s candidate among the slate of nominees, the candidate’s name will be placed on the Fund’s proxy card. If the Governance Committee or the Board determines not to include such candidate among the Board’s designated nominees and the shareholder has satisfied the requirements of Rule 14a-8, the shareholder’s candidate will be treated as a nominee of the shareholder who originally nominated the candidate. In that case, the candidate will not be named on the proxy card distributed with the Fund’s proxy statement.
Shareholders may communicate with the members of the Board as a group or individually. Any such communication should be sent to the Board or an individual Trustee c/o The Secretary of the Fund at the following address: 601 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210-2805. The Secretary may determine not to forward any letter to the members of the Board that does not relate to the business of the Fund.
The Contracts/Operations Committee members are Messrs. Carlin, Cunningham and Pruchansky. The Contracts/Operations Committee oversees the initiation, operation, and renewal of contracts between the Fund and other entities. These contracts include advisory and subadvisory agreements (if, applicable), custodial and transfer agency agreements and arrangements with other service providers. The Contracts/Operations Committee held five meetings during the year ended December 31, 2007.
The Investment Performance Committee members are all of the independent Trustees. The Investment Performance Committee monitors and analyzes the performance of the Fund generally, consults with the Adviser as necessary if

24


Table of Contents

the Fund requires special attention, and reviews peer groups and other comparative standards as necessary. The Investment Performance Committee held four meetings during the year ended December 31, 2007.
The following table provides a dollar range indicating each Trustee’s ownership of equity securities of the Fund, as well as aggregate holdings of shares of equity securities of all John Hancock Funds overseen by the Trustee, as of December 31, 2007.
                 
            Aggregate Dollar Range of holdings
    Dollar Range of Fund Shares   in John Hancock funds overseen by
Name of Trustee   Owned by Trustee(1)   Trustee(1)
Independent Trustees
               
James F. Carlin
  None   $50,001-$100,000
William H. Cunningham
  None   $10,001-$50,000
Charles L. Ladner
  None   None
Dr. John A. Moore
  None   $100,001-$500,000
Patti McGill Peterson
  None   $100,001-$500,000
Steven R. Pruchansky
  None   $10,001-$50,000
Non-Independent Trustee
               
James R. Boyle None None
 
(1)   This Fund does participate in the John Hancock Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Trustees (the “Plan”). Under the Plan, an Independent Trustee may defer his or her fees by electing to have the Adviser invest his or her fees in one of the funds in the John Hancock complex that participates in the Plan. Under these circumstances, the Trustee is not the legal owner of the underlying shares, but does participate in any positive or negative return on those shares to the same extent as all other shareholders. With regard to Trustees participating in the Plan, if a Trustee was deemed to own the shares used in computing the value of his deferred compensation, as of December 31, 2007, the respective “Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned by Trustee” and the “Aggregate Dollar Range of holdings in John Hancock funds overseen by Trustee” would be as follows: $50,001-$100,000 for Mr. Carlin, over $100,000 for Mr. Cunningham, $50,001-$100,000 for Mr. Ladner, over $100,000 for Dr. Moore, over $100,000 for Ms. McGill Peterson and $50,001-$100,000 for Mr. Pruchansky.
The following table provides information regarding the compensation paid by the Fund and the other investment companies in the John Hancock Fund Complex to the Independent Trustees for their services. Any Non-Independent Trustee, and each of the officers of the Fund who are “interested persons” of the Adviser, and/or affiliates are compensated by the Adviser and received no compensation from the Fund for their services.
                 
    Aggregate   Total Compensation From the
    Compensation from   Fund and John Hancock Fund
Independent Trustees   the Fund (1)   Complex to Trustees (2)
James F. Carlin
  $0.00   $145,250
William H. Cunningham*
  $0.00   $  91,250
Charles L. Ladner*
  $0.00   $146,000
Dr. John A. Moore*
  $0.00   $181,000
Patti McGill Peterson*
  $0.00   $133,000
Steven R. Pruchansky*
  $0.00   $120,000
Total
  $0.00   $816,500
 
(1)   Compensation is for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
 
(2)   Total compensation paid by the John Hancock Funds Complex to the Independent Trustees is as of December 31, 2007. As of this date, all of the trustees served on 70 funds.

25


Table of Contents

*   As of December 31, 2007, the value of the aggregate accrued deferred compensation from all Funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex for Mr. Cunningham was $240,195, Mr. Ladner was $89,569, Dr. Moore was $363,017, Ms. Mc Gill Peterson was $94,066 and Mr. Pruchansky was $60,250 under the John Hancock Group of Funds Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Trustees (the “Plan”).
All of the officers listed are officers or employees of the Adviser or affiliated companies. Some of the Trustees and officers may also be officers and/or directors and/or Trustees of one or more of the other funds for which the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser serves as investment adviser.
The Fund will commence operations on or following the date of this SAI and, therefore, the officers and Trustees of the Fund as a group beneficially owned no shares of any class of the Fund. No shareholders beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
The Adviser is a Delaware limited liability corporation whose principal offices are located at 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. The ultimate parent of the Adviser is Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”) based in Toronto, Canada. MFC is the holding company of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (the “Life Company”) and its subsidiaries, collectively known as Manulife Financial. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act.
The Fund has entered into an investment management contract (the “Advisory Agreement”) with the Adviser. Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser administers the business and affairs of the Fund. The Adviser is responsible for performing or paying for various administrative services for the Fund, including providing at the Adviser’s expense:
  office space and all necessary office facilities and equipment, and
 
  individuals who are directors, officers or employees of the Adviser to serve (if duly elected or appointed) as Trustees or President of the Fund, without remuneration from or other cost to the Fund.
The Adviser shall, at the Fund’s expense, perform all administrative, compliance, financial, accounting, bookkeeping and recordkeeping functions, except for those functions that may be performed by a third party pursuant to custodian, transfer agency or service agreements executed by the Fund. The Adviser shall also furnish to the Fund, at the Fund’s expense, any personnel necessary for these functions.
The Adviser pays the cost of any advertising or sales literature relating solely to the Fund, and the cost of printing and mailing Prospectuses to persons other than current shareholders of the Fund.
In addition to providing the services described above, the Adviser selects, contracts with, and compensates subadvisers to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Fund. The Adviser monitors the compliance of such subadvisers with the investment objectives and related policies of the Fund, and reviews the performance of such subadvisers and reports periodically on such performance to the Fund’s Board of Trustees.
The Fund bears all costs of its organization and operation, including but not limited to expenses of preparing, printing and mailing all shareholders’ reports, notices, prospectuses, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of shares; government fees; interest charges; expenses of furnishing to shareholders their account statements; taxes; expenses of redeeming shares; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio securities transactions; expenses pursuant to the Fund’s plan of distribution; fees and expenses of custodians including those for keeping books and accounts, maintaining a committed line of credit, and calculating the net asset value of shares; fees and expenses of transfer agents and dividend disbursing agents; legal, accounting, financial, management, tax and auditing fees and expenses of the Fund (including an allocable portion of the cost of the Adviser’s employees rendering such services to the Fund); the compensation and expenses of Trustees who are not otherwise affiliated with the Trust, the Adviser or

26


Table of Contents

any of their affiliates; expenses of Trustees’ and shareholders’ meetings; trade association memberships; insurance premiums; and any extraordinary expenses.
Securities held by the Fund may also be held by other funds or investment advisory clients for which the Adviser or their respective affiliates provide investment advice. Because of different investment objectives or other factors, a particular security may be bought for one or more funds or clients when one or more are selling the same security. If opportunities for purchase or sale of securities by the Adviser for the Fund or for other funds or clients for which the Adviser renders investment advice arise for consideration at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds or clients in a manner deemed equitable to all of them. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of the Adviser or their respective affiliates may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price.
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is not liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the matters to which their respective Agreements relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties or from their reckless disregard of the obligations and duties under the applicable Agreements.
Under the Advisory Agreement, the Fund may use the name “John Hancock” or any name derived from or similar to it only for so long as the Advisory Agreement or any extension, renewal or amendment thereof remains in effect. If the Advisory Agreement is no longer in effect, the Fund (to the extent that it lawfully can) will cease to use such name or any other name indicating that it is advised by or otherwise connected with the Adviser. In addition, the Adviser or the Life Company may grant the nonexclusive right to use the name “John Hancock” or any similar name to any other corporation or entity, including but not limited to any investment company of which the Life Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof or any successor to the business of any subsidiary or affiliate thereof shall be the investment adviser.
Subadvisory Agreement
Rainier Investment Management Inc., located at 601 Union Street, Suite 2801, Seattle, Washington 98101, serves as the Fund’s subadviser pursuant to a subadvisory agreement between the Adviser and Rainier. Under the terms of the subadvisory agreement, the subadviser manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Fund, subject to the supervision of the Board and the Adviser. The subadviser formulates a continuous investment program for the Fund consistent with its investment objective and policies, as outlined in the Prospectus. The subadviser implements this program by purchases and sales of securities and regularly reports to the Adviser and the Board with respect to the implementation of the program. The subadviser, at its expense, furnishes all necessary investment and management facilities, including salaries of personnel required for it to execute its duties, as well as administrative facilities, including bookkeeping, clerical personnel, and equipment necessary for the conduct of the investment affairs of the Fund.
Conflicts of Interest
As part of the business arrangement between the Adviser and Rainier, the Adviser has agreed that, under certain circumstances, it (and not the Fund or JHF III) will pay to Rainier specified amounts if total assets of John Hancock investment products subadvised by Rainier do not equal or exceed certain thresholds for a period of up to three years. Such amounts may total up to $7.5 million per year for each of the three years. As a further part of this arrangement, the Adviser has agreed that, under certain circumstances, it (and not the Fund or JHF III) will pay to Rainier a specified amount if the Rainier subadvisory agreement for the Fund is terminated within a three-year period. Such amount may total up to $22.5 million. The Adviser has also agreed that, subject to its fiduciary duties as an investment adviser to the Fund and its shareholders, it will not support or recommend to the Board any termination of the Rainier subadvisory agreement with respect to the Fund for a three-year period. Neither JHF III nor either of the Fund or the Rainier fund is a party to any of these arrangements, and they are not binding upon either of these funds or its respective board of trustees. These arrangements present certain conflicts of interest, however, because the Adviser has a financial incentive to support the continuation of the Rainier subadvisory agreement for as long as these

27


Table of Contents

arrangements remain in effect. In approving the Fund’s advisory and subadvisory agreements, the Board, including the Independent Trustees, was aware of and considered these potential conflicts of interest, including any financial obligations of the Adviser to Rainier.
Proxy Voting Policies
The Trust’s proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Trust’s Procedures”) delegate to the subadviser the responsibility to vote all proxies relating to securities held by the Fund in accordance with the subadviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures. The subadviser has a duty to vote such proxies in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. Complete descriptions of the Trust’s Procedures and the proxy voting procedures of the subadviser are set forth in Appendix B to this SAI.
It is possible that conflicts of interest could arise for the subadviser when voting proxies. Such conflicts could arise, for example, when the subadviser or its affiliate has a client or other business relationship with the issuer of the security being voted or with a third party that has an interest in the vote. A conflict of interest could also arise when the Trust, its investment adviser or principal underwriter or any of their affiliates has an interest in the vote.
In the event the subadviser becomes aware of a material conflict of interest, the Trust’s Procedures generally require the subadviser to follow any conflicts procedures that may be included in the subadviser’s proxy voting procedures. Although conflicts procedures will vary among subadvisers, they generally include one or more of the following:
(a) voting pursuant to the recommendation of a third party voting service;
(b) voting pursuant to pre-determined voting guidelines; or
(c) referring voting to a special compliance or oversight committee.
The specific conflicts procedures of the subadvisers are set forth in its proxy voting procedures included in Appendix B. While these conflicts procedures may reduce, they will not necessarily eliminate, any influence on proxy voting of conflicts of interest.
Although each subadviser has a duty to vote all proxies on behalf of the funds it subadvises, it is possible that the subadviser may not be able to vote proxies under certain circumstances. For example, it may be impracticable to translate in a timely manner voting materials that are written in a foreign language or to travel to a foreign country when voting in person rather than by proxy is required. In addition, if the voting of proxies for shares of a security prohibits the subadviser from trading the shares in the marketplace for a period of time, the subadviser may determine that it is not in the best interests of the Fund to vote the proxies. A subadviser may also choose not to recall securities that have been lent in order to vote proxies for shares of the security since the Fund would lose security lending income if the securities were recalled.
Information regarding how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30th is available (1) without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 344-1029 (attention: Gordon Shone) and (2) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
DISTRIBUTION CONTRACTS
The Fund has a Distribution Agreement with John Hancock Funds. Under the agreement, John Hancock Funds is obligated to use its best efforts to sell shares of each class of the Fund. Shares of the Fund are also sold by selected broker-dealers, banks and registered investment advisors (“Selling Firms”) that have entered into selling agreements with John Hancock Funds. These Selling Firms are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on behalf of the Fund. John Hancock Funds accepts orders for the purchase of the shares of the Fund that are continually offered at net asset value next determined, plus any applicable sales charge, if any. In connection with the sale of Fund shares, John Hancock Funds and Selling Firms receive compensation from a sales charge imposed, in the case of Class A shares, at the time of sale. In the case of Class B and Class C shares, the Selling Firm receives compensation immediately but John Hancock Funds is compensated on a deferred basis.

28


Table of Contents

Because the Fund has not completed a full year of operations as of the date of this SAI, no information regarding underwriting commissions is included.
The Fund’s Trustees adopted Distribution Plans with respect to each class of shares (other than Class I and Class NAV) (the “Plans”), pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Under the Plans, the Fund will pay distribution and service fees at an aggregate annual rate of up to 0.25% for Class A shares, 1.00% for Class B and Class C shares, 0.75% for Class R shares, 0.50% for Class R1 shares, 0.25% for Class R2 shares, 0.50% for Class R3 shares, 0.25% for Class R4 shares, 0.00% for Class R5 shares, and 0.25% for Class ADV shares of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to shares of the respective class of shares. Although the Fund will pay distribution and service fees of up to 0.25% for Class A shares, the Fund’s Trustees have approved the Fund to pay distribution and service fees of up to 0.30%, or some lesser amount as they shall approve from time to time, for Class A shares. However, the service fees will not exceed 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to each class of shares. The distribution fees will be used to compensate John Hancock Funds for its distribution expenses, including but not limited to: (i) initial and ongoing sales compensation to Selling Firms and others (including affiliates of John Hancock Funds) engaged in the sale of Fund shares; and (ii) marketing, promotional and overhead expenses incurred in connection with the distribution of Fund shares. The service fees will be used to compensate Selling Firms and others for providing personal and account maintenance services to shareholders.
The Fund pays, and will continue to pay, a management fee to John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC pursuant to the advisory agreement between the Fund and the Adviser. The Adviser may use its management fee revenue, as well as its past profits or its other resources from any other source, to make payments with respect to any expenses incurred in connection with the distribution of shares. To the extent that the payment of management fees by the Fund to the Adviser should be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares within the meaning of Rule 12b-1, then such payment shall be deemed to be authorized by the appropriate 12b-1 Plan.
The Plans and all amendments were approved by the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans (the “Independent Trustees”), by votes cast in person at meetings called for the purpose of voting on these Plans.
Pursuant to the Plans, at least quarterly, John Hancock Funds provides the Fund with a written report of the amounts expended under the Plans and the purpose for which these expenditures were made. The Trustees review these reports on a quarterly basis to determine their continued appropriateness.
The Plans provide that they will continue in effect only so long as each Plan’s continuance is approved at least annually by a majority of both the Trustees and the Independent Trustees. The Plans provide that they may be terminated without penalty, (a) by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees and (b) by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares of the applicable class upon 60 days’ written notice to John Hancock Funds. The Plans further provide that they may not be amended to increase the maximum amount of the fees for the services described therein without the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class of the Fund which has voting rights with respect to that Plan. Each Plan provides, that no material amendment to the Plan will be effective unless it is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees and the Independent Trustees of the Fund. The holders of Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class ADV shares have exclusive voting rights with respect to the Plan applicable to their respective class of shares. In adopting the Plans, the Trustees concluded that, in their judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the holders of the applicable class of shares of the Fund.
Class I shares of the Fund is not subject to any distribution plan. Expenses associated with the obligation of John Hancock Funds to use its best efforts to sell Class I shares will be paid by the Adviser or by John Hancock Funds and will not be paid from the fees paid under Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 or Class ADV Plans for any other class of shares.
Amounts paid to John Hancock Funds by any class of shares of the Fund will not be used to pay the expenses incurred with respect to any other class of shares of the Fund; provided, however, that expenses attributable to the

29


Table of Contents

Fund as a whole will be allocated, to the extent permitted by law, according to the formula based upon gross sales dollars and/or average daily net assets of each such class, as may be approved from time to time by vote of a majority of the Trustees. From time to time, the Fund may participate in joint distribution activities with other Fund and the costs of those activities will be borne by the Fund in proportion to the relative net asset value of the participating Fund.
The Fund has also adopted a separate Service Plan with respect to each of its Class R, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares (the “Service Plan”). The Service Plan authorizes a fund to pay securities dealers, plan administrators or other service organizations who agree to provide certain services to retirement plans or plan participants holding shares of the Fund a service fee of up to a specified percentage of the funds’ average daily net assets attributable to the applicable class of shares held by such plan participants. The percentages are 0.25% for Class R, 0.25% for Class R1, 0.25% for Class R2, 0.15% for Class R3 shares, 0.10% for Class R4 shares and 0.05% for Class R5 shares. The services may include (a) acting, directly or through an agent, as the shareholder and nominee for all plan participants; (b) maintaining account records for each plan participant that beneficially owns the applicable class of shares; (c) processing orders to purchase, redeem and exchange the applicable class of shares on behalf of plan participants, and handling the transmission of funds representing the purchase price or redemption proceeds; (d) addressing plan participant questions regarding their accounts and the Funds; and (e) other services related to servicing such retirement plans.
SALES COMPENSATION
As part of their business strategies, the Fund, along with the Distributor, pay compensation to Selling Firms that sell the Fund’s shares. These firms typically pass along a portion of this compensation to your broker or financial representative.
The two primary sources of Selling Firm compensation payments for Class A, Class B, Class C and Class ADV are (1) the 12 b-1 fees that are paid out of the Fund’s assets and (2) sales charges paid by investors. The sales charges and 12b-1 fees are detailed in the Prospectuses and under “Distribution Contracts”, “Initial Sales Charge on Class A Shares” and “Deferred Sales Charge on Class B and Class C Shares” in this SAI. The portions of these expenses that are paid to Selling Firms are shown on the next page. For Class I or NAV shares, the Distributor may make a one-time payment at the time of initial purchase out of its own resources to a Selling Firm which sells shares of the Fund. This payment may not exceed 0.15% of the amount invested.
Initial Compensation. Whenever you make an investment in Class A, Class B or Class C shares of the Fund, the Selling Firm receives a reallowance/payment/commission as described on the next page. The Selling Firm also receives the first year’s 12b-1 service fee at this time.
Annual Compensation. For Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Fund, beginning in the second year after an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual 12b-1 service fee of 0.25% of its average daily net (aged) assets. In addition, beginning in the second year after an investment is made in Class C shares, the Distributor will pay the Selling Firm a distribution fee in an amount not to exceed 0.75% of the average daily net (aged) assets. These service and distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears.
For Class R shares of the Fund, beginning with the first year an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual 12b-1 distribution fee of 0.75% of its average daily net assets. For Classes R1 and R3 shares of the Fund, beginning with the first year an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual 12b-1 distribution fee of 0.50% of its average daily net assets. For Classes R2 and R4 shares of the Fund, beginning with the first year an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual 12b-1 distribution fee of 0.25% of its average daily net assets. See the table below for the “Selling Firm receives 12b-1 service fees”. These service and distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears.
Additional Payments to Financial Intermediaries. Shares of the Fund is primarily sold through financial intermediaries (firms), such as broker/dealers, banks, registered investment advisers, independent financial planners, and retirement plan administrators. The fund’s principal distributor John Hancock Funds may make, either from

30


Table of Contents

12b-1 distribution fees or out of its own resources, additional payments to firms. These payments are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing”. Many firms that sell shares of the funds receive one or more types of these cash payments. The categories of payments that John Hancock Funds provides to firms are described below. These categories are not mutually exclusive and John Hancock Funds may make additional types of revenue sharing payments in the future. The same firms may receive payments under more than one or all categories. These payments assist in John Hancock Funds’ efforts to promote the sale of the funds’ shares. John Hancock Funds agrees with the firm on the methods for calculating any additional compensation, which may include the level of sales or assets attributable to the firm. Not all firms receive additional compensation and the amount of compensation varies. These payments could be significant to a firm. John Hancock Funds determines which firms to support and the extent of the payments it is willing to make. John Hancock Funds generally chooses to compensate firms that have a strong capability to distribute shares of the funds and that are willing to cooperate with the distributor’s promotional efforts. John Hancock Funds does not make an independent assessment of the cost of providing such services.
As of December 31, 2007, the following member firms of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) have arrangements with the Distributor pursuant to which the firm is entitled to a revenue sharing payment, each member may receive up to 0.25% of revenue sharing:
1st Global Capital Corp.
A. G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.
AIG — Financial Advisors, Inc.
AIG — American General Securities
AIG — FSC Securities Corporation
AIG — Royal Alliance Associates, Inc.
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
AXA Advisors, LLC
Berthel, Fisher & Company Financial Services, Inc.
Cambridge Investment Research
Centaurus Financial
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Commonwealth Financial Network
Crown Capital Securities, L.P.
CUSO Financial Services, L.P.
E*Trade Clearing, LLC
Ferris, Baker, Watts, Inc.
Fidelity Investments
First Tennessee Brokerage, Inc.
Girard Securities
H.D. Vest Investment Services
Harbour Investments, Inc.
Huntington Investment, Co.
ING — Financial Network Investment Corp.
ING — Multi-Financial Securities Corporation
ING — PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc.
ING — ING Financial Partners
Investacorp, Inc.
Investment Professionals, Inc.
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
J.J.B. Hilliard, W. L. Lyons, Inc.
John Hancock Financial Network
Lincoln Financial Advisors Corporation
LPL — Linsco/Private Ledger Corporation
LPL — Associated Securities Corporation
LPL — Mutual Service Corporation
LPL — Uvest Financial Services Group, Inc.

31


Table of Contents

LPL — Waterstone
LPL — SII Investments, Inc.
Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner, & Smith Incorporated
Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated
NFP Securities
NPH — Investment Financial Corporation
NPH — Investment Center of America, Inc.
NPH — National Planning Corp.
NPH — SII Investments, Inc.
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
RBC Dain Rauscher Inc.
Securities America, Inc.
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
TD Waterhouse
Transamerica Financial Advisors, Inc.
UBS Financial Services, Inc.
UVEST Financial Services, Inc.
Wachovia Securities, LLC
Wells Fargo Investments, LLC
The Distributor also has arrangements with intermediaries that are not members of FINRA.
Sales and Asset Based Payments. John Hancock Funds makes revenue sharing payments as incentives to certain firms to promote and sell shares of the funds. John Hancock Funds hopes to benefit from revenue sharing by increasing the funds’ net assets, which, as well as benefiting the funds, would result in additional management and other fees for the Adviser and its affiliates. In consideration for revenue sharing, a firm may feature certain funds in its sales system or give John Hancock Funds additional access to members of its sales force or management. In addition, a firm may agree to participate in the marketing efforts of John Hancock Funds by allowing it to participate in conferences, seminars or other programs attended by the intermediary’s sales force. Although an intermediary may seek revenue sharing payments to offset costs incurred by the firm in servicing its clients that have invested in the funds, the intermediary may earn a profit on these payments. Revenue sharing payments may provide a firm with an incentive to favor the funds.
The revenue sharing payments John Hancock Funds makes may be calculated on sales of shares of funds (“Sales-Based Payments”). Such payments also may be calculated on the average daily net assets of the applicable funds attributable to that particular financial intermediary (“Asset-Based Payments”). Sales-Based Payments primarily create incentives to make new sales of shares of the funds and Asset-Based Payments primarily create incentives to retain previously sold shares of the funds in investor accounts. John Hancock Funds may pay a firm either or both Sales-Based Payments and Asset-Based Payments.
Administrative and Processing Support Payments. John Hancock Funds also may make payments to certain firms that sell shares of the funds for certain administrative services, including record keeping and sub-accounting shareholder accounts, to the extent that the funds do not pay for these costs directly. John Hancock Funds also may make payments to certain firms that sell shares of the funds in connection with client account maintenance support, statement preparation and transaction processing. The types of payments that John Hancock Funds may make under this category include, among others, payment of ticket charges per purchase or exchange order placed by a financial intermediary, payment of networking fees in connection with certain mutual fund trading systems, or one-time payments for ancillary services such as setting up funds on a firm’s mutual fund trading system.
Other Cash Payments. From time to time, John Hancock Funds may provide, either from 12b-1 distribution fees or out of its own resources, additional compensation to firms that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the funds. Such compensation provided by John Hancock Funds may include financial assistance to firms that enable John Hancock Funds to participate in and/or present at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited

32


Table of Contents

registered representatives and other employees, client entertainment, client and investor events, and other firm-sponsored events, and travel expenses, including lodging incurred by registered representatives and other employees in connection with client prospecting, retention and due diligence trips. Other compensation may be offered to the extent not prohibited by federal or state laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as the NASD. John Hancock Funds makes payments for entertainment events it deems appropriate, subject to John Hancock Funds’ guidelines and applicable law. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event or the relationship.
John Hancock Funds and its affiliates may have other relationships with firms relating to the provisions of services to the funds, such as providing omnibus account services, transaction processing services, or effecting portfolio transactions for funds. If a firm provides these services, the Adviser or the funds may compensate the firm for these services. In addition, a firm may have other compensated or uncompensated relationships with the Adviser or its affiliates that are not related to the funds.
First Year Broker or Other Selling Firm Compensation
                                 
            Selling Firm        
    Investor pays sales charge   receives   Selling Firm receives   Total Selling Firm
Class A investments   (% of offering price)   commission (1)   12b-1 service fee (2)   compensation (3) (4)
 
                               
Up to $49,999
    5.00 %     4.01 %     0.25 %     4.25 %
$50,000 — $99,999
    4.50 %     3.51 %     0.25 %     3.75 %
$100,000 — $249,999
    3.50 %     2.61 %     0.25 %     2.85 %
$250,000 — $499,999
    2.50 %     1.86 %     0.25 %     2.10 %
$500,000 — $999,999
    2.00 %     1.36 %     0.25 %     1.60 %
 
                               
Investments of Class A shares of $1 million or more (5)
                               
 
                               
First $1M — $4,999,999
          0.75 %     0.25 %     1.00 %
Next $1 — $5M above that
          0.25 %     0.25 %     0.50 %
Next $1 or more above that
          0.00 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
 
                               
Class B investments
                               
 
                               
All amounts
          3.75 %     0.25 %     4.00 %
 
                               
Class C investments
                               
 
                               
All amounts
          0.75 %     0.25 %     1.00 %
 
                               
Class R investments(6)
                               
All amounts
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.75 %     0.75 %
 
                               
Class R1 investments(6)
                               
All amounts
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.50 %     0.50 %
 
                               
Class R2 investments(6)
                               
All amounts
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
 
                               
Class R3 investments(6)
                               
All amounts
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.50 %     0.50 %
 
                               
Class R4 investments(6)
                               
All amounts
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
 
                               
Class R5 investments
                               

33


Table of Contents

                                 
            Selling Firm        
    Investor pays sales charge   receives   Selling Firm receives   Total Selling Firm
Class A investments   (% of offering price)   commission (1)   12b-1 service fee (2)   compensation (3) (4)
 
                               
All amounts
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
 
                               
Class I investments(7)
                               
All amounts
          0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
 
                               
Class ADV investments
                               
 
                               
All amounts
          0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
 
(1)   For Class A investments under $1 million, a portion of the Selling Firm’s commission is paid out of the sales charge.
 
(2)   For Class A, B and C shares, the Selling Firm receives 12b-1 fees in the first year as a % of the amount invested and after the first year as a % of average daily net eligible assets. For Selling Firms with a fee-based/WRAP program agreement with John Hancock Funds, LLC, the Selling Firm receives 12b-1 fees in the first year as a % of average daily net eligible assets. Certain retirement platforms also receive 12b-1 fees in the first year as a % of average daily net eligible assets. Monthly payments are made in arrears.
 
(3)   Selling Firm commission and 12b-1 service fee percentages are calculated from different amounts, and therefore may not equal the total Selling Firm compensation percentages if combined using simple addition.
 
(4)   Underwriter retains the balance.
 
(5)   See “Initial Sales Charge on Class A Shares” for a discussion on how to qualify for a reduced sales charge. John Hancock Funds, LLC may take recent redemptions into account in determining if an investment qualifies as a new investment.
 
(6)   For purchases of Class R, R1, R2, R3, and R4, beginning with the first year an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual 12b-1 service fee paid monthly in arrears.
 
(7)   John Hancock Funds, LLC may make a one-time payment at time of initial purchase out of its own resources to a Selling Firm that sells Class I shares of the Fund. This payment may be up to 0.15% of the amount invested.
CDSC revenues collected by John Hancock Funds, LLC may be used to pay Selling Firm commissions when there is no initial sales charge.
NET ASSET VALUE
The net asset value (“NAV”) for each class of the Fund is determined each business day at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (typically 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) by dividing a class’s net assets by the number of its shares outstanding. On any day an international market is closed and the New York Stock Exchange is open, any foreign securities will be valued at the prior day’s close with the current day’s exchange rate. Trading of foreign securities may take place on Saturdays and U.S. business holidays on which the Fund’s NAV is not calculated. Consequently, the Fund’s portfolio securities may trade and the NAV of the Fund’s redeemable securities may be significantly affected on days when a shareholder has no access to the Fund.
For purposes of calculating the NAV of the Fund’s shares, the following procedures are utilized wherever applicable.
Debt investment securities are valued on the basis of valuations furnished by a principal market maker or a pricing service, both of which generally utilize electronic data processing techniques to determine valuations for normal institutional size trading units of debt securities without exclusive reliance upon quoted prices. In addition, because of the amount of time required to collect and process trading information as to large numbers of securities issues, the

34


Table of Contents

values of certain securities (such as convertible bonds, U.S. government securities and tax-exempt securities) are determined based on market quotations collected prior to the close of the Exchange. Occasionally, events affecting the value of such securities may occur between the time of the determination of value and the close of the Exchange which will not be reflected in the computation of the Fund’s net asset value. If events materially affecting the value of such securities occur during such period, then these securities will be valued at their fair value following procedures approved by the Trustees.
Equity securities traded on a principal exchange are generally valued at last sale price on the day of valuation or in the case of securities traded on NASDAQ, the NASDAQ official closing price. Securities in the aforementioned category for which no sales are reported and other securities traded over-the-counter are generally valued at the last available bid price.
Equity options held by the Fund are priced as of the close of trading (generally 4 p.m. Eastern Time), futures contracts on U.S. government and other fixed-income securities (generally 3 p.m. Eastern Time) and index options held by the Fund are priced as of their close of trading (generally 4:15 p.m. Eastern Time).
Short-term debt investments which have a remaining maturity of 60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost which approximates market value. If market quotations are not readily available or if in the opinion of the Adviser any quotation or price is not representative of true market value, the fair value of the security may be determined in good faith in accordance with procedures approved by the Trustees.
If any securities held by the Fund are restricted as to resale, the fair value of such securities is generally determined as the amount which the Fund could reasonably expect to realized from an orderly disposition of such securities over a reasonable period of time. The valuation procedures applied in any specific instance are likely to vary from case to case. However, consideration is generally given to the financial position of the issuer and other fundamental analytical data relating to the investment and to the nature of the restrictions on disposition of the securities (including any registration expenses that might be borne by the Fund in connection with such disposition). In addition, specific factors are also generally considered, such as the cost of the investment, the market value of any unrestricted securities of the same class, the size of the holding, the prices of any recent transactions or offers with respect to such securities and any available analysts’ reports regarding the issuer.
Foreign securities are valued on the basis of quotations from the primary market in which they are traded. Any assets or liabilities expressed in terms of foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars by the custodian bank based on London currency exchange quotations as of 4:00 p.m., London time on the date of any determination of the Fund’s NAV. Generally, trading in foreign securities is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of the Exchange. Currency exchange rates are normally determined at the close of trading in London, England (11:00 a.m., New York Time). The closing prices for securities in markets or on exchanges outside the U.S. that close prior to the close of the Exchange may not fully reflect events that occur after such close but before the close of the Exchange. As a result, the Fund has adopted fair value pricing procedures, which, among other things, require the Fund to fair value such securities if there has been a movement in the U.S. market that exceeds a specified threshold. Although the threshold may be revised from time to time and the number of days on which fair value prices will be used will depend on market activity, it is possible that fair value prices will be used by the Fund to a significant extent. In addition, securities held by some of the Fund may be traded in foreign markets that are open for business on days that the Fund are not, and the trading of such securities on those days may have an impact on the value of a shareholder’s investment at a time when the shareholder cannot buy and sell shares of the Fund.
INITIAL SALES CHARGE ON CLASS A SHARES
Shares of the Fund are offered at a price equal to their net asset value plus a sales charge which, at the option of the purchaser, may be imposed either at the time of purchase (the “initial sales charge”) or on a contingent deferred basis (the “contingent deferred sales charge”) or (“CDSC”). The Fund do not issue share certificates. Shares are electronically recorded. The Trustees reserve the right to change or waive the Fund’s minimum investment requirements and to reject any order to purchase shares (including purchase by exchange) when in the judgment of the Adviser such rejection is in the Fund’s best interest.

35


Table of Contents

The sales charges applicable to purchases of Class A shares of the Fund are described in the Prospectus. Methods of obtaining reduced sales charges referred to generally in the Prospectus are described in detail below. In calculating the sales charge applicable to current purchases of Class A shares of the Fund, the investor is entitled to accumulate current purchases with the current offering price of the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, Class I or Class ADV shares of the John Hancock mutual funds owned by the investor (see “Combination and Accumulation Privileges” below).
In order to receive the reduced sales charge, the investor must notify his/her financial adviser and/or the financial adviser must notify John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. (“Signature Services”) at the time of purchase of the Class A shares, about any other John Hancock mutual funds owned by the investor, the investor’s spouse and their children under the age of 21 living in the same household (see “Combination and Accumulation Privileges” below). This includes investments held in a retirement account, an employee benefit plan or at a broker or financial adviser other than the one handling your current purchase. John Hancock will credit the combined value, at the current offering price, of all eligible accounts to determine whether you qualify for a reduced sales charge on your current purchase. John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. will automatically link certain accounts registered in the same client name, with the same taxpayer identification number, for the purpose of qualifying you for lower initial sales charge rates. You must notify John Hancock Signature Services Inc. and your broker-dealer (financial adviser) at the time of purchase of any eligible accounts held by your spouse or children under 21, living in the same household in order to insure these assets are linked to your accounts.
Without Sales Charges. Class A shares may be offered without a front-end sales charge or contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) to various individuals and institutions as follows:
  A Trustee or officer of the Trust; a Director or officer of the Adviser and its affiliates, subadviser or Selling Firms; employees or sales representatives of any of the foregoing; retired officers, employees or Directors of any of the foregoing; a member of the immediate family (spouse, child, grandparent, grandchild, parent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, daughter-in-law, son-in-law, niece, nephew and same sex domestic partner; “Immediate Family”) of any of the foregoing; or any fund, pension, profit sharing or other benefit plan for the individuals described above.
 
  A broker, dealer, financial planner, consultant or registered investment advisor that has entered into a signed agreement with John Hancock Funds providing specifically for the use of Fund shares in fee-based investment products or services made available to their clients.
 
  Individuals transferring assets held in a SIMPLE IRA, SEP, or SARSEP invested in John Hancock Funds directly to an IRA.
 
  Individuals converting assets held in an IRA, SIMPLE IRA, SEP, or SARSEP invested in John Hancock Funds directly to a ROTH IRA.
 
  Individuals recharacterizing assets from an IRA, ROTH IRA, SEP, SARSEP or SIMPLE IRA invested in John Hancock Funds back to the original account type from which it was converted.
NOTE: Rollover investments to Class A shares from assets withdrawn from SIMPLE 401(k), TSA, 457, 403(b), 401(k), Money Purchase Pension Plan, Profit-Sharing Plan and any other qualified plans as described in Code Sections 401(a), 403(b), 457 and not specified above as waiver eligible, will be subject to applicable sales charges.
  A member of a class action lawsuit against insurance companies who is investing settlement proceeds.
 
  Certain retirement plans participating in Merrill Lynch or The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc. servicing programs offered in Class A shares, including transferee recording arrangements, Merrill Lynch Connect

36


Table of Contents

    Arrangements and third party administrator recordkeeping arrangements. See your Merrill Lynch Financial Advisor or Princeton Retirement Group representative for further information.
  Retirement plans investing through the PruSolutionssm program.
 
  Participants in certain 529 Plans that have a signed agreement with John Hancock Funds. No CDSC will be due for redemptions on plan purchases made at NAV with no finder’s fee. However, if a plan had a finder’s fee or commission, and the entire plan redeemed within 12 months of the first investment in the plan, a CDSC would be due.
 
  Participant directed retirement plans with at least 100 eligible employees at the inception of the Fund account. Each of these employees may purchase Class A shares with no initial sales charge, if the plan sponsor notifies Signature Services of the number of employees at the time the account is established. However, if the shares are redeemed within 12 months of the inception of the plan, a CDSC will be imposed at the following rate:
         
Amount Invested   CDSC Rate
First $1 to $4,999,999
    1.00 %
Next $1 to $5M above that
    0.50 %
Next $1 or more above that
    0.25 %
In Kind Re-registrations. A shareholder who withdraws funds via a tax reportable transaction, from one John Hancock fund account, that has previously paid a sales charge, and reregisters those assets directly to another John Hancock Fund account, without the assets ever leaving John Hancock Funds, may do so without paying a sales charge. The beneficial owner must remain the same, i.e., in kind.
Note: Rollover investments to Class A shares from assets withdrawn from SIMPLE 401(k), TSA, 457, 403(b), 401(k), Money Purchase Pension Plan, Profit-Sharing Plan and any other qualified plans as described in Code Sections 401(a), 403(b), 457 are not eligible for this provision, and will be subject to applicable sales charges.
Class A shares may also be purchased without an initial sales charge in connection with certain liquidation, merger or acquisition transactions involving other investment companies or personal holding companies.
Reducing Your Class A Sales Charges
Combination and Accumulation Privileges. For all shareholders in calculating the sales charge applicable to purchases of Class A shares made at one time, the purchases will be combined to reduce sales charges if made by (a) an individual, his or her spouse and their children under the age of 21 living in the same household, purchasing securities for his or their own account, (b) a trustee or other fiduciary purchasing for a single trust, estate or fiduciary account and (c) groups which qualify for the Group Investment Program (see below). Qualified and non-qualified retirement plan investments can be combined to take advantage of this privilege. Class A investors may also reduce their Class A sales charge by taking into account not only the amount being invested but also the current offering price of all the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, Class I and Class ADV shares of all John Hancock funds already held by such person. However, Class A shares of John Hancock money market funds will only be eligible for the accumulation privilege if the investor has previously paid a sales charge on the amount of those shares. To receive a reduced sales charge, the investor must tell his/her financial adviser or Signature Services at the time of the purchase about any other John Hancock mutual funds held by that investor, his or her spouse and their children under the age of 21 living in the same household. Further information about combined purchases, including certain restrictions on combined group purchases, is available from Signature Services or a Selling Firm’s representative.
Group Investment Program. Under the Combination and Accumulation Privileges, all members of a group may combine their individual purchases of Class A shares to potentially qualify for breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. This feature is provided to any group which (1) has been in existence for more than six months, (2) has a

37


Table of Contents

legitimate purpose other than the purchase of mutual fund shares at a discount for its members, (3) utilizes salary deduction or similar group methods of payment, and (4) agrees to allow sales materials of the Fund in its mailings to members at a reduced or no cost to John Hancock Funds.
Letter of Intention. Reduced Class A sales charges under the Combination and Accumulation Privilege are also applicable to investments made pursuant to a Letter of Intention (the “LOI”), which should be read carefully prior to its execution by an investor. The Fund offer two options regarding the specified period for making investments under the LOI. All investors have the option of making their investments over a specified period of thirteen (13) months. Investors who are using the Fund as a funding medium for a retirement plan, however, may opt to make the necessary investments called for by the LOI over a forty-eight (48) month period. These retirement plans include traditional, Roth IRAs and Coverdell ESAs, SEP, SARSEP, 401(k), 403(b) (including TSAs), SIMPLE IRA, SIMPLE 401(k), Money Purchase Pension, Profit Sharing and Section 457 plans. An individual’s non-qualified and qualified retirement plan investments can be combined to satisfy an LOI (either 13 or 48 months). Since some retirement plans are held in an omnibus account, an investor wishing to count retirement plan holdings towards a Class A purchase must notify Signature Services and his/her financial adviser of these holdings. Such an investment (including accumulations, combinations and reinvested dividends) must aggregate $50,000 or more during the specified period from the date of the LOI or from a date within ninety (90) days prior thereto, upon written request to Signature Services. Purchases made within 90 days prior to the signing of an LOI will be counted towards fulfillment of the LOI, however, the original sales charge will not be recalculated for these previous purchase. The sales charge applicable to all amounts invested after an LOI is signed is computed as if the aggregate amount intended to be invested had been invested immediately. If such aggregate amount is not actually invested, the difference in the sales charge actually paid and the sales charge payable had the LOI not been in effect is due from the investor. However, for the purchases actually made within the specified period (either 13 or 48 months) the sales charge applicable will not be higher than that which would have applied (including accumulations and combinations) had the LOI been for the amount actually invested.
The LOI authorizes Signature Services to hold in escrow sufficient Class A shares (approximately 5% of the aggregate) to make up any difference in sales charges on the amount intended to be invested and the amount actually invested, until such investment is completed within the specified period, at which time the escrowed Class A shares will be released. If the total investment specified in the LOI is not completed, the Class A shares held in escrow may be redeemed and the proceeds used as required to pay such sales charge as may be due. By signing the LOI, the investor authorizes Signature Services to act as his attorney-in-fact to redeem any escrowed Class A shares and adjust the sales charge, if necessary. A LOI does not constitute a binding commitment by an investor to purchase, or by the Fund to sell, any additional Class A shares and may be terminated at any time.
DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ON CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES
Investments in Class B and Class C shares are purchased at net asset value per share without the imposition of an initial sales charge so that the Fund will receive the full amount of the purchase payment.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. Class B and Class C shares which are redeemed within six years or one year of purchase, respectively, will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) at the rates set forth in the Prospectus as a percentage of the dollar amount subject to the CDSC. The charge will be assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the current market value or the original purchase cost of the Class B or Class C shares being redeemed. No CDSC will be imposed on increases in account value above the initial purchase prices, or on shares derived from reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions.
Class B shares are not available to retirement plans that had more than 100 eligible employees at the inception of the Fund account. You must notify Signature Services of the number of eligible employees at the time your account is established.
The amount of the CDSC, if any, will vary depending on the number of years from the time of payment for the purchase of Class B shares until the time of redemption of such shares. Solely for purposes of determining the

38


Table of Contents

number of years from the time of any payment for the purchases of both Class B and Class C shares, all payments during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the first day of the month.
In determining whether a CDSC applies to a redemption, the calculation will be determined in a manner that results in the lowest possible rate being charged. It will be assumed that your redemption comes first from shares you have held beyond the six-year CDSC redemption period for Class B or one year CDSC redemption period for Class C, or those you acquired through dividend and capital gain reinvestment, and next from the shares you have held the longest during the six-year period for Class B shares. For this purpose, the amount of any increase in a share’s value above its initial purchase price is not subject to a CDSC. Thus, when a share that has appreciated in value is redeemed during the CDSC period, a CDSC is assessed only on its initial purchase price.
When requesting a redemption for a specific dollar amount, please indicate if you require the proceeds to equal the dollar amount requested. If not indicated, only the specified dollar amount will be redeemed from your account and the proceeds will be less any applicable CDSC.
Example:
You have purchased 100 Class B shares at $10 per share. The second year after your purchase, your investment’s net asset value per share has increased by $2 to $12, and you have gained 10 additional shares through dividend reinvestment. If you redeem 50 shares at this time your CDSC will be calculated as follows:
         
Proceeds of 50 shares redeemed at $12 per shares (50 x 12)
  $ 600.00  
*Minus Appreciation ($12 - $10) x 100 shares
    (200.00 )
Minus proceeds of 10 shares not subject to CDSC (dividend reinvestment)
    (120.00 )
 
       
Amount subject to CDSC
  $ 280.00  
 
*   The appreciation is based on all 100 shares in the account not just the shares being redeemed.
Proceeds from the CDSC are paid to John Hancock Funds and are used in whole or in part by John Hancock Funds to defray its expenses related to providing distribution-related services to the Fund in connection with the sale of the Class B and Class C shares, such as the payment of compensation to select Selling Firms for selling Class B and Class C shares. The combination of the CDSC and the distribution and service fees facilitates the ability of the Fund to sell the Class B and Class C shares without a sales charge being deducted at the time of the purchase.
Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The CDSC will be waived on redemptions of Class B and Class C shares and Class A shares that are subject to a CDSC, unless indicated otherwise, in the circumstances defined below:
For all account types:
*   Redemptions made pursuant to the Fund’s right to liquidate your account if you own shares worth less than $1,000.
 
*   Redemptions made under certain liquidation, merger or acquisition transactions involving other investment companies or personal holding companies.
 
*   Redemptions due to death or disability. (Does not apply to trust accounts unless trust is being dissolved.)
 
*   Redemptions made under the Reinstatement Privilege, as described in “Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers” of the Prospectus.
 
*   Redemption of Class B and Class C shares made under a periodic withdrawal plan or redemptions for fees charged by planners or advisors for advisory services, as long as your annual redemptions do not exceed 12% of your account value, including reinvested dividends, at the time you established your periodic

39


Table of Contents

    withdrawal plan and 12% of the value of subsequent investments (less redemptions) in that account at the time you notify Signature Services. (Please note that this waiver does not apply to periodic withdrawal plan redemptions of Class A shares that are subject to a CDSC.)
*   Certain retirement plans participating in Merrill Lynch or The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc. servicing programs offered in Class A, Class B, Class C and Class ADV shares, including transferee recording arrangements, Merrill Lynch Connect Arrangements and third party administrator recordkeeping arrangements. See your Merrill Lynch Financial Advisor or Princeton Retirement Group representative for further information.
 
*   Redemptions of Class A shares made after one year from the inception date of a retirement plan at John Hancock.
 
*   Redemptions of Class A shares by retirement plans that invested through the PruSolutionssm program.
For Retirement Accounts (such as traditional, Roth IRAs and Coverdell ESAs, SIMPLE IRAs, SIMPLE 401(k), Rollover IRA, TSA, 457, 403(b), 401(k), Money Purchase Pension Plan, Profit-Sharing Plan and other plans as described in the Code) unless otherwise noted.
*   Redemptions made to effect mandatory or life expectancy distributions under the Internal Revenue Code. (Waiver based on required, minimum distribution calculations for John Hancock Mutual Fund IRA assets only.)
 
*   Returns of excess contributions made to these plans.
 
*   Redemptions made to effect certain distributions, as outlined in the chart on the following page, to participants or beneficiaries from employer sponsored retirement plans under sections 401(a) (such as Money Purchase Pension Plans and Profit Sharing Plan/401(k) Plans), 403(b), 457 and 408 (SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs) of the Code.

40


Table of Contents

Please see the matrix for some examples.
                     
Type of Distribution
  401 (a) Plan (401 (k), MPP, PSP) 457 & 408 (SEPs & Simple IRAs)   403 (b)   457   IRA, IRA Rollover   Non-retirement
Death or Disability
  Waived   Waived   Waived   Waived   Waived
Over 70 1/2
  Waived   Waived   Waived   Waived for required minimum distributions* or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.   12% of account value annually in periodic payments
Between 59 1/2 and 70 1/2
  Waived   Waived   Waived   Waived for Life Expectancy or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.   12% of account value annually in periodic payments
Under 59 1/2 (Class B and Class C only)
  Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.   Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.   Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.   Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.   12% of account value annually in periodic payments
Loans
  Waived   Waived   N/A   N/A   N/A
Termination of Plan
  Not Waived   Not Waived   Not Waived   Not Waived   N/A
Hardships
  Waived   Waived   Waived   N/A   N/A
Qualified Domestic
Relations Orders
  Waived   Waived   Waived   N/A   N/A
Termination of Employment Before Normal Retirement Age
  Waived   Waived   Waived   N/A   N/A
Return of Excess
  Waived   Waived   Waived   Waived   N/A
 
*   Required minimum distributions based on John Hancock Mutual Fund IRA assets only.
If you qualify for a CDSC waiver under one of these situations, you must notify Signature Services at the time you make your redemption. The waiver will be granted once Signature Services has confirmed that you are entitled to the waiver.
SPECIAL REDEMPTIONS
Although it would not normally do so, the Fund has the right to pay the redemption price of shares of the Fund in whole or in part in portfolio securities as prescribed by the Trustees. When the shareholder sells portfolio securities received in this fashion, the shareholder will incur a brokerage charge. Any such securities would be valued for the purposes of making such payment at the same value as used in determining net asset value.

41


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL SERVICES AND PROGRAMS
Exchange Privilege. The Fund permit exchanges of shares of any class for shares of the same class in any other John Hancock fund offering that same class. The registration for both accounts involved must be identical. Identical registration is determined by having the same beneficial owner on both accounts involved in the exchange. Investors may exchange Class I shares for Class I shares of other John Hancock funds, shares of any John Hancock institutional fund, or Class A shares of John Hancock Money Market Fund. If an investor exchanges Class I shares for Class A shares of John Hancock Money Market Fund, any future exchanges out of the John Hancock Money Market Fund Class A must be to another Class I or institutional fund.
Under certain circumstances, an investor who purchases Class I Shares pursuant to a fee-based, wrap or other investment platform program of certain firms as determined by this Fund may be afforded an opportunity to make a conversion of Class A Shares also owned by the investor in the same Fund to Class I Shares of that Fund. Conversion of Class A Shares to Class I Shares of the same Fund in these particular circumstances does not cause the investor to realize taxable gain or loss. See “Tax Status and Taxation of the Fund” for information regarding taxation upon the redemption or exchange of shares of the Fund.
Exchanges between funds are based on their respective net asset values. No sales charge is imposed, except on exchanges of Class A shares from Money Market Fund or U.S. Government Cash Reserve Fund to another John Hancock fund, if a sales charge has not previously been paid on those shares. However, the shares acquired in an exchange will be subject to the CDSC schedule of the shares acquired if and when such shares are redeemed. For purposes of computing the CDSC payable upon redemption of shares acquired in an exchange, the holding period of the original shares is added to the holding period of the shares acquired in an exchange.
If a retirement plan exchanges the plan’s Class A account in its entirety from the Fund to a non-John Hancock investment, the one-year CDSC applies.
The Fund reserves the right to require that previously exchanged shares (and reinvested dividends) be in the Fund for 90 days before a shareholder is permitted a new exchange.
An exchange of shares is treated as a redemption of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another for Federal Income Tax purposes. An exchange may result in a taxable gain or loss. See “TAXES”.
Under certain circumstances, an investor who purchases Class I Shares in the Fund pursuant to a fee-based, wrap or other investment platform program of certain firms as determined by the Fund may be afforded an opportunity to make a conversion of Class A Shares also owned by the investor in the same Fund to Class I Shares of that Fund. Conversion of Class A Shares to Class I Shares of the same Fund in these particular circumstances does not cause the investor to realize taxable gain or loss. For further details, see “Tax Status and Taxation of The Fund” in the SAI for information regarding taxation upon the redemption or exchange of shares of the Fund (see the back cover of this prospectus).
Systematic Withdrawal Plan. The Fund permit the establishment of a Systematic Withdrawal Plan. Payments under this plan represent proceeds arising from the redemption of Fund shares. Since the redemption price of Fund shares may be more or less than the shareholder’s cost, depending upon the market value of the securities owned by the Fund at the time of redemption, the distribution of cash pursuant to this plan may result in realization of gain or loss for purposes of Federal, state and local income taxes. The maintenance of a Systematic Withdrawal Plan concurrently with purchases of additional shares of the Fund could be disadvantageous to a shareholder because of the initial sales charge payable on such purchases of Class A shares and the CDSC imposed on redemptions of Class B and Class C shares and because redemptions are taxable events. Therefore, a shareholder should not purchase shares at the same time that a Systematic Withdrawal Plan is in effect. The Fund reserves the right to modify or discontinue the Systematic Withdrawal Plan of any shareholder on 30 days’ prior written notice to such shareholder, or to discontinue the availability of such plan in the future. The shareholder may terminate the plan at any time by giving proper notice to Signature Services.

42


Table of Contents

Monthly Automatic Accumulation Program (“MAAP”). The program is explained in the Prospectus. The program, as it relates to automatic investment checks, is subject to the following conditions:
The investments will be drawn on or about the day of the month indicated.
The privilege of making investments through the MAAP may be revoked by Signature Services without prior notice if any investment is not honored by the shareholder’s bank. The bank shall be under no obligation to notify the shareholder as to the nonpayment of any checks.
The program may be discontinued by the shareholder either by calling Signature Services or upon written notice to Signature Services which is received at least five (5) business days prior to the due date of any investment.
Reinstatement or Reinvestment Privilege. If Signature Services is notified prior to reinvestment, a shareholder who has redeemed Fund shares may, within 120 days after the date of redemption, reinvest without payment of a sales charge any part of the redemption proceeds in shares of the same class of the Fund or another John Hancock fund, subject to the minimum investment limit of that fund. The proceeds from the redemption of Class A shares may be reinvested at net asset value without paying a sales charge in Class A shares of the Fund or in Class A shares of any John Hancock fund. If a CDSC was paid upon a redemption, a shareholder may reinvest the proceeds from this redemption at net asset value in additional shares of the class from which the redemption was made. The shareholder’s account will be credited with the amount of any CDSC charged upon the prior redemption and the new shares will continue to be subject to the CDSC. The holding period of the shares acquired through reinvestment will, for purposes of computing the CDSC payable upon a subsequent redemption, include the holding period of the redeemed shares.
The Fund may refuse any reinvestment request and may change or cancel its reinvestment policies at any time.
A redemption or exchange of Fund shares is a taxable transaction for Federal income tax purposes even if the reinvestment privilege is exercised, and any gain or loss realized by a shareholder on the redemption or other disposition of Fund shares will be treated for tax purposes as described under the caption “TAXES”.
Retirement plans participating in Merrill Lynch’s servicing programs:
Class A shares are available at net asset value for Merrill Lynch or The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc. retirement plans, including transferee recording arrangements, Merrill Lynch Connect Arrangements and third party administrator recordkeeping arrangements. See your Merrill Lynch Financial Advisor or Princeton Retirement Group representative for further information.
For participating retirement plans investing in Class B shares, shares will convert to Class A shares after eight years, or sooner if the plan attains assets of $5 million (by means of a CDSC-free redemption/purchase at net asset value).
Section 403(b)(7) of the Code permits public school employers and employers of certain types of tax-exempt organizations to establish for their eligible employees custodial accounts for the purpose of providing for retirement income for such employees. Effective September 25, 2007, Treasury regulations impose certain conditions on exchanges between one custodial account intended to qualify under Section 403(b)(7) (the “exchanged account”) and another contract or custodial account intended to qualify under Section 403(b) (the “replacing account”) under the same employer plan (a “Section 403(b) Plan”). Specifically, the replacing account agreement must include distribution restrictions that are no less stringent than those imposed under the exchanged account agreement, and the employer must enter in an agreement with the custodian (or other issuer) of the replacing account under which the employer and the custodian (or other issuer) of the replacing account will from time to time in the future provide each other with certain information.

43


Table of Contents

These Regulations supersede the conditions specified under Rev. Rule 90-24 that were in effect for exchanges of Section 403(b) contracts or accounts prior to September 25, 2007. Due to these Regulations, effective September 25, 2007:
  1)   The funds will no longer accept requests to establish new John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) accounts intended to qualify as a Section 403(b) Plan; and
 
  2)   The funds will no longer accept requests for exchanges or transfers into your John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) accounts (i.e., where yours is the replacing account); and
 
  3)   The funds will require certain signed disclosure documentation in the event:
    You established a John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account with a fund prior to September 24, 2007; and
 
    You direct the fund on or after September 25, 2007 to exchange or transfer some or all of your John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account assets to another 403(b) contract or account (i.e., where the exchanged account is with the fund).
In the event that the fund does not receive the required documentation, and you nonetheless direct the fund to proceed with the transfer, the transfer may be treated as a taxable transaction.
PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS THROUGH THIRD PARTIES
Shares of the Fund may be purchased or redeemed through certain Selling Firms. Selling Firms may charge the investor additional fees for their services. The Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized Selling Firm, or if applicable, a Selling Firm’s authorized designee, receives the order. Orders may be processed at the NAV next calculated after the Selling Firm receives the order. The Selling Firm must segregate any orders it receives after the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange and transmit those orders to the Fund for execution at NAV next determined. Some Selling Firms that maintain network/omnibus/nominee accounts with the Fund for their clients charge an annual fee on the average net assets held in such accounts for accounting, servicing, and distribution services they provide with respect to the underlying Fund shares. This fee is paid by the Adviser, the Fund and/or John Hancock Funds, LLC (the Fund’s principal distributor).
DESCRIPTION OF FUND SHARES
The Trustees of the Trust are responsible for the management and supervision of the Fund. The Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of the Fund without par value. Under the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees have the authority to create and classify shares of beneficial interest in separate series and classes without further action by shareholders. As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees have authorized shares of the Fund and thirteen other series. Additional series may be added in the future. The Trustees have also authorized the issuance of thirteen classes of shares of the Fund, designated as Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class R, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, Class ADV, and Class NAV.
The shares of each class of the Fund represent an equal proportionate interest in the aggregate net assets attributable to that class of the Fund. Holders of each class of shares have certain exclusive voting rights on matters relating to their respective distribution plans. The different classes of the Fund may bear different expenses relating to the cost of holding shareholder meetings necessitated by the exclusive voting rights of any class of shares.
Dividends paid by the Fund, if any, with respect to each class of shares will be calculated in the same manner, at the same time and on the same day and will be in the same amount, except for differences resulting from the facts that (i) the distribution and service fees relating to each class will be borne exclusively by that class, (ii) Class B and Class C shares will pay higher distribution and service fees than Class A and Class R1 shares and Class R1 shares

44


Table of Contents

will pay higher distribution and service fees than Class A shares, and (iii) each class of shares will bear any class expenses properly allocable to that class of shares, subject to the conditions the Internal Revenue Service imposes with respect to the multiple-class structures. Similarly, the net asset value per share may vary depending on which class of shares are purchased. No interest will be paid on uncashed dividend or redemption checks.
In the event of liquidation, shareholders of each class are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of the Fund available for distribution to these shareholders. Shares entitle their holders to one vote per share, are freely transferable and have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. When issued, shares are fully paid and non-assessable, except as set forth below.
Unless otherwise required by the 1940 Act or the Declaration of Trust, the Fund have no intention of holding annual meetings of shareholders. Fund shareholders may remove a Trustee by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Trust’s outstanding shares and the Trustees shall promptly call a meeting for such purpose when requested to do so in writing by the record holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. Shareholders may, under certain circumstances, communicate with other shareholders in connection with requesting a special meeting of shareholders. However, at any time that less than a majority of the Trustees holding office were elected by the shareholders, the Trustees will call a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees.
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for acts or obligations of the Trust. However, the Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts, obligations or affairs of the Fund. The Declaration of Trust also provides for indemnification out of the Fund’s assets for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable by reason of being or having been a shareholder. The Declaration of Trust also provides that no series of the Trust shall be liable for the liabilities of any other series. Furthermore, no Fund included in the Prospectuses shall be liable for the liabilities of any other John Hancock fund. Liability is therefore limited to circumstances in which the Fund itself would be unable to meet its obligations, and the possibility of this occurrence is remote.
The Fund reserves the right to reject any application which conflicts with the Fund’s internal policies or the policies of any regulatory authority. John Hancock Funds does not accept starter, credit card or third party checks. All checks returned by the post office as undeliverable will be reinvested at net asset value in the fund or funds from which a redemption was made or dividend paid. Information provided on the account application may be used by the Fund to verify the accuracy of the information or for background or financial history purposes. A joint account will be administered as a joint tenancy with right of survivorship, unless the joint owners notify Signature Services of a different intent. A shareholder’s account is governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. For telephone transactions, the transfer agent will take measures to verify the identity of the caller, such as asking for name, account number, Social Security or other taxpayer ID number and other relevant information. If appropriate measures are taken, the transfer agent is not responsible for any loss that may occur to any account due to an unauthorized telephone call. Also for your protection telephone redemptions are not permitted on accounts whose names or addresses have changed within the past 30 days. Proceeds from telephone transactions can only be mailed to the address of record.
Shares of the Fund generally may be sold only to U.S. citizens, U.S. residents, and U.S. Domestic corporations, partnerships, trusts or estates.
TAXES
Tax Status and Taxation of The Fund
The Fund is treated as a separate taxable entity for federal income tax purposes. The Fund intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things:
(a) derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale of stock, securities, and foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to

45


Table of Contents

gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies, and net income from qualified publicly traded partnerships (as defined below);
(b) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid—generally, taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and net tax-exempt interest income, for such year; and
(c) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to a value not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested (x) in the securities (other than those of the U.S. government or other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as defined below). In the case of the Fund’s investments in loan participations, the Fund shall treat a financial intermediary as an issuer for the purposes of meeting this diversification requirement.
In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in paragraph (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by the regulated investment company. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (defined as a partnership
On December 16, 2005, the Internal Revenue Service issued a revenue ruling that, as later modified, would cause certain income from certain commodities-linked derivatives in which certain funds invest to not be considered qualifying income after September 30, 2006 for purposes of the 90% test. This ruling limits the extent to which a fund may receive income from such commodity-linked derivatives after September 30, 2006 to a maximum of 10% of its annual gross income. It is currently unclear which types of commodity-linked derivatives are affected by the revenue ruling, although it appears that certain commodity-linked notes are not affected. A “qualified publicly traded partnership” is a publicly traded partnership other than a publicly traded partnership which would satisfy the qualifying income requirements of Code Section 7704 if such qualifying income included only income derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities, or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in stock, securities and currencies (“RIC-type income”). Qualified publicly traded partnerships therefore are publicly traded partnerships which derive more than 10% of their gross income from other types of income, such as income derived from the buying and selling of commodities, or options, futures or forwards with respect to commodities, other than RIC-type income. All of the income received by a fund from its investment in a qualified publicly traded partnership which invests in commodities or commodity-linked derivatives will be income satisfying the regulated investment company 90% test only if more than 10% of such partnership’s gross income is such commodities-based income. If the commodities-based income of such partnership is only 10% or less of its gross income in any taxable year, and 90% or more of its gross income is RIC-type income, then the share of such commodities-based income allocable to a fund investing in such partnership would not be income satisfying the regulated investment company 90% test for the fund’s taxable year. In such event, the fund could fail to qualify as a regulated investment company if its income that is not regulated investment company qualifying income exceeds 10% of its gross income for the taxable year.
(i) interests in which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof and (ii) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in paragraph (a) above) will be treated as qualifying income. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. Finally, for purposes of

46


Table of Contents

paragraph (c) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership.
If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company for purposes of Subchapter M of the Code, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income distributed timely to its shareholders in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, defined below).
If the Fund were to fail to distribute in a calendar year substantially all (i.e. at least 98%) of its ordinary income for such year and substantially all (i.e. at least 98%) of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 (or later if the Fund is permitted so to elect and so elects), plus any retained amount from the prior year, such Fund will be subject to a 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. The Fund intends generally to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the nondeductible 4% excise tax, although the Fund reserves the right to pay an excise tax rather than make an additional distribution when circumstances warrant (e.g., payment of excise tax amounts deemed by the Fund to be de minimis).
Taxation of Fund Distributions and Sales of Fund Shares
The sale, exchange, or redemption of Fund shares may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gains if the shares have been held as capital assets for more than 12 months and as short-term capital gains if the shares have been held as capital assets for not more than 12 months. However, depending on a shareholder’s percentage ownership in the Fund, a partial redemption of Fund shares could cause the shareholder to be treated as receiving a dividend, taxable as ordinary income in an amount equal to the full amount of the distribution, rather than capital gain income.
For federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder may have owned shares in the Fund. Distributions of net capital gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned for more than 12 months and that are properly designated by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains. Distributions of gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned for 12 months or less will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. The Fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who will be treated as if each received a distribution of his pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will (i) be required to report his pro rata share of such gain on his tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for his pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain and (iii) increase the tax basis for his shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.
For taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, “qualified dividend income” received by an individual will be taxed at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. In order for some portion of the dividends received by the Fund shareholder to be qualified dividend income, the Fund must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s shares. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of being able to deduct investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company.

47


Table of Contents

In general, distributions of investment income designated by the Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income by a shareholder taxed as an individual provided the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to the Fund’s shares. In any event, if the qualified dividend income received by the Fund during any taxable year is 95% or more of its gross income, then 100% of the Fund’s dividends (other than properly designated capital gain dividends) will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income. For this purpose, the only gain included in the term “gross income” is the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss.
Long-term capital gain rates applicable to most individuals have been temporarily reduced to 15% (with lower rates applying to taxpayers in the 10% and 15% rate brackets) for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010.
Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received by a shareholder with respect to those shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be disallowed if other shares of the same Fund are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
Sales charges paid upon a purchase of shares cannot be taken into account for purposes of determining gain or loss on a sale of the shares before the 91st day after their purchase to the extent a sales charge is reduced or eliminated in a subsequent acquisition of shares of the Fund pursuant to a reinvestment or exchange privilege. Any disregarded amounts will result in an adjustment to the shareholder’s tax basis in some or all of any other shares acquired.
A distribution paid to shareholders by the Fund in January of a year generally is deemed to have been received by shareholders on December 31 of the preceding year, if the distribution was declared and payable to shareholders of record on a date in October, November, or December of that preceding year. The Trust will provide federal tax information annually, including information about dividends and distributions paid during the preceding year to taxable investors and others requesting such information.
If the Fund makes a distribution to you in excess of its current and accumulated “earnings and profits” in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in your shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces your tax basis in your shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by you of your shares.
Dividends and distributions on the Fund’s shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such dividends and distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects gains that are either unrealized, or realized but not distributed.
For corporate shareholders (other than S corporations), the dividends-received deduction will generally apply (subject to a holding period requirement imposed by the Code) to the Fund’s dividends paid from investment income to the extent derived from dividends received from U.S. corporations. However, any distributions received by the Fund from REITs will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction. The Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may require such Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio that it otherwise would have continued to hold (including when it is not advantageous to do so). The Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may at other times result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes. Dividends paid by REITs generally will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.”
Under current law, the Fund serves to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by their tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by

48


Table of Contents

virtue of its investment in the Fund if either: (1) the Fund invests in REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”); or (2) shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b). If a charitable remainder trust (as defined in Code Section 664) realizes any UBTI for a taxable year, it will lose its tax-exempt status for the year. Certain funds may invest in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs.
Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisor to determine the suitability of shares of the Fund as an investment through such plans.
Backup Withholding
The Fund generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable dividends and other distributions paid to and proceeds of share sales, exchanges, or redemptions made by any individual shareholder (including foreign individuals) who fails to furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number, who has under-reported dividends or interest income, or who fails to certify to the Fund that he or she is a United States person and is not subject to such withholding. The backup withholding tax rate is 28% for amounts paid through 2010. The backup withholding tax rate will be 31% for amounts paid after December 31, 2010. Distributions will not be subject to backup withholding to the extent they are subject to the withholding tax on foreign persons described in the next paragraph. Any tax withheld as a result of backup withholding does not constitute an additional tax imposed on the record owner of the account, and may be claimed as a credit on the record owner’s Federal income tax return.
Withholding on Distributions to Foreign Investors
Dividend distributions (including distributions derived from short-term capital gains) are in general subject to a U.S. withholding tax of 30% when paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign estate or trust, a foreign corporation, or a foreign partnership (“foreign shareholder”). Persons who are resident in a country, such as the U.K., that has an income tax treaty with the U.S. may be eligible for a reduced withholding rate (upon filing of appropriate forms), and are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the applicability and effect of such a treaty. Distributions of Capital Gain Dividends paid by the Fund to a foreign shareholder, and any gain realized upon the sale of Fund shares by such a shareholder, will ordinarily not be subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient or seller is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year. However, such distributions and sale proceeds may be subject to backup withholding, unless the foreign investor certifies his non-U.S. residency status. Also, foreign shareholders with respect to whom income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by such shareholder will in general be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the income derived from the Fund at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations, whether such income is received in cash or reinvested in shares, and, in the case of a foreign corporation, may also be subject to a branch profits tax. Again, foreign shareholders who are residents in a country with an income tax treaty with the United States may obtain different tax results, and are urged to consult their tax advisors.
Under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “2004 Act”), effective for taxable years of the Fund beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2008, the Fund will not be required to withhold any amounts (i) with respect to distributions (other than distributions to a foreign shareholder (w) that has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person, (x) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (y) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (z) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation) from U.S.-source interest income that would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder, to the extent such distributions are properly designated by the Fund (the “interest-related dividends”), and (ii) with respect to distributions (other than distributions to an individual foreign shareholder who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution) of net short-term capital gains in

49


Table of Contents

excess of net long-term capital losses, to the extent such distributions are properly designated by the Fund (the “short-term capital gain dividends”).
If a beneficial holder who is a foreign shareholder has a trade or business in the United States, and the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct by the beneficial holder of a trade or business in the United States, the dividend will be subject to U.S. federal net income taxation at regular income tax rates.
The 2004 Act modifies the tax treatment of distributions from the Fund that are paid to a foreign shareholder and are attributable to gain from “U.S. real property interests” (“USRPIs”), which the Code defines to include direct holdings of U.S. real property and interests (other than solely as a creditor) in “U.S. real property holding corporations” such as REITs. The Code deems any corporation that holds (or held during the previous five-year period) USRPIs with a fair market value equal to 50% or more of the fair market value of the corporation’s U.S. and foreign real property assets and other assets used or held for use in a trade or business to be a U.S. real property holding corporation; however, if any class of stock of a corporation is traded on an established securities market, stock of such class shall be treated as a USRPI only in the case of a person who holds more than 5% of such class of stock at any time during the previous five-year period. Under the 2004 Act, which is generally effective for taxable years of RICs beginning after December 31, 2004 and which applies to dividends paid or deemed paid on or before December 31, 2007, distributions to foreign shareholders attributable to gains from the sale or exchange of USRPIs will give rise to an obligation for those foreign shareholders to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax, and may well be subject to withholding under future regulations.
Under U.S. federal tax law, a beneficial holder of shares who is a foreign shareholder is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of the Fund or on Capital Gain Dividends unless (i) such gain or Capital Gain Dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by such holder within the United States, (ii) in the case of an individual holder, the holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale or Capital Gain Dividend and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the shares constitute USRPIs or (effective for taxable years of the Fund beginning after December 31, 2004) the Capital Gain Dividends are paid or deemed paid on or before December 31, 2007 and are attributable to gains from the sale or exchange of USRPIs. Effective after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, if the Fund is a U.S. real property holding corporation (as described above) the Fund’s shares will nevertheless not constitute USRPIs if the Fund is a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity,” which is defined to include a RIC that, at all times during the shorter of the 5-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period during which the RIC was in existence, had less than 50 percent in value of its stock held directly or indirectly by foreign shareholders. Foreign shareholders in the Fund should consult their tax advisors with respect to the potential application of the 2004 Act.
Foreign Taxes
The Fund’s investments in foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on dividends, interest or capital gains, which will decrease the Fund’s yield. Foreign withholding taxes may be reduced under income tax treaties between the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions. Depending on the number of non-U.S. shareholders in the Fund, however, such reduced foreign withholding tax rates may not be available for investments in certain jurisdictions.
If, at the end of the fiscal year, more than 50% of the value of the total assets of any Fund is represented by direct investments in stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may make an election that allows shareholders whose income from the Fund is subject to U.S. taxation at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction (but not both) on their U.S. income tax return. In such a case, the amounts of qualified foreign income taxes paid by the Fund would be treated as additional income to Fund shareholders from non-U.S. sources and as foreign taxes paid by Fund shareholders. Investors should consult their tax advisors for further information relating to the foreign tax credit and deduction, which are subject to certain restrictions and limitations (including a holding period requirement applied at both the Fund and shareholder level imposed by the Code). Shareholders of any of the International Funds whose income from the Fund is not subject to U.S. taxation at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations may

50


Table of Contents

receive substantially different tax treatment of distributions by the relevant Fund, and may be disadvantaged as a result of the election described in this paragraph.
Tax Implications of Certain Investments
Certain of the funds’ investments, including assets “marked to the market” for federal income tax purposes, debt obligations issued or purchased at a discount and potentially so-called “index securities” (including inflation-indexed bonds), will create taxable income in excess of the cash they generate. In such cases, the Fund may be required to sell assets (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to generate the cash necessary to distribute as dividends to its shareholders all of its income and gains and therefore to eliminate any tax liability at the Fund level. The funds’ transactions in options, futures contracts, hedging transactions, forward contracts, straddles, swaps, and foreign currencies may accelerate income, defer losses, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the funds’ securities and convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains and short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These transactions may affect the amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders. The Fund’s investments in certain passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”) could subject the Fund to a U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on distributions received from the company or on proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the company, which tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders. However, if the Fund is in a position to treat such a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund,” and so elects, the Fund will be required to include its share of the PFIC’s income and net capital gain annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC. Alternately, the Fund may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings “to the market” as though it had sold and repurchased its holdings in those PFICs on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may have the effect of accelerating the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increasing the amount required to be distributed for the Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require the Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Fund’s total return. If the Fund is indirectly invested in PFICs by virtue of the Fund’s investment in other investment companies, the Fund may not make such elections; rather, the underlying investment companies directly investing in PFICs would decide whether to make such elections. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.”
A PFIC is any foreign corporation in which (i) 75% or more of the gross income for the taxable year is passive income, or (ii) the average percentage of the assets (generally by value, but by adjusted tax basis in certain cases) that produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%. Generally, passive income for this purpose means dividends, interest (including income equivalent to interest), royalties, rents, annuities, the excess of gains over losses from certain property transactions and commodities transactions, and foreign currency gains. Passive income for this purpose does not include rents and royalties received by the foreign corporation from active business and certain income received from related persons.
Loss of Regulated Investment Company Status
The Fund may experience particular difficulty qualifying as a regulated investment company in the case of highly unusual market movements, in the case of high redemption levels and/or during the first year of its operations. If the Fund were to not qualify for taxation as a regulated investment company for any taxable year, the Fund’s income would be taxed at the Fund level at regular corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including distributions of net long-term capital gains and net tax-exempt income, generally would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income and subject to withholding in the case of non-U.S. shareholders. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. In addition, in order to requalify for taxation as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment, the Fund may be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest on such gains, and make certain substantial distributions.
Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations

51


Table of Contents

If a shareholder realizes a loss on disposition of the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies.
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION
Decisions concerning the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and the allocation of brokerage commissions are made by the Adviser’s or subadviser’s investment and/or trading personnel. Orders for purchases and sales of securities are placed in a manner, which, in the opinion of such personnel, will offer the best price and market for the execution of each such transaction. The Fund’s trading practices and investments are reviewed periodically by the subadviser’s Senior Investment Policy Committee and its Brokerage Practices Committee which consists of officers of the subadviser and quarterly by the Adviser’s Investment Committee which consists of officers of the Adviser and Trustees of the Trust who are interested persons of the Fund.
Purchases from underwriters of portfolio securities may include a commission or commissions paid by the issuer and transactions with dealers serving as market maker reflect a “spread”. Investments in debt securities are generally traded on a “net” basis through dealers acting for their own account as principals and not as brokers; no brokerage commissions are payable on these transactions. In the U.S. Government securities market, securities are generally traded on a net basis with dealers acting as principal for their own account without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer. On occasion, certain money market instruments and agency securities may be purchased directly from the issuer, in which case no commissions or premiums are paid. Investments in equity securities are generally traded on exchanges or on over-the-counter markets at fixed commission rates or on a net basis. In other countries, both debt and equity securities are traded on exchanges at fixed commission rates. Commissions on foreign transactions are generally higher than the negotiated commission rates available in the U.S. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign stock exchanges and broker-dealers than in the U.S.
The funds’ primary policy is to execute all purchases and sales of portfolio instruments at the most favorable prices consistent with best execution, considering all of the costs of the transaction including brokerage commissions. The policy governs the selection of brokers and dealers and the market in which a transaction is executed. Consistent with best execution, the Fund’s trades may be executed by dealers that also sell shares of John Hancock funds; however, the Adviser and Subadviser do not consider sales of shares of the Fund as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute the Fund’s portfolio transactions. To the extent consistent with the foregoing, the Fund will be governed in the selection of brokers and dealers, and the negotiation of brokerage commission rates and dealer spreads, by the reliability and quality of the services, and may include to a lesser extent, the availability and value of research information and statistical assistance furnished to the Adviser and subadviser of the Fund. The Adviser and subadviser have implemented policies and procedures (approved by the Fund’s board of Trustees) reasonably designed to ensure that the Fund’s selection of the broker-dealer is not influenced by considerations about the sales of Fund shares.
Where research is available for cash payments, the Adviser pays for such research from its own resources and not with brokerage commissions. In other cases, as permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Fund may pay to a broker which provides brokerage and research services to the Fund an amount of disclosed commission in excess of the commission which another broker would have charged for effecting that transaction. This practice is subject to a good faith determination by the Adviser that such price is reasonable in light of the services provided and to such policies as the Trustees may adopt from time to time. “Commissions”, as interpreted by the SEC, include fees paid to brokers for trades conducted on an agency basis, and certain mark-ups, mark-downs, commission equivalents and other fees received by dealers in riskless principal transactions placed in the over-the-counter market.

52


Table of Contents

The term “brokerage and research services” includes research services received from broker-dealers which supplement the Adviser’s or subadviser’s own research (and the research of its affiliates), and may include the following types of information: statistical and background information on the U.S. and foreign economies, industry groups and individual companies; forecasts and interpretations with respect to the U.S. and foreign economies, securities, markets, specific industry groups and individual companies; information on federal, state, local and foreign political developments; portfolio management strategies; performance information on securities, indexes and investment accounts; and information concerning prices and ratings of securities. Broker-dealers may communicate such information electronically, orally, in written form or on computer software. Research services may also include the providing of electronic communication of trade information and, the providing of specialized consultations with the Adviser’s or subadviser’s personnel with respect to computerized systems and data furnished as a component of other research services, the arranging of meetings with management of companies, and the providing of access to consultants who supply research information.
The outside research assistance is useful to the Adviser or subadviser since the broker-dealers used by the Adviser or ubsdviser tend to follow a broader universe of securities and other matters than the Adviser’s or subadviser’s staff can follow. In addition, the research provides the Adviser or subadviser with a diverse perspective on financial markets. Research services provided to the Adviser or subadviser by broker-dealers are available for the benefit of all accounts managed or advised by the Adviser or by its affiliates, or by the subadviser or by its affiliates. Some broker-dealers may indicate that the provision of research services is dependent upon the generation of certain specified levels of commissions and underwriting concessions by the Adviser’s or subadviser’s clients, including the Fund. However, the Fund is not under any obligation to deal with any broker-dealer in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities.
The Adviser and subadviser believe that the research services are beneficial in supplementing the Adviser’s research and analysis and that they improve the quality of the Adviser’s or subadviser’s investment advice. It is not possible to place a dollar value on information and services to be received from brokers and dealers, since it is only supplementary to the research efforts of the Adviser or subadviser. The advisory fee paid by the Fund is not reduced because the Adviser receives such services. The receipt of research information is not expected to reduce significantly the expenses of the Adviser and subadviser. However, to the extent that the Adviser or subadviser would have purchased research services had they not been provided by broker-dealers, or would have developed comparable information through its own staff, the expenses to the Adviser or subadviser could be considered to have been reduced accordingly. The research information and statistical assistance furnished by brokers and dealers may benefit the Life Company or other advisory clients of the Adviser or subadviser, and conversely, brokerage commissions and spreads paid by other advisory clients of the Adviser or subadviser may result in research information and statistical assistance beneficial to the Fund. The Fund will make no commitment to allocate portfolio transactions upon any prescribed basis.
Broker-dealers may be willing to furnish statistical, research and other factual information or services to the Adviser for no consideration other than brokerage or underwriting commissions. Securities may be bought or sold from time to time through such broker-dealers on behalf of the Fund or the Adviser’s other clients.
While the Adviser and/or the subadviser will be primarily responsible for its allocation of the Fund’s brokerage business, the policies and practices of the Adviser or subadviser in this regard must be consistent with the foregoing and at all times be subject to review by the Trustees. Pursuant to procedures determined by the Trustees and consistent with the above policy of obtaining best net results, the Fund may execute portfolio transactions with or through the brokers affiliated with the Adviser and/or the subadviser (“Affiliated Brokers”). Affiliated Brokers may act as broker for the Fund on exchange transactions, subject, however, to the general policy of the Fund set forth above and the procedures adopted by the Trustees pursuant to the Investment Company Act. Commissions paid to an Affiliated Broker must be at least as favorable as those that the Trustees believe to be contemporaneously charged by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold. A transaction would not be placed with an Affiliated Broker if the Fund would have to pay a commission rate less favorable than the Affiliated Broker’s contemporaneous charges for comparable transactions for its other most favored, but unaffiliated, customers except for accounts for which the Affiliated Broker acts as clearing broker for another brokerage firm, and any customers of the Affiliated Broker not comparable to the Fund as determined by a

53


Table of Contents

majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Fund, the Adviser, the subadviser or the Affiliated Broker. Because the Adviser or subadviser that is affiliated with the Affiliated Broker has, as an investment adviser to the Fund, the obligation to provide investment management services, which includes elements of research and related investment skills such research and related skills will not be used by the Affiliated Broker as a basis for negotiating commissions at a rate higher than that determined in accordance with the above criteria.
One of the Adviser’s indirect parents, the Life Company, is the indirect sole shareholder of Signator Investors, Inc., a broker-dealer (“Signator” or “Affiliated Broker”). The Adviser’s indirect parent, Manulife Financial, was the parent of another broker-dealer, John Hancock Distributors LLC (until December 31, 2004, Manulife Financial Securities, LLC) (“JH Distributors” or “Affiliated Broker”).
Other investment advisory clients advised by the Adviser or subadviser may also invest in the same securities as the Fund. When these clients buy or sell the same securities at substantially the same time, the Adviser or subadviser may average the transactions as to price and allocate the amount of available investments in a manner which the Adviser or subadviser believes to be equitable to each client, including the Fund. Because of this, client accounts in a particular style may sometimes not sell or acquire securities as quickly or at the same prices as they might if each were managed and traded individually.
For purchases of equity securities, when a complete order is not filled, a partial allocation will be made to each participating account pro rata based on the order size. For high demand issues (for example, initial public offerings), shares will be allocated pro rata by account size as well as on the basis of account objective, account size ( a small account’s allocation may be increased to provide it with a meaningful position), and the account’s other holdings. In addition, an account’s allocation may be increased if that account’s portfolio manager was responsible for generating the investment idea or the portfolio manager intends to buy more shares in the secondary market. For fixed income accounts, generally securities will be allocated when appropriate among accounts based on account size, except if the accounts have different objectives or if an account is too small to get a meaningful allocation. For new issues, when a complete order is not filled, a partial allocation will be made to each account pro rata based on the order size. However, if a partial allocation is too small to be meaningful, it may be reallocated based on such factors as account objectives, strategies, duration benchmarks and credit and sector exposure. For example, value funds will likely not participate in initial public offerings as frequently as growth funds. In some instances, this investment procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the position obtainable for it. On the other hand, to the extent permitted by law, the Adviser or subadviser may aggregate securities to be sold or purchased for the Fund with those to be sold or purchased for other clients managed by it in order to obtain best execution.
TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc., P. O. Box 9510, Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03802-9510, a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of MFC, is the transfer and dividend paying agent for the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class R, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4, and Class R5 shares of the Fund. The Fund pays Signature Services monthly a fee which is based on an annual rate of $15.00 for Class A shareholder account, $17.50 for Class B shareholder account and $16.50 for Class C shareholder account, $0.00 for Class I and $15.00 for each Class R, Class R1, Class R2, Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shareholder account.. The Fund also pays Signature Services monthly a fee which is based on an annual rate of 0.05% of average daily net assets attributable to Class A, B, C, R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares. For Class A, B, C, R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 shares the Fund also pays certain out-of-pocket expenses. Expenses are aggregated and allocated to each class on the basis of their relative net asset values. For shares held of record in omnibus or group accounts where administration and other shareholder services are provided by the Selling Firm or group administrator, the Selling Firm or administrator will charge a service fee to the Fund. For such shareholders, Signature Services does not charge its account fee. In addition, Signature Services agrees to cap transfer agent expenses for all funds through December 31, 2008 for John Hancock Funds III at twenty basis points except for International Core Fund, International Growth Fund and Global Fund which will be capped at thirty basis points.

54


Table of Contents

CUSTODY OF PORTFOLIO
Portfolio securities of the Fund are held pursuant to a custodian agreement between the Fund and State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), 2 Avenue de Lafayette, Boston, MA 02111. Under the custodian agreement, State Street is performing custody, Foreign Custody Manager and fund accounting services.
LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS
There are no legal proceedings to which JHF III, the investment adviser or the principal underwriter is a party that are likely to have a material adverse effect on the Fund or the ability of the investment adviser or the principal underwriter to perform its contract with the Fund.
On June 25, 2007, the Adviser and three of its affiliates including the Distributor (collectively, the “John Hancock Affiliates”) reached a settlement with the SEC that resolved an investigation of certain practices relating to the John Hancock Affiliates’ variable annuity and mutual fund operations involving directed brokerage and revenue sharing. Under the terms of the settlement, each John Hancock Affiliate was censured and agreed to pay a $500,000 civil penalty to the United States Treasury. In addition, the Adviser and one of the John Hancock Affiliates agreed to pay disgorgement of $14,838,943 and prejudgment interest of $2,001,999 to the John Hancock Trust funds that participated in the Adviser’s commission recapture program during the period from 2000 to April 2004. The Distributor and another of the John Hancock Affiliates agreed to pay disgorgement in the amount of $2,087,477 and prejudgment interest of $359,460 to certain entities advised by the associated John Hancock Affiliates. Collectively, all John Hancock Affiliates agreed to pay a total disgorgement of $16,926,420 and prejudgment interest of $2,361,460 to the entities advised or distributed by John Hancock Affiliates. The Adviser discontinued the use of directed brokerage in recognition of the sale of fund shares in April 2004.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The financial statements of the Rainier fund as of fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, including the related financial highlights which appear in the Prospectus, have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as indicated in their report with respect thereto, and are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon said report given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. Subsequent to the Fund’s merger with the Rainier fund, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, located at 125 High Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, will serve as the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.
REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS
The financial statements of the Rainier fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 are incorporated herein by reference from that fund’s most recent annual report to shareholders filed with the SEC on Form N-CSR pursuant to Rule 30b2-1 under the 1940 Act.

55


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A
COMMERCIAL PAPER AND CORPORATE DEBT RATINGS
Commercial Paper Ratings
Commercial paper ratings of S&P are current assessments of the likelihood of timely payment of debts having original maturities of no more than 365 days. Commercial paper rated A-i by S&P indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is either overwhelming or very strong. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are denoted A-i+. Commercial paper rated A-2 by S&P indicates that capacity for timely payment on issues is strong. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated A-i. Commercial paper rated A-3 indicates capacity for timely payment. It is, however, somewhat more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.
The rating Prime-i is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody’s. Issuers rated Prime-i (or related supporting institutions) are considered to have a superior capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting institutions) have a strong capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics of Prime-i rated issuers, but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, will be more subject to variations. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternative liquidity is maintained. Issuers rated Prime-3 have an acceptable capacity for repayment of short- term promissory obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market composition may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements and the requirement of relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternative liquidity is maintained.
Corporate Debt Ratings
S&P. An S&P corporate debt rating is a current assessment of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation. The following is a summary of the ratings used by S&P for corporate debt:
AAA — This is the highest rating assigned by S&P to a debt obligation and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.
AA — Bonds rated AA also qualify as high quality debt obligations. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is very strong, and in the majority of instances they differ from AAA issues only in small degree.
A — Bonds rated A have a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.
BBB — Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to repay principal and pay interest for bonds in this category than for bonds in higher rated categories.
BB, B, CCC, CC — Bonds rated BB, B, CCC and CC are regarded, on balance, as predominately speculative with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CC the highest degree of speculation. While such bonds will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.
C — The rating C is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.
D — Bonds rated D are in default, and payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.

A-1


Table of Contents

Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from “AA” to “B” may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
Moody’s. The following is a summary of the ratings used by Moody’s for corporate debt:
Aaa — Bonds that are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edge.” Interest payments are protected by a large, or by an exceptionally stable, margin, and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.
Aa — Bonds that are rated Aa are judged to be high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present that make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.
A — Bonds that are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present that suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.
Baa — Bonds that are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations; i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present, but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and, in fact, have speculative characteristics as well.
Ba — Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often, the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.
B — Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
Caa — Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.
Ca — Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.
C — Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
Should no rating be assigned by Moody’s, the reason may be one of the following:
1.   An application for rating was not received or accepted.
2.   The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities that are not rated as a matter of policy.
3.   There is lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.
4.   The issue was privately placed in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.
Suspension or withdrawal may occur if new and material circumstances arise, the effects of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no longer available reasonable up-to-date data to permit a judgment to be formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

A-2


Table of Contents

Note: Those bonds in the Aa, A, Baa, Ba and B groups which Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aal, Al, Baal and B1.

A-3


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
POLICY:
General
The Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of each registered investment company in the John Hancock family of funds listed on Schedule A (collectively, the “Trust”), including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”)) of the Trust (the “Independent Trustees”), adopts these proxy voting policies and procedures.
Each fund of the Trust or any other registered investment company (or series thereof) (each, a “fund”) is required to disclose its proxy voting policies and procedures in its registration statement and, pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the 1940 Act, file annually with the Securities and Exchange Commission and make available to shareholders its actual proxy voting record. In this regard, the Trust Policy is set forth below.
Delegation of Proxy Voting Responsibilities
It is the policy of the Trust to delegate the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by a fund to the fund’s investment adviser (“adviser”) or, if the fund’s adviser has delegated portfolio management responsibilities to one or more investment subadviser(s), to the fund’s subadviser(s), subject to the Board’s continued oversight. The subadviser for each fund shall vote all proxies relating to securities held by each fund and in that connection, and subject to any further policies and procedures contained herein, shall use proxy voting policies and procedures adopted by each subadviser in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”).
Except as noted below under Material Conflicts of Interest, the Trust Policy with respect to a fund shall incorporate that adopted by the fund’s subadviser with respect to voting proxies held by its clients (the “Subadviser Policy”). Each Subadviser Policy, as it may be amended from time to time, is hereby incorporated by reference into the Trust Policy. Each subadviser to a fund is directed to comply with these policies and procedures in voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by a fund, subject to oversight by the fund’s adviser and by the Board. Each adviser to a fund retains the responsibility, and is directed, to oversee each subadviser’s compliance with these policies and procedures, and to adopt and implement such additional policies and procedures as it deems necessary or appropriate to discharge its oversight responsibility. Additionally, the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) shall conduct such monitoring and supervisory activities as the CCO or the Board deems necessary or appropriate in order to appropriately discharge the CCO’s role in overseeing the subadvisers’ compliance with these policies and procedures.
The delegation by the Board of the authority to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities of the funds is entirely voluntary and may be revoked by the Board, in whole or in part, at any time.
Voting Proxies of Underlying Funds of a Fund of Funds
With respect to voting proxies relating to the securities of an underlying fund held by the Trust’s fund of funds in reliance on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(E), (F) or (G) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or to the extent disclosed in the Trust’s registration statement, the subadviser for the fund of funds, or the Trust, will vote proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such underlying fund securities, unless the Trust elects to seek voting instructions from the shareholders of the fund of funds, in which case the subadviser, or the Trust, will vote proxies in the same proportion as the instructions timely received from shareholders of the Trust’s fund of funds.

B-1


Table of Contents

Material Conflicts of Interest
If: (1) a subadviser to a fund becomes aware that a vote presents a material conflict between the interests of: (a) shareholders of the fund; and (b) the fund’s adviser, subadviser, principal underwriter, or any of their affiliated persons, and (2) the subadviser does not propose to vote on the particular issue in the manner prescribed by its Subadviser Policy or the material conflict of interest procedures set forth in its Subadviser Policy are otherwise triggered, then the subadviser will follow the material conflict of interest procedures set forth in its Subadviser Policy when voting such proxies.
If a Subadviser Policy provides that in the case of a material conflict of interest between fund shareholders and another party, the subadviser will ask the Board to provide voting instructions, the subadviser shall vote the proxies, in its discretion, as recommended by an independent third party, in the manner prescribed by its Subadviser Policy or abstain from voting the proxies.
Securities Lending Program
Certain of the funds participate in a securities lending program with the Trust through an agent lender. When a fund’s securities are out on loan, they are transferred into the borrower’s name and are voted by the borrower, in its discretion. Where a subadviser determines, however, that a proxy vote (or other shareholder action) is materially important to the client’s account, the subadviser should request that the agent recall the security prior to the record date to allow the subadviser to vote the securities.
Disclosure of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)
The Trust shall include in its SAI a summary of the Trust Policy and of the Subadviser Policy included therein. (In lieu of including a summary of these policies and procedures, the Trust may include each full Trust Policy and Subadviser Policy in the SAI.)
Disclosure of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in Annual and Semi-Annual Shareholder Reports
The Trust shall disclose in its annual and semi-annual shareholder reports that a description of the Trust Policy, including the Subadviser Policy, and the Trust’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12 months ended June 30 are available on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website, and without charge, upon request, by calling a specified toll-free telephone number. The Trust will send these documents within three business days of receipt of a request, by first-class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery.
Filing of Proxy Voting Record on Form N-PX
The Trust will annually file its complete proxy voting record with the SEC on Form N-PX. The Form N-PX shall be filed for the twelve months ended June 30 no later than August 31 of that year.
PROCEDURES:
Review of Subadvisers’ Proxy Voting
The Trust has delegated proxy voting authority with respect to fund portfolio securities in accordance with the Trust Policy, as set forth above.
Consistent with this delegation, each subadviser is responsible for the following:

B-2


Table of Contents

  1)   Implementing written policies and procedures, in compliance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act, reasonably designed to ensure that the subadviser votes portfolio securities in the best interest of shareholders of the Trust.
 
  2)   Providing the adviser with a copy and description of the Subadviser Policy prior to being approved by the Board as a subadviser, accompanied by a certification that represents that the Subadviser Policy has been adopted in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act. Thereafter, providing the adviser with notice of any amendment or revision to that Subadviser Policy or with a description thereof. The adviser is required to report all material changes to a Subadviser Policy quarterly to the Board. The CCO’s annual written compliance report to the Board will contain a summary of the material changes to each Subadviser Policy during the period covered by the report.
 
  3)   Providing the adviser with a quarterly certification indicating that the subadviser did vote proxies of the funds and that the proxy votes were executed in a manner consistent with the Subadviser Policy. If the subadviser voted any proxies in a manner inconsistent with the Subadviser Policy, the subadviser will provide the adviser with a report detailing the exceptions.
Adviser Responsibilities
The Trust has retained a proxy voting service to coordinate, collect, and maintain all proxy-related information, and to prepare and file the Trust’s reports on Form N-PX with the SEC.
The adviser, in accordance with its general oversight responsibilities, will periodically review the voting records maintained by the proxy voting service in accordance with the following procedures:
  1)   Receive a file with the proxy voting information directly from each subadviser on a quarterly basis.
 
  2)   Select a sample of proxy votes from the files submitted by the subadvisers and compare them against the proxy voting service files for accuracy of the votes.
 
  3)   Deliver instructions to shareholders on how to access proxy voting information via the Trust’s semi-annual and annual shareholder reports.
Proxy Voting Service Responsibilities
Aggregation of Votes:
The proxy voting service’s proxy disclosure system will collect fund-specific and/or account-level voting records, including votes cast by multiple subadvisers or third party voting services.
Reporting:
The proxy voting service’s proxy disclosure system will provide the following reporting features:
  1)   multiple report export options;
 
  2)   report customization by fund-account, portfolio manager, security, etc.; and
 
  3)   account details available for vote auditing.

B-3


Table of Contents

Form N-PX Preparation and Filing:
The adviser will be responsible for oversight and completion of the filing of the Trust’s reports on Form N-PX with the SEC. The proxy voting service will prepare the EDGAR version of Form N-PX and will submit it to the adviser for review and approval prior to filing with the SEC. The proxy voting service will file Form N-PX for each twelve-month period ending on June 30. The filing must be submitted to the SEC on or before August 31 of each year.

B-4


Table of Contents

Schedule A
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
         
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS:   Adopted:   Amended:
John Hancock Trust
  September 28, 2007    
John Hancock Funds II
  September 28, 2007    
John Hancock Funds III
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Bond Trust
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Capital Series
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Current Interest
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Equity Trust
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Investment Trust
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Investment Trust II
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Investment Trust III
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Institutional Series Trust
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Municipal Securities Trust
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Series Trust
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Sovereign Bond Fund
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Strategic Series
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Tax-Exempt Series
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock World Fund
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund II
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund III
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Patriot Select Dividend Fund
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Bank & Thrift Opportunity Fund
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Income Securities Trust
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Investors Trust
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Financial Trends
  September 11, 2007    
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund
  September 11, 2007    

B-5


Table of Contents

Rainier Investment Management, Inc.
2007 Proxy Voting Policy
Summary & Procedures

B-6


Table of Contents

  Introduction
This statement sets forth the proxy voting policy of Rainier Investment Management, Inc.Ò (“RIM”) and is intended to be in compliance with 17 CFR 270.30b1-4 and 17 CFR 275.206(4)-6, rules relating to the voting of proxies by registered investment advisers and investment companies registered under Investment Company Act of 1940.
RIM clients include mutual funds, employee benefit plans, corporations, charitable organizations and individuals. As an investment adviser, RIM is a fiduciary that owes each of its clients duties of care and loyalty with respect to all services undertaken on the client’s behalf, including proxy voting. The duty of care requires RIM, when it has proxy voting authority, to monitor corporate events and to vote the proxies. To satisfy its duty of loyalty, RIM will cast the proxy votes in a manner consistent with the best interest of its clients and will not subrogate client interests to its own.
RIM is the Adviser of the Rainier Investment Management Mutual Funds (“Funds”). RIM acts as a fiduciary of the Funds and shall vote the proxies of the Funds’ portfolio securities in a manner consistent with the best interest of the Funds and its shareholders.
RIM shall analyze each proxy on a case-by-case basis, informed by the guidelines elaborated below, subject to the requirement that all votes shall be cast solely in the long-term interest of its clients. RIM does not intend for these guidelines to be exhaustive. Hundreds of issues appear on proxy ballots every year, and it is neither practical nor productive to fashion voting guidelines and policies which attempt to address every eventuality. Rather, RIM’s guidelines are intended to cover the most significant and frequent proxy issues that arise. RIM shall revise its guidelines as events warrant.
  Procedures
Procedures used to address any potential conflicts of interest.
RIM votes on a pre-established set of policy guidelines and on the recommendations of an independent third party, Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS). ISS makes its recommendations based on its independent, objective analysis of the economic interests of shareholders. This process ensures that RIM votes in the best interests of advisory clients and mutual fund shareholders, and it insulates our voting decisions from any potential conflicts of interest. Subject to RIM Proxy Policy Committee procedures, RIM may also override ISS vote recommendations on a case-by case basis on:
    Issues called out by other established proxy voting guidelines, such as the AFL-CIO Proxy Voting Guidelines
 
    Issues that ISS itself considers on a case-by-case basis
The extent to which RIM delegates proxy voting authority to or relies on recommendations of a third party.
As noted above, RIM relies on the recommendations of ISS. We retain ultimate responsibility for the votes, and we have the ability to override ISS vote recommendations. We will only do so, however, if we believe that a different vote is in the best interests of our clients and mutual fund shareholders.
To the extent RIM desires to override ISS’s vote recommendations for the reasons noted above, RIM (through its Proxy Policy Committee) will consider whether the proxy voting decision poses a material conflict between RIM’s interest and that of the relevant clients. If RIM determines that a proxy proposal

B-7


Table of Contents

raises a material conflict between RIM’s interests and a client’s interest, RIM will resolve such a conflict in the manner described below, in its discretion:
(i) RIM may follow the recommendation of another nationally recognized third-party proxy advisory service, and document RIM’s reasons for overriding ISS and vote in accordance with the recommendation of the other third party;
(ii) RIM may decide independently how to vote the proxies notwithstanding its material conflict of interest, provided it carefully and fully documents its reasons for voting in the manner proposed;
(iii) RIM may, in its discretion, disclose the conflict to each affected client and vote as directed by the client, if RIM receives a timely response from the client (and RIM may abstain from voting in the absence of a timely client response);
(iv) RIM may erect information barriers around the person or persons making the voting decision sufficient to insulate the decision from the conflict;
(v) RIM may abstain from voting on the proposal, if (a) RIM determines that an abstention is in the best interest of the affected clients as a whole, (b) the expected benefit to the affected clients as a whole of voting the proxy exceeds the costs of voting the proxy, (c) RIM concludes that the value of the affected clients’ economic interest as a whole in the proposal or the value of the portfolio holding is insignificant, or (d) RIM has not received a timely response from the client; or
(vi) RIM may implement any other procedure that results in a decision that is demonstrably based on the client’s best interest and not the product of the conflict.
The extent to which RIM will support or give weight to the views of management of a portfolio company.
We base our voting decisions on our policy guidelines and on ISS recommendations, both of which are driven by considerations of the best interests of our clients and mutual fund shareholders. We vote in favor of management positions only when they coincide with the best interests of our clients and mutual fund shareholders.
Policies and procedures relating to matters substantially affecting the rights of the holders of the security being voted.
Our policy guidelines include a section devoted specifically to shareholder rights. We generally support shareholder voting rights and oppose efforts to restrict them.
Disclosure to Clients.
RIM will disclose to its clients how they may obtain information from RIM about how RIM voted with respect to their securities. RIM will provide to its clients a description or a copy of these proxy voting policies and procedures.
Books and Records Maintained by RIM.
In connection with voting proxies and these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, RIM maintains (in hardcopy or electronic form) such books and records as may be required by applicable law, rules or regulations, including:
    RIM’s policies and procedures relating to voting proxies;
 
    A copy of each proxy statement that RIM receives regarding clients’ securities, provided that RIM may rely on (a) a third party to make and retain, on RIM’s behalf, pursuant to a

B-8


Table of Contents

      written undertaking, a copy of proxy statements or (b) obtaining a copy of proxy statements from the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system;
    A record of each vote cast by RIM on behalf of clients, provided that RIM may rely on a third party to make and retain, on RIM’s behalf, pursuant to a written undertaking, records of votes cast;
 
    Copies of any documents created by RIM that were material to making a decision on how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorialize the basis for that decision; and
 
    A record of each written client request for proxy voting information and a copy of any written response by RIM to any written or oral client request for information on how RIM voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.
Such books and records will be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in RIM’s main business office.

B-9


Table of Contents

  ISS 2007 US Proxy Voting Guidelines
 
  Summary
(ISS LOGO)
2099 GAITHER ROAD
SUITE 501
ROCKVILLE, MD · 20850-4045
(301) 556-0500
FAX (301) 556-0486
WWW.ISSPROXY.COM
Copyright © 2006 by Institutional Shareholder Services.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher.
Requests for permission to make copies of any part of this work should be sent to:
Institutional Shareholder Services
Marketing Department
2099 Gaither Road
Rockville, MD 20850
ISS is a trademark used herein under license.

B-10


Table of Contents

ISS 2007 Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary
Effective for Meetings Feb 1, 2007
Updated December 15, 2006
  The following is a condensed version of the proxy voting recommendations contained in the ISS Proxy Voting Manual.
         
1. Operational Items
    5  
Adjourn Meeting
    5  
Amend Quorum Requirements
    5  
Amend Minor Bylaws
    5  
Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability
    5  
Auditor Ratification
    5  
Change Company Name
    6  
Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting
    6  
Transact Other Business
    6  
2. Board of Directors:
    6  
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
    6  
2007 Classification of Directors
    8  
Age Limits
    9  
Board Size
    9  
Classification/Declassification of the Board
    9  
Cumulative Voting
    9  
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
    10  
Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications
    10  
Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors
    10  
Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)
    11  
Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees
    11  
Majority Vote Shareholder Proposals
    11  
Office of the Board
    12  
Open Access
    12  
Performance Test for Directors
    12  
Stock Ownership Requirements
    13  
Term Limits
    13  
3. Proxy Contests
    13  
Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections
    13  
Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses
    13  
Confidential Voting
    13  
4. Antitakeover Defenses and Voting Related Issues
    14  
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations
    14  
Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent
    14  
Poison Pills
    14  
Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
    14  
Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
    14  
Supermajority Vote Requirements
    15  
5. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings
    16  
Overall Approach
    16  
Appraisal Rights
    16  
Asset Purchases
    16  
Asset Sales
    16  
Bundled Proposals
    17  
Conversion of Securities
    17  
Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans
    17  

B-11


Table of Contents

         
Formation of Holding Company
    17  
Going Private Transactions (LBOs, Minority Squeezeouts, and Going Dark)
    18  
Joint Ventures
    18  
Liquidations
    18  
Mergers and Acquisitions/ Issuance of Shares to Facilitate Merger or Acquisition
    18  
Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures
    18  
Spinoffs
    19  
Value Maximization Proposals
    19  
6. State of Incorporation
    19  
Control Share Acquisition Provisions
    19  
Control Share Cash-out Provisions
    19  
Disgorgement Provisions
    19  
Fair Price Provisions
    20  
Freeze-out Provisions
    20  
Greenmail
    20  
Reincorporation Proposals
    20  
Stakeholder Provisions
    20  
State Antitakeover Statutes
    20  
7. Capital Structure
    21  
Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock
    21  
Common Stock Authorization
    21  
Dual-Class Stock
    21  
Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan
    21  
Preemptive Rights
    21  
Preferred Stock
    21  
Recapitalization
    22  
Reverse Stock Splits
    22  
Share Repurchase Programs
    22  
Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends
    22  
Tracking Stock
    22  
8. Executive and Director Compensation
    24  
Equity Compensation Plans
    24  
Cost of Equity Plans
    24  
Repricing Provisions
    24  
Pay-for Performance Disconnect
    24  
Three-Year Burn Rate/Burn Rate Commitment
    26  
Poor Pay Practices
    27  
Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations:
    28  
Dividend Equivalent Rights
    28  
Liberal Share Recycling Provisions
    28  
Other Compensation Proposals and Policies
    28  
401(k) Employee Benefit Plans
    28  
Director Compensation
    28  
Director Retirement Plans
    29  
Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)
    29  
Employee Stock Purchase Plans— Qualified Plans
    29  
Employee Stock Purchase Plans— Non-Qualified Plans
    29  
Incentive Bonus Plans and Tax Deductibility Proposals (OBRA-Related
    29  
Compensation Proposals)
    29  
Options Backdating
    30  
Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options
    30  
Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash
    31  
Transfer Programs of Stock Options
    31  
Shareholder Proposals on Compensation
    31  
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)
    31  
Compensation Consultants- Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization
    31  

B-12


Table of Contents

         
Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors
    31  
Option Repricing
    32  
Pay for Superior Performance
    32  
Pension Plan Income Accounting
    32  
Performance-Based Awards
    32  
Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes
    33  
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)
    33  
9. Corporate Responsibility
    33  
Consumer Issues and Public Safety
    33  
Animal Rights
    33  
Drug Pricing
    33  
Drug Reimportation
    34  
Genetically Modified Foods
    34  
Handguns
    34  
HIV/AIDS
    34  
Predatory Lending
    35  
Tobacco
    35  
Toxic Chemicals
    36  
Environment and Energy
    36  
Arctic National Wildlife Refuge
    36  
CERES Principles
    36  
Climate Change
    36  
Concentrated Area Feeding Operations (CAFOs)
    36  
Environmental-Economic Risk Report
    37  
Environmental Reports
    37  
Global Warming
    37  
Kyoto Protocol Compliance
    37  
Land Use
    37  
Nuclear Safety
    37  
Operations in Protected Areas
    38  
Recycling
    38  
Renewable Energy
    38  
Sustainability Report
    38  
General Corporate Issues
    38  
Charitable/Political Contributions
    38  
Disclosure of Lobbying Expenditures/Initiatives
    39  
Link Executive Compensation to Social Performance
    39  
Outsourcing/Offshoring
    39  
Labor Standards and Human Rights
    39  
China Principles
    39  
Country-specific Human Rights Reports
    40  
International Codes of Conduct/Vendor Standards
    40  
MacBride Principles
    40  
Military Business
    41  
Foreign Military Sales/Offsets
    41  
Landmines and Cluster Bombs
    41  
Nuclear Weapons
    41  
Operations in Nations Sponsoring Terrorism (e.g., Iran)
    41  
Spaced-Based Weaponization
    41  
Workplace Diversity
    41  
Board Diversity
    41  
Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO)
    42  
Glass Ceiling
    42  
Sexual Orientation
    42  
10. Mutual Fund Proxies
    43  
Election of Directors
    43  

B-13


Table of Contents

         
Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund
    43  
Proxy Contests
    43  
Investment Advisory Agreements
    43  
Approving New Classes or Series of Shares
    43  
Preferred Stock Proposals
    43  
1940 Act Policies
    43  
Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction
    44  
Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental
    44  
Name Change Proposals
    44  
Change in Fund’s Subclassification
    44  
Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation
    44  
Changes to the Charter Document
    44  
Changing the Domicile of a Fund
    45  
Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisors Without Shareholder Approval
    45  
Distribution Agreements
    45  
Master-Feeder Structure
    45  
Mergers
    45  
Shareholder Proposals for Mutual Funds
    45  
Establish Director Ownership Requirement
    45  
Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred
    45  
Terminate the Investment Advisor
    45  

B-14


Table of Contents

1. Operational Items
  Adjourn Meeting
Generally vote AGAINST proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.
Vote FOR proposals that relate specifically to soliciting votes for a merger or transaction if supporting that merger or transaction. Vote AGAINST proposals if the wording is too vague or if the proposal includes “other business.”
  Amend Quorum Requirements
Vote AGAINST proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.
  Amend Minor Bylaws
Vote FOR bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).
  Auditor Indemnification and Limitation of Liability
Consider the issue of auditor indemnification and limitation of liability on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to:
    The terms of the auditor agreement- the degree to which these agreements impact shareholders’ rights;
 
    Motivation and rationale for establishing the agreements;
 
    Quality of disclosure; and
 
    Historical practices in the audit area.
WTHHOLD against members of an audit committee in situations where there is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.
  Auditor Ratification
Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:
    An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent,
 
    There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position, or
 
    Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.
Non-audit fees are excessive if:
Non-audit (“other”) fees >audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees
Tax compliance and preparation include the preparation of original and amended tax returns, refund claims and tax payment planning. All other services in the tax category, such as tax advice, planning or consulting should be added to “Other” fees. If the breakout of tax fees cannot be determined, add all tax fees to “Other” fees.

B-15


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account:
    The tenure of the audit firm;
 
    The length of rotation specified in the proposal;
 
    Any significant audit-related issues at the company;
 
    The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;
 
    The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and
 
    Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.
  Change Company Name
Vote FOR proposals to change the corporate name.
  Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting
Vote FOR management proposals to change the date, time, and/or location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.
Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to change the date, time, and/or location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.
  Transact Other Business
Vote AGAINST proposals to approve other business when it appears as voting item.
2. Board of Directors:
  Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees, examining, but not limited to, the following factors:
    Composition of the board and key board committees;
 
    Attendance at board and committee meetings;
 
    Corporate governance provisions and takeover activity;
 
    Disclosures under Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
 
    Long-term company performance relative to a market and peer index;
 
    Extent of the director’s investment in the company;
 
    Existence of related party transactions;
 
    Whether the chairman is also serving as CEO;
 
    Whether a retired CEO sits on the board;
 
    Number of outside boards at which a director serves;
 
    Majority vote standard for director elections without a provision to allow for plurality voting when there are more nominees than seats.
WITHHOLD from individual directors who:
    Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse (such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company);
 
    Sit on more than six public company boards;

B-16


Table of Contents

    Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards.
WITHHOLD from the entire board of directors, (except from new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis) if:
    The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75% of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the directors involved. If this information cannot be obtained, withhold from all incumbent directors;
 
    The company’s poison pill has a dead-hand or modified dead-hand feature. Withhold every year until this feature is removed;
 
    The board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval since the beginning of 2005, does not commit to putting it to shareholder vote within 12 months of adoption, or reneges on a commitment to put the pill to a vote, and has not yet received a withhold recommendation for this issue;
 
    The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year;
 
    The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years;
 
    The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares;
 
    At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold rate;
 
    The company is a Russell 3000 company that underperformed its industry group (GICS group) under the criteria discussed in the section “Performance Test for Directors”.
WITHHOLD from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Classification of Directors below) when:
    The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;
 
    The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;
 
    The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee;
 
    The full board is less than majority independent.
WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:
    The non — audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (see discussion under Auditor Ratification);
 
    A material weakness identified in the Section 404 Sarbanes-Oxley Act disclosures rises to a level of serious concern; there are chronic internal control issues and an absence of established effective control mechanisms;
 
    There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.
WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee if:
    There is a negative correlation between the chief executive’s pay and company performance (see discussion under Equity Compensation Plans);
 
    The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in their equity plan;
 
    The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;
 
    The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment they made to shareholders;
 
    The company has backdated options (see “Options Backdating” policy);
 
    The company has poor compensation practices (see “Poor Pay Practices” policy). Poor pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.

B-17


Table of Contents

WITHHOLD from directors, individually or the entire board, for egregious actions or failure to replace management as appropriate.
  2007 Classification of Directors
Inside Director (I)
    Employee of the company or one of its affiliates1;
 
    Non-employee officer of the company if among the five most highly paid individuals (excluding interim CEO);
 
    Listed as a Section 16 officer2;
 
    Current interim CEO;
 
    Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company’s voting power (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group).
Affiliated Outside Director (AO)
    Board attestation that an outside director is not independent;
 
    Former CEO of the company;
 
    Former CEO of an acquired company within the past five years;
 
    Former interim CEO if the service was longer than 18 months. If the service was between twelve and eighteen months an assessment of the interim CEO’s employment agreement will be made;3
 
    Former executive2 of the company, an affiliate or an acquired firm within the past five years;
 
    Executive2 of a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the company was sold or split off from the parent/predecessor within the past five years;
 
    Executive, former executive, general or limited partner of a joint venture or partnership with the company;
 
    Relative4 of a current Section 16 officer of company or its affiliates;
 
    Relative4 of a current employee of company or its affiliates where additional factors raise concern (which may include, but are not limited to, the following: a director related to numerous employees; the company or its affiliates employ relatives of numerous board members; or a non-Section 16 officer in a key strategic role);
 
    Relative4 of former Section 16 officer, of company or its affiliate within the last five years;
 
    Currently provides (or a relative4 provides) professional services5 to the company, to an affiliate of the company or an individual officer of the company or one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;
 
    Employed by (or a relative4 is employed by) a significant customer or supplier6;
 
    Has (or a relative4 has) any transactional relationship with the company or its affiliates excluding investments in the company through a private placement; 6
 
    Any material financial tie or other related party transactional relationship to the company;
 
    Party to a voting agreement to vote in line with management on proposals being brought to shareholder vote;
 
    Has (or a relative4 has) an interlocking relationship as defined by the SEC involving members of the board of directors or its Compensation and Stock Option Committee; 7
 
    Founder 8 of the company but not currently an employee;
 
    Is (or a relative4 is) a trustee, director or employee of a charitable or non-profit organization that receives grants or endowments6 from the company or its affiliates1.
Independent Outside Director (IO)
    No material9 connection to the company other than a board seat.
 
Footnotes:    
 
1   “Affiliate” includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. ISS uses 50 percent control ownership by the parent company as the standard for applying its affiliate designation.
 
2   “Executives” (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) include the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the president,

B-18


Table of Contents

    treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or policy function).
 
3   ISS will look at the terms of the interim CEO’s employment contract to determine if it contains severance pay, long-term health and pension benefits or other such standard provisions typically contained in contracts of permanent, non-temporary CEOs. ISS will also consider if a formal search process was underway for a full-time CEO at the time.
 
4   “Relative” follows the SEC’s new definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.
 
5   Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking / financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.
 
6   If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or five percent of the recipient’s gross revenues. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).
 
7   Interlocks include: (a) executive officers serving as directors on each other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board) or (b) executive officers sitting on each other’s boards and at least one serves on the other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board).
 
8   The operating involvement of the Founder with the company will be considered. Little to no operating involvement may cause ISS to deem the Founder as an independent outsider.
 
9   For purposes of ISS’ director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.
  Age Limits
Vote AGAINST shareholder or management proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through mandatory retirement ages.
  Board Size
Vote FOR proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range for the board size.
Vote AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.
  Classification/Declassification of the Board
Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.
Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.
  Cumulative Voting
Generally vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

B-19


Table of Contents

Generally vote FOR proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting unless the company meets all of the following criteria:
    Majority vote standard in director elections, including a carve-out for plurality voting in contested situations;
 
    Annually elected board;
 
    Two-thirds of the board composed of independent directors;
 
    Nominating committee composed solely of independent directors;
 
    Confidential voting; however, there may be a provision for suspending confidential voting during proxy contests;
 
    Ability of shareholders to call special meetings or act by written consent with 90 days’ notice;
 
    Absence of superior voting rights for one or more classes of stock;
 
    Board does not have the right to change the size of the board beyond a stated range that has been approved by shareholders;
 
    The company has not under-performed its both industry peers and index on both a one-year and three-year total shareholder returns basis*, unless there has been a change in the CEO position within the last three years; and
 
    No director received a WITHHOLD vote level of 35% or more of the votes cast in the previous election.
 
*   Starting in 2007, the industry peer group used for this evaluation will change from the 4-digit GICS group to the average of the 12 companies in the same 6-digit GICS group that are closest in revenue to the company. To fail, the company must under-perform its index and industry group on all 4 measures (1 and 3 year on industry peers and index).
  Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability protection using Delaware law as the standard.
Vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate entirely directors’ and officers’ liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.
Vote AGAINST indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to liability for acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness.
Vote AGAINST proposals that would expand the scope of indemnification to provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for at the discretion of the company’s board (i.e. “permissive indemnification”) but that previously the company was not required to indemnify.
Vote FOR only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the following apply:
    If the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and
 
    If only the director’s legal expenses would be covered.
  Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.
Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per board seat.
  Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors

B-20


Table of Contents

Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.
Vote FOR proposals to restore shareholders’ ability to remove directors with or without cause.
Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.
Vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.
  Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring the position of chair be filled by an independent director unless there are compelling reasons to recommend against the proposal, such as a counterbalancing governance structure. This should include all of the following:
    Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) At a minimum these should include:
    Presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors,
 
    Serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors,
 
    Approves information sent to the board,
 
    Approves meeting agendas for the board,
 
    Approves meetings schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items,
 
    Has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors,
 
    If requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;
    Two-thirds independent board;
 
    All-independent key committees;
 
    Established governance guidelines;
 
    The company should not have underperformed both its industry peers and index on both a one-year and three-year total shareholder returns basis*, unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;
 
    The company does not have any problematic governance issues.
 
*   Starting in 2007, the industry peer group used for this evaluation will change from the 4-digit GICS group to the average of the 12 companies in the same 6-digit GICS group that are closest in revenue to the company. To fail, the company must under-perform its index and industry group on all 4 measures (1 and 3 year on industry peers and index).
  Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees
Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by ISS’ definition of independent outsider. (See Classification of Directors.)
Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors if they currently do not meet that standard.
  Majority Vote Shareholder Proposals
Generally vote FOR precatory and binding resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.

B-21


Table of Contents

Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also know as a director resignation policy) that will provide guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.
  Office of the Board
Generally vote FOR shareholders proposals requesting that the board establish an Office of the Board of Directors in order to facilitate direct communications between shareholders and non-management directors, unless the company has all of the following:
    Established a communication structure that goes beyond the exchange requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between shareholders and members of the board;
 
    Effectively disclosed information with respect to this structure to its shareholders;
 
    Company has not ignored majority-supported shareholder proposals or a majority withhold vote on a director nominee; and
 
    The company has an independent chairman or a lead/presiding director, according to ISS’ definition. This individual must be made available for periodic consultation and direct communication with major shareholders.
  Open Access
Generally vote FOR reasonably crafted shareholder proposals providing shareholders with the ability to nominate director candidates to be included on management’s proxy card, provided the proposal substantially mirrors the SEC’s proposed two-trigger formulation (see the proposed “Security Holder Director Nominations” rule (http://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed/34-48626.htm) or ISS’ comment letter to the SEC dated 6/13/2003, available on ISS website under Governance Center- ISS Position Papers).
  Performance Test for Directors
   
WITHHOLD from directors of Russell 3000 companies that underperformed relative to their industry peers. The criterion used to evaluate such underperformance is a combination of four performance measures:
One measurement will be a market-based performance metric and three measurements will be tied to the company’s operational performance. The market performance metric in the methodology is five-year Total Shareholder Return (TSR) on a relative basis within each four-digit GICS group. The three operational performance metrics are sales growth, EBITDA growth, and pre-tax operating Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) on a relative basis within each four-digit GICS group. All four metrics will be time-weighted as follows: 40 percent on the trailing 12 month period and 60 percent on the 48 month period prior to the trailing 12 months. This methodology emphasizes the company’s historical performance over a five-year period yet also accounts for near-term changes in a company’s performance.
The table below summarizes the new framework:
             
Metrics   Basis of Evaluation   Weighting   2nd Weighting
Operational
          50%
Performance
           
 
           
5-year Average
  Management   33.3%    
pre-tax operating
  efficiency in        
ROIC
  deploying assets        
 
           
5-year Sales Growth
  Top-Line   33.3%    
 
           
5-year EBITDA Growth
  Core-earnings   33.3%    
 
           
Sub Total
      100%    

B-22


Table of Contents

             
Metrics   Basis of Evaluation   Weighting   2nd Weighting
Stock Performance
          50%
 
           
5-year TSR
  Market        
 
           
Total
          100%
Adopt a two-phased approach. In 2007 (Year 1), the worst performers (bottom five percent) within each of the 24 GICS groups will automatically receive cautionary language, except for companies that have already received cautionary language or withhold votes in 2006 under the current policy. The latter may be subject to withhold votes in 2007. For 2008 (Year 2), WITHHOLD votes from director nominees if a company continues to be in the bottom five percent within its GICS group for that respective year and/or shows no improvement in its most recent trailing 12 months operating and market performance relative to its peers in its GICS group. This policy would be applied on a rolling basis going forward.
   
  Stock Ownership Requirements
Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While stock ownership on the part of directors is desired, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking that the company adopt a holding or retention period for its executives (for holding stock after the vesting or exercise of equity awards), taking into account any stock ownership requirements or holding period/retention ratio already in place and the actual ownership level of executives.
  Term Limits
Vote AGAINST shareholder or management proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through term limits. However, scrutinize boards where the average tenure of all directors exceeds 15 years for independence from management and for sufficient turnover to ensure that new perspectives are being added to the board.
3. Proxy Contests
  Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:
    Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;
 
    Management’s track record;
 
    Background to the proxy contest;
 
    Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);
 
    Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;
 
    Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);
 
    Stock ownership positions.
  Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote FOR the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.
  Confidential Voting

B-23


Table of Contents

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators, and use independent inspectors of election, as long as the proposal includes a provision for proxy contests as follows: In the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents will not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.
Vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.
4. Antitakeover Defenses and Voting Related Issues
  Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on advance notice proposals, supporting those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible.
  Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent
Vote AGAINST proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws.
Vote FOR proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders.
  Poison Pills
Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:
  Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or
  The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e. the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within twelve months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for poison pills to be put to a vote within a time period of less than one year after adoption. If the company has no non-shareholder approved poison pill in place and has adopted a policy with the provisions outlined above, vote AGAINST the proposal. If these conditions are not met, vote FOR the proposal, but with the caveat that a vote within twelve months would be considered sufficient.
Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:
    No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;
 
    A term of no more than three years;
 
    No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;
 
    Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, ten percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.
  Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.
Vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.
  Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

B-24


Table of Contents

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.
Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to act independently of management.
  Supermajority Vote Requirements
Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.
Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

B-25


Table of Contents

5. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings
Overall Approach
For mergers and acquisitions, review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:
    Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.
 
    Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.
 
    Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.
 
    Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.
 
    Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The CIC figure presented in the “ISS Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.
 
    Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.
  Appraisal Rights
Vote FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.
  Asset Purchases
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset purchase proposals, considering the following factors:
    Purchase price;
 
    Fairness opinion;
 
    Financial and strategic benefits;
 
    How the deal was negotiated;
 
    Conflicts of interest;
 
    Other alternatives for the business;
 
    Non-completion risk.
  Asset Sales
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset sales, considering the following factors:
    Impact on the balance sheet/working capital;

B-26


Table of Contents

    Potential elimination of diseconomies;
 
    Anticipated financial and operating benefits;
 
    Anticipated use of funds;
 
    Value received for the asset;
 
    Fairness opinion;
 
    How the deal was negotiated;
 
    Conflicts of interest.
  Bundled Proposals
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on bundled or “conditional” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, vote AGAINST the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.
  Conversion of Securities
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding conversion of securities. When evaluating these proposals the investor should review the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.
Vote FOR the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.
  Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan, taking into consideration the following:
    Dilution to existing shareholders’ position;
 
    Terms of the offer;
 
    Financial issues;
 
    Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;
 
    Control issues;
 
    Conflicts of interest.
Vote FOR the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.
  Formation of Holding Company
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company, taking into consideration the following:
    The reasons for the change;
 
    Any financial or tax benefits;
 
    Regulatory benefits;
 
    Increases in capital structure;
 
    Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.
Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend the transaction, vote AGAINST the formation of a holding company if the transaction would include either of the following:
    Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable maximum (see discussion under “Capital Structure”);
 
    Adverse changes in shareholder rights.

B-27


Table of Contents

  Going Private Transactions (LBOs, Minority Squeezeouts, and Going Dark)
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on going private transactions, taking into account the following:
    Offer price/premium;
 
    Fairness opinion;
 
    How the deal was negotiated;
 
    Conflicts of interest;
 
    Other alternatives/offers considered; and
 
    Non-completion risk.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on “going dark” transactions, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by taking into consideration:
    Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly-traded (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the stock);
 
    Cash-out value;
 
    Whether the interests of continuing and cashed-out shareholders are balanced; and
 
    The market reaction to public announcement of transaction.
  Joint Ventures
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account the following:
    Percentage of assets/business contributed;
 
    Percentage ownership;
 
    Financial and strategic benefits;
 
    Governance structure;
 
    Conflicts of interest;
 
    Other alternatives;
 
    Noncompletion risk.
  Liquidations
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on liquidations, taking into account the following:
    Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;
 
    Appraisal value of assets; and
 
    The compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.
Vote FOR the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the proposal is not approved.
  Mergers and Acquisitions/ Issuance of Shares to Facilitate Merger or Acquisition
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by giving consideration to items listed under “Mergers and Corporate Restructurings: Overall Approach.”
  Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding private placements, taking into consideration:
    Dilution to existing shareholders’ position;
 
    Terms of the offer;
 
    Financial issues;
 
    Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;
 
    Control issues;
 
    Conflicts of interest.

B-28


Table of Contents

Vote FOR the private placement if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.
  Spinoffs
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on spin-offs, considering:
    Tax and regulatory advantages;
 
    Planned use of the sale proceeds;
 
    Valuation of spinoff;
 
    Fairness opinion;
 
    Benefits to the parent company;
 
    Conflicts of interest;
 
    Managerial incentives;
 
    Corporate governance changes;
 
    Changes in the capital structure.
  Value Maximization Proposals
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder value by hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives, selling the company or liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to shareholders. These proposals should be evaluated based on the following factors:
    Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight;
 
    Signs of entrenched board and management;
 
    Strategic plan in place for improving value;
 
    Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution; and
 
    Whether company is actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.
6. State of Incorporation
  Control Share Acquisition Provisions
Control share acquisition statutes function by denying shares their voting rights when they contribute to ownership in excess of certain thresholds. Voting rights for those shares exceeding ownership limits may only be restored by approval of either a majority or supermajority of disinterested shares. Thus, control share acquisition statutes effectively require a hostile bidder to put its offer to a shareholder vote or risk voting disenfranchisement if the bidder continues buying up a large block of shares.
Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.
Vote AGAINST proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.
Vote FOR proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.
  Control Share Cash-out Provisions
Control share cash-out statutes give dissident shareholders the right to “cash-out” of their position in a company at the expense of the shareholder who has taken a control position. In other words, when an investor crosses a preset threshold level, remaining shareholders are given the right to sell their shares to the acquirer, who must buy them at the highest acquiring price.
Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share cash-out statutes.
  Disgorgement Provisions

B-29


Table of Contents

Disgorgement provisions require an acquirer or potential acquirer of more than a certain percentage of a company’s stock to disgorge, or pay back, to the company any profits realized from the sale of that company’s stock purchased 24 months before achieving control status. All sales of company stock by the acquirer occurring within a certain period of time (between 18 months and 24 months) prior to the investor’s gaining control status are subject to these recapture-of-profits provisions.
Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.
  Fair Price Provisions
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt fair price provisions (provisions that stipulate that an acquirer must pay the same price to acquire all shares as it paid to acquire the control shares), evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.
Generally, vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.
  Freeze-out Provisions
Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions. Freeze-out provisions force an investor who surpasses a certain ownership threshold in a company to wait a specified period of time before gaining control of the company.
  Greenmail
Greenmail payments are targeted share repurchases by management of company stock from individuals or groups seeking control of the company. Since only the hostile party receives payment, usually at a substantial premium over the market value of its shares, the practice discriminates against all other shareholders.
Vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.
  Reincorporation Proposals
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation, taking into consideration both financial and corporate governance concerns, including:
    The reasons for reincorporating;
 
    A comparison of the governance provisions;
 
    Comparative economic benefits; and
 
    A comparison of the jurisdictional laws.
Vote FOR re-incorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.
  Stakeholder Provisions
Vote AGAINST proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.
  State Antitakeover Statutes

B-30


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).
7. Capital Structure
  Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock
Vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.
  Common Stock Authorization
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance using a model developed by ISS.
Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase when a company’s shares are in danger of being delisted or if a company’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.
In addition, for capital requests less than or equal to 300 percent of the current authorized shares that marginally fail the calculated allowable cap (i.e., exceed the allowable cap by no more than 5 percent), on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, vote FOR the increase based on the company’s performance and whether the company’s ongoing use of shares has shown prudence. Factors should include, at a minimum, the following:
    Rationale;
 
    Good performance with respect to peers and index on a five-year total shareholder return basis;
 
    Absence of non-shareholder approved poison pill;
 
    Reasonable equity compensation burn rate;
 
    No non-shareholder approved pay plans; and
 
    Absence of egregious equity compensation practices.
  Dual-Class Stock
Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior voting rights.
Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights.
Vote FOR proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or sub-voting common stock if:
    It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders;
 
    It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.
  Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan
Vote AGAINST proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a non-shareholder approved shareholder rights plan (poison pill).
  Preemptive Rights
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights, taking into consideration: the size of a company, the characteristics of its shareholder base, and the liquidity of the stock.
  Preferred Stock

B-21


Table of Contents

Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock).
Vote FOR proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).
Vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.
Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred shares after analyzing the number of preferred shares available for issue given a company’s industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.
  Recapitalization
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account the following:
    More simplified capital structure;
 
    Enhanced liquidity;
 
    Fairness of conversion terms;
 
    Impact on voting power and dividends;
 
    Reasons for the reclassification;
 
    Conflicts of interest; and
 
    Other alternatives considered.
  Reverse Stock Splits
Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split when the number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced.
Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split to avoid delisting.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement a reverse stock split that do not proportionately reduce the number of shares authorized for issue based on the allowable increased calculated using the Capital Structure model.
  Share Repurchase Programs
Vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.
  Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends
Vote FOR management proposals to increase the common share authorization for a stock split or share dividend, provided that the increase in authorized shares would not result in an excessive number of shares available for issuance as determined using a model developed by ISS.
  Tracking Stock
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the creation of tracking stock, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as:
    Adverse governance changes;
 
    Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;
 
    Unfair method of distribution;

B-22


Table of Contents

    Diminution of voting rights;
 
    Adverse conversion features;
 
    Negative impact on stock option plans; and
 
    Alternatives such as spin-off.

B-23


Table of Contents

8. Executive and Director Compensation
Equity Compensation Plans
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:
    The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;
 
    The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options without prior shareholder approval;
 
    There is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance;
 
    The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% and the mean plus 1 standard deviation of its industry group; or
 
    The plan is a vehicle for poor pay practices.
Each of these factors is further described below:
  Cost of Equity Plans
Generally, vote AGAINST equity plans if the cost is unreasonable. For non-employee director plans, vote FOR the plan if certain factors are met (see Director Compensation section).
The cost of the equity plans is expressed as Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT), which is measured using a binomial option pricing model that assesses the amount of shareholders’ equity flowing out of the company to employees and directors. SVT is expressed as both a dollar amount and as a percentage of market value, and includes the new shares proposed, shares available under existing plans, and shares granted but unexercised. All award types are valued. For omnibus plans, unless limitations are placed on the most expensive types of awards (for example, full value awards), the assumption is made that all awards to be granted will be the most expensive types. See discussion of specific types of awards.
The Shareholder Value Transfer is reasonable if it falls below the company-specific allowable cap. The allowable cap is determined as follows: The top quartile performers in each industry group (using the Global Industry Classification Standard GICS) are identified. Benchmark SVT levels for each industry are established based on these top performers’ historic SVT. Regression analyses are run on each industry group to identify the variables most strongly correlated to SVT. The benchmark industry SVT level is then adjusted upwards or downwards for the specific company by plugging the company-specific performance measures, size and cash compensation into the industry cap equations to arrive at the company’s allowable cap.
  Repricing Provisions
Vote AGAINST plans that expressly permit the repricing of underwater stock options without prior shareholder approval, even if the cost of the plan is reasonable. Also, WITHHOLD from members of the Compensation Committee who approved and/or implemented an option exchange program by repricing and buying out underwater options for stock, cash or other consideration or canceling underwater options and regranting options with a lower exercise price without prior shareholder approval, even if such repricings are allowed in their equity plan.
Vote AGAINST plans if the company has a history of repricing options without shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude them from doing so.
  Pay-for Performance Disconnect
Generally vote AGAINST plans in which:
    there is a disconnect between the CEO’s pay and company performance (an increase in pay and a decrease in performance);
 
    the main source of the pay increase (over half) is equity-based, and
 
    the CEO is a participant of the equity proposal.

B-24


Table of Contents

Performance decreases are based on negative one- and three-year total shareholder returns. CEO pay increases are based on the CEO’s total direct compensation (salary, cash bonus, present value of stock options, face value of restricted stock, value of non-equity incentive payouts, change in pension value and nonqualified deferred compensation earnings, and all other compensation) increasing over the previous year.
WITHHOLD votes from the Compensation Committee members when the company has a pay for performance disconnect.
On a CASE-BY-CASE basis, vote for equity plans and FOR compensation committee members with a pay-for-performance disconnect if compensation committee members can present strong and compelling evidence of improved committee performance. This evidence must go beyond the usual compensation committee report disclosure. This additional evidence necessary includes all of the following:
    The compensation committee has reviewed all components of the CEO’s compensation, including the following:
    Base salary, bonus, long-term incentives;
 
    Accumulative realized and unrealized stock option and restricted stock gains;
 
    Dollar value of perquisites and other personal benefits to the CEO and the total cost to the company;
 
    Earnings and accumulated payment obligations under the company’s nonqualified deferred compensation program;
 
    Actual projected payment obligations under the company’s supplemental executive retirement plan (SERPs).
    A tally sheet with all the above components should be disclosed for the following termination scenarios:
    Payment if termination occurs within 12 months: $_____;
 
    Payment if “not for cause” termination occurs within 12 months: $_____;
 
    Payment if “change of control” termination occurs within 12 months: $_____.
    The compensation committee is committed to providing additional information on the named executives’ annual cash bonus program and/or long-term incentive cash plan for the current fiscal year. The compensation committee will provide full disclosure of the qualitative and quantitative performance criteria and hurdle rates used to determine the payouts of the cash program. From this disclosure, shareholders will know the minimum level of performance required for any cash bonus to be delivered, as well as the maximum cash bonus payable for superior performance.
The repetition of the compensation committee report does not meet ISS’ requirement of compelling and strong evidence of improved disclosure. The level of transparency and disclosure is at the highest level where shareholders can understand the mechanics of the annual cash bonus and/or long-term incentive cash plan based on the additional disclosure.
    The compensation committee is committed to granting a substantial portion of performance-based equity awards to the named executive officers. A substantial portion of performance-based awards would be at least 50 percent of the shares awarded to each of the named executive officers. Performance-based equity awards are earned or paid out based on the achievement of company performance targets. The company will disclose the details of the performance criteria (e.g., return on equity) and the hurdle rates (e.g., 15 percent) associated with the performance targets. From this disclosure, shareholders will know the minimum level of performance required for any equity grants to be made. The performance-based equity awards do not refer to non-qualified stock options1 or performance-accelerated grants.2 Instead,
 
1   Non-qualified stock options are not performance-based awards unless the grant or the vesting of the stock options is tied to the achievement of a pre-determined and disclosed performance measure. A rising stock market will generally increase share prices of all companies, despite of the company’s underlying performance.
 
2   Performance-accelerated grants are awards that vest earlier based on the achievement of a specified measure. However, these grants will ultimately vest over time even without the attainment of the goal(s).

B-25


Table of Contents

      performance-based equity awards are performance-contingent grants where the individual will not receive the equity grant by not meeting the target performance and vice versa.
The level of transparency and disclosure is at the highest level where shareholders can understand the mechanics of the performance-based equity awards based on the additional disclosure.
    The compensation committee has the sole authority to hire and fire outside compensation consultants. The role of the outside compensation consultant is to assist the compensation committee to analyze executive pay packages or contracts and understand the company’s financial measures.
  Three-Year Burn Rate/Burn Rate Commitment
Generally vote AGAINST plans if the company’s most recent three-year burn rate exceeds one standard deviation in excess of the industry mean (per the following Burn Rate Table) and is over two percent of common shares outstanding. The three-year burn rate policy does not apply to non-employee director plans unless outside directors receive a significant portion of shares each year.
However, vote FOR equity plans if the company fails this burn rate test but the company commits in a public filing to a three-year average burn rate equal to its GICS group burn rate mean plus one standard deviation (or 2%, whichever is greater), assuming all other conditions for voting FOR the plan have been met.
If a company fails to fulfill its burn rate commitment, vote to WITHHOLD from the compensation committee.

B-26


Table of Contents

2007 Burn Rate Table
                                                         
            Russell 3000   Non-Russell 3000
                    Standard   Mean +           Standard   Mean +
GICS   Description   Mean   Deviation   STDEV   Mean   Deviation   STDEV
  1010    
Energy
    1.37 %     0.92 %     2.29 %     1.76 %     2.01 %     3.77 %
  1510    
Materials
    1.23 %     0.62 %     1.85 %     2.21 %     2.15 %     4.36 %
  2010    
Capital Goods
    1.60 %     0.98 %     2.57 %     2.34 %     1.98 %     4.32 %
  2020    
Commercial Services & Supplies
    2.39 %     1.42 %     3.81 %     2.25 %     1.93 %     4.18 %
  2030    
Transportation
    1.30 %     1.01 %     2.31 %     1.92 %     1.95 %     3.86 %
  2510    
Automobiles & Components
    1.93 %     0.98 %     2.90 %     2.37 %     2.32 %     4.69 %
  2520    
Consumer Durables & Apparel
    1.97 %     1.12 %     3.09 %     2.02 %     1.68 %     3.70 %
  2530    
Hotels Restaurants & Leisure
    2.22 %     1.19 %     3.41 %     2.29 %     1.88 %     4.17 %
  2540    
Media
    1.78 %     0.92 %     2.70 %     3.26 %     2.36 %     5.62 %
  2550    
Retailing
    1.95 %     1.10 %     3.05 %     2.92 %     2.21 %     5.14 %
  3010, 3020, 3030    
Food & Staples Retailing
    1.66 %     1.25 %     2.91 %     1.90 %     2.00 %     3.90 %
  3510    
Health Care Equipment & Services
    2.87 %     1.32 %     4.19 %     3.51 %     2.31 %     5.81 %
  3520    
Pharmaceuticals & Biotechnology
    3.12 %     1.38 %     4.50 %     3.96 %     2.89 %     6.85 %
  4010    
Banks
    1.31 %     0.89 %     2.20 %     1.15 %     1.10 %     2.25 %
  4020    
Diversified Financials
    2.13 %     1.64 %     3.76 %     4.84 %     5.03 %     9.87 %
  4030    
Insurance
    1.34 %     0.88 %     2.22 %     1.60 %     1.96 %     3.56 %
  4040    
Real Estate
    1.21 %     1.02 %     2.23 %     1.21 %     1.02 %     2.23 %
  4510    
Software & Services
    3.77 %     2.05 %     5.82 %     5.33 %     3.13 %     8.46 %
  4520    
Technology Hardware & Equipment
    3.05 %     1.65 %     4.70 %     3.58 %     2.34 %     5.92 %
  4530    
Semiconductors & Semiconductor Equip.
    3.76 %     1.64 %     5.40 %     4.48 %     2.46 %     6.94 %
  5010    
Telecommunication Services
    1.71 %     0.99 %     2.70 %     2.98 %     2.94 %     5.92 %
  5510    
Utilities
    0.84 %     0.51 %     1.35 %     0.84 %     0.51 %     1.35 %
For companies that grant both full value awards and stock options to their employees, ISS shall apply a premium on full value awards for the past three fiscal years. The guideline for applying the premium is as follows:
         
    Annual Stock Price    
Characteristics   Volatility   Premium
High annual volatility
  53% and higher   1 full-value award will count as 1.5 option shares
Moderate annual volatility
  25% — 52%   1 full-value award will count as 2.0 option shares
Low annual volatility
  Less than 25%   1 full-value award will count as 4.0 option shares
  Poor Pay Practices
Vote AGAINST equity plans if the plan is a vehicle for poor compensation practices.
WITHHOLD from compensation committee members, CEO, and potentially the entire board, if the company has poor compensation practices. The following practices, while not exhaustive, are examples of poor compensation practices that may warrant withholding votes:
  Egregious employment contracts (e.g., those containing multi-year guarantees for bonuses and grants);
  Excessive perks that dominate compensation (e.g., tax gross-ups for personal use of corporate aircraft);
  Huge bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage or proper disclosure;
  Performance metrics that are changed (e.g., canceled or replaced during the performance period without adequate explanation of the action and the link to performance);

B-27


Table of Contents

  Egregious pension/SERP (supplemental executive retirement plan) payouts (e.g., the inclusion of additional years of service not worked or inclusion of performance-based equity awards in the pension calculation);
  New CEO awarded an overly generous new hire package (e.g., including excessive “make whole” provisions or any of the poor pay practices listed in this policy);
  Excessive severance provisions (e.g., including excessive change in control payments);
  Change in control payouts without loss of job or substantial diminution of job duties;
  Internal pay disparity;
  Options backdating (covered in a separate policy); and
  Other excessive compensation payouts or poor pay practices at the company.
Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations:
  Dividend Equivalent Rights
Options that have Dividend Equivalent Rights (DERs) associated with them will have a higher calculated award value than those without DERs under the binomial model, based on the value of these dividend streams. The higher value will be applied to new shares, shares available under existing plans, and shares awarded but not exercised per the plan specifications. DERS transfer more shareholder equity to employees and non-employee directors and this cost should be captured.
  Liberal Share Recycling Provisions
Under net share counting provisions, shares tendered by an option holder to pay for the exercise of an option, shares withheld for taxes or shares repurchased by the company on the open market can be recycled back into the equity plan for awarding again. All awards with such provisions should be valued as full-value awards. Stock-settled stock appreciation rights (SSARs) will also be considered as full-value awards if a company counts only the net shares issued to employees towards their plan reserve.
Other Compensation Proposals and Policies
  401(k) Employee Benefit Plans
Vote FOR proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.
  Director Compensation
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on compensation plans for non-employee directors, based on the cost of the plans against the company’s allowable cap.
On occasion, director stock plans that set aside a relatively small number of shares when combined with employee or executive stock compensation plans exceed the allowable cap. Vote for the plan if ALL of the following qualitative factors in the board’s compensation are met and disclosed in the proxy statement:
    Director stock ownership guidelines with a minimum of three times the annual cash retainer.
 
    Vesting schedule or mandatory holding/deferral period:
    A minimum vesting of three years for stock options or restricted stock; or
 
    Deferred stock payable at the end of a three-year deferral period.
    Mix between cash and equity:
    A balanced mix of cash and equity, for example 40% cash/60% equity or 50% cash/50% equity; or
 
    If the mix is heavier on the equity component, the vesting schedule or deferral period should be more stringent, with the lesser of five years or the term of directorship.
    No retirement/benefits and perquisites provided to non-employee directors; and
 
    Detailed disclosure provided on cash and equity compensation delivered to each non-employee director for the most recent fiscal year in a table. The column headers for the table may include the following: name of each non-employee director, annual retainer, board meeting fees, committee retainer, committee-meeting fees, and equity grants.

B-28


Table of Contents

  Director Retirement Plans
Vote AGAINST retirement plans for non-employee directors.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non-employee directors.
  Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)
Vote FOR proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (more than five percent of outstanding shares).
  Employee Stock Purchase Plans— Qualified Plans
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:
    Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;
 
    Offering period is 27 months or less; and
 
    The number of shares allocated to the plan is ten percent or less of the outstanding shares.
Vote AGAINST qualified employee stock purchase plans where any of the following apply:
    Purchase price is less than 85 percent of fair market value; or
 
    Offering period is greater than 27 months; or
 
    The number of shares allocated to the plan is more than ten percent of the outstanding shares.
  Employee Stock Purchase Plans— Non-Qualified Plans
Vote CASE-by-CASE on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:
    Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company);
 
    Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;
 
    Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value;
 
    No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution.
Vote AGAINST nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when any of the plan features do not meet the above criteria. If the company matching contribution exceeds 25 percent of employee’s contribution, evaluate the cost of the plan against its allowable cap.
  Incentive Bonus Plans and Tax Deductibility Proposals (OBRA-Related
  Compensation Proposals)
Vote FOR proposals that simply amend shareholder-approved compensation plans to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m).

B-29


Table of Contents

Vote FOR proposals to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) unless they are clearly inappropriate.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on amendments to existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) as long as the plan does not exceed the allowable cap and the plan does not violate any of the supplemental policies.
Generally vote FOR cash or cash and stock bonus plans that are submitted to shareholders for the purpose of exempting compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) if no increase in shares is requested.
  Options Backdating
In cases where a company has practiced options backdating, WITHHOLD on a CASE-BY-CASE basis from the members of the compensation committee, depending on the severity of the practices and the subsequent corrective actions on the part of the board. WITHHOLD from the compensation committee members who oversaw the questionable options grant practices or from current compensation committee members who fail to respond to the issue proactively, depending on several factors, including, but not limited to:
    Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;
 
    Length of time of options backdating;
 
    Size of restatement due to options backdating;
 
    Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or repricing backdated options, or recoupment of option gains on backdated grants;
 
    Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating, and creation of a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants going forward.
  Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options
Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options taking into consideration:
    Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;
 
    Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?
 
    Is this a value-for-value exchange?
 
    Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?
 
    Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?
 
    Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;
 
    Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;
 
    Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.
If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s three-year average burn rate.
In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

B-31


Table of Contents

  Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash
Vote CASE-by-CASE on plans which provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock.
Vote FOR non-employee director only equity plans which provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange.
Vote CASE-by-CASE on plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange. In cases where the exchange is not dollar-for-dollar, the request for new or additional shares for such equity program will be considered using the binomial option pricing model. In an effort to capture the total cost of total compensation, ISS will not make any adjustments to carve out the in-lieu-of cash compensation.
  Transfer Programs of Stock Options
One-time Transfers: WITHHOLD votes from compensation committee members if they fail to submit one-time transfers for to shareholders for approval.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on one-time transfers. Vote FOR if:
    Executive officers and non-employee directors are excluded from participating;
 
    Stock options are purchased by third-party financial institutions at a discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation or other appropriate financial models;
 
    There is a two-year minimum holding period for sale proceeds (cash or stock) for all participants.
Additionally, management should provide a clear explanation of why options are being transferred and whether the events leading up to the decline in stock price were beyond management’s control. A review of the company’s historic stock price volatility should indicate if the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term.
Shareholder Proposals on Compensation
  Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.
  Compensation Consultants- Disclosure of Board or Company’s Utilization
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding the Company, Board, or Board committee’s use of compensation consultants, such as company name, business relationship(s) and fees paid.
  Disclosure/Setting Levels or Types of Compensation for Executives and Directors
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is relevant to shareholders’ needs, would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the company.

B-32


Table of Contents

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.
Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring director fees be paid in stock only.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook.
  Option Repricing
Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.
  Pay for Superior Performance
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals based on a case-by-case analysis that requests the board establish a pay-for-superior performance standard in the company’s executive compensation plan for senior executives. The proposals call for:
    the annual incentive component of the plan should utilize financial performance criteria that can be benchmarked against peer group performance, and provide that no annual bonus be awarded based on financial performance criteria unless the company exceeds the median or mean performance of a disclosed group of peer companies on the selected financial criteria;
 
    the long-term equity compensation component of the plan should utilize financial and/or stock price performance criteria that can be benchmarked against peer group performance, and any options, restricted shares, or other equity compensation used should be structured so that compensation is received only when company performance exceeds the median or mean performance of the peer group companies on the selected financial and stock price performance criteria; and
 
    the plan disclosure should allow shareholders to monitor the correlation between pay and performance.
Consider the following factors in evaluating this proposal:
    What aspects of the company’s annual and long -term equity incentive programs are performance driven?
 
    If the annual and long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven, are the performance criteria and hurdle rates disclosed to shareholders or are they benchmarked against a disclosed peer group?
 
    Can shareholders assess the correlation between pay and performance based on the current disclosure?
 
    What type of industry and stage of business cycle does the company belong to?
  Pension Plan Income Accounting
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals to exclude pension plan income in the calculation of earnings used in determining executive bonuses/compensation.
  Performance-Based Awards
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposal requesting that a significant amount of future long-term incentive compensation awarded to senior executives shall be performance-based and requesting that the board adopt and disclose challenging performance metrics to shareholders, based on the following analytical steps:
  First, vote FOR shareholder proposals advocating the use of performance-based equity awards, such as performance contingent options or restricted stock, indexed options or premium-priced options, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or if the company has demonstrated that it is using a “substantial” portion of performance-based awards for its top executives. Standard stock options and performance-accelerated awards do not meet the criteria to be considered as performance-based awards. Further, premium-priced options should have a premium of at least 25 percent and higher to be considered performance-based awards.

B-33


Table of Contents

  Second, assess the rigor of the company’s performance-based equity program. If the bar set for the performance-based program is too low based on the company’s historical or peer group comparison, generally vote FOR the proposal. Furthermore, if target performance results in an above target payout, vote FOR the shareholder proposal due to program’s poor design. If the company does not disclose the performance metric of the performance-based equity program, vote FOR the shareholder proposal regardless of the outcome of the first step to the test.
In general, vote FOR the shareholder proposal if the company does not meet both of the above two steps.
  Severance Agreements for Executives/Golden Parachutes
Vote FOR shareholder proposals to require golden parachutes or executive severance agreements to be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts.
Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include, but is not limited to, the following:
    The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management;
 
    The amount should not exceed three times base amount (defined as the average annual taxable W-2 compensation during the five years prior to the year in which the change of control occurs;
 
    Change-in-control payments should be double-triggered, i.e., (1) after a change in control has taken place, and (2) termination of the executive as a result of the change in control. Change in control is defined as a change in the company ownership structure.
  Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary benefits contained in SERP agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company’s executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under employee-wide plans.
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to limit the executive benefits provided under the company’s supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) by limiting covered compensation to a senior executive’s annual salary and excluding of all incentive or bonus pay from the plan’s definition of covered compensation used to establish such benefits.
9. Corporate Responsibility
Consumer Issues and Public Safety
  Animal Rights
Generally vote AGAINST proposals to phase out the use of animals in product testing unless:
    The company is conducting animal testing programs that are unnecessary or not required by regulation;
 
    The company is conducting animal testing when suitable alternatives are accepted and used at peer firms;
 
    The company has been the subject of recent, significant controversy related to its testing programs.
Generally vote FOR proposals seeking a report on the company’s animal welfare standards unless:
    The company has already published a set of animal welfare standards and monitors compliance;
 
    The company’s standards are comparable to or better than those of peer firms; and
 
    There are no serious controversies surrounding the company’s treatment of animals.
  Drug Pricing
Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing.

B-34


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting that the company evaluate their product pricing considering:
    The existing level of disclosure on pricing policies;
 
    Deviation from established industry pricing norms;
 
    The company’s existing initiatives to provide its products to needy consumers;
 
    Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions.
  Drug Reimportation
Generally vote FOR proposals requesting that companies report on the financial and legal impact of their policies regarding prescription drug reimportation unless such information is already publicly disclosed.
Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation.
  Genetically Modified Foods
Vote AGAINST proposals asking companies to voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in their products or alternatively to provide interim labeling and eventually eliminate GE ingredients due to the costs and feasibility of labeling and/or phasing out the use of GE ingredients.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of labeling products containing GE ingredients taking into account:
    The relevance of the proposal in terms of the company’s business and the proportion of it affected by the resolution;
 
    The quality of the company’s disclosure on GE product labeling and related voluntary initiatives and how this disclosure compares with peer company disclosure;
 
    Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling, including information on the related costs;
 
    Any voluntary labeling initiatives undertaken or considered by the company.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking for the preparation of a report on the financial, legal, and environmental impact of continued use of GE ingredients/seeds. Evaluate the following:
    The relevance of the proposal in terms of the company’s business and the proportion of it affected by the resolution;
 
    The quality of the company’s disclosure on risks related to GE product use and how this disclosure compares with peer company disclosure;
 
    The percentage of revenue derived from international operations, particularly in Europe, where GE products are more regulated and consumer backlash is more pronounced.
Vote AGAINST proposals seeking a report on the health and environmental effects of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Health studies of this sort are better undertaken by regulators and the scientific community.
Vote AGAINST proposals to completely phase out GE ingredients from the company’s products or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products. Such resolutions presuppose that there are proven health risks to GE ingredients (an issue better left to federal regulators) that outweigh the economic benefits derived from biotechnology.
  Handguns
Generally vote AGAINST requests for reports on a company’s policies aimed at curtailing gun violence in the United States unless the report is confined to product safety information. Criminal misuse of firearms is beyond company control and instead falls within the purview of law enforcement agencies.
  HIV/AIDS

B-35


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports outlining the impact of the health pandemic (HIV/AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis) on the company’s Sub-Saharan operations and how the company is responding to it, taking into account:
    The nature and size of the company’s operations in Sub-Saharan Africa and the number of local employees;
 
    The company’s existing healthcare policies, including benefits and healthcare access for local workers;
 
    Company donations to healthcare providers operating in the region.
Vote AGAINST proposals asking companies to establish, implement, and report on a standard of response to the HIV/AIDS, TB, and malaria health pandemic in Africa and other developing countries, unless the company has significant operations in these markets and has failed to adopt policies and/or procedures to address these issues comparable to those of industry peers.
  Predatory Lending
Vote CASE-BY CASE on requests for reports on the company’s procedures for preventing predatory lending, including the establishment of a board committee for oversight, taking into account:
    Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to prevent abusive lending practices;
 
    Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of its subprime business;
 
    Whether the company has been subject to violations of lending laws or serious lending controversies;
 
    Peer companies’ policies to prevent abusive lending practices.
  Tobacco
Most tobacco-related proposals should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into account the following factors:
Second-hand smoke:
    Whether the company complies with all local ordinances and regulations;
 
    The degree that voluntary restrictions beyond those mandated by law might hurt the company’s competitiveness;
 
    The risk of any health-related liabilities.
Advertising to youth:
    Whether the company complies with federal, state, and local laws on the marketing of tobacco or if it has been fined for violations;
 
    Whether the company has gone as far as peers in restricting advertising;
 
    Whether the company entered into the Master Settlement Agreement, which restricts marketing of tobacco to youth;
 
    Whether restrictions on marketing to youth extend to foreign countries.
Cease production of tobacco-related products or avoid selling products to tobacco companies:
    The percentage of the company’s business affected;
 
    The economic loss of eliminating the business versus any potential tobacco-related liabilities.
Spin-off tobacco-related businesses:
    The percentage of the company’s business affected;
 
    The feasibility of a spin-off;
 
    Potential future liabilities related to the company’s tobacco business.
Stronger product warnings:
Vote AGAINST proposals seeking stronger product warnings. Such decisions are better left to public health authorities.
Investment in tobacco stocks:

B-36


Table of Contents

Vote AGAINST proposals prohibiting investment in tobacco equities. Such decisions are better left to portfolio managers.
  Toxic Chemicals
Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company discloses its policies related to toxic chemicals.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on resolutions requesting that companies evaluate and disclose the potential financial and legal risks associated with utilizing certain chemicals, considering:
    Current regulations in the markets in which the company operates;
 
    Recent significant controversy, litigation, or fines stemming from toxic chemicals or ingredients at the company; and
 
    The current level of disclosure on this topic.
Generally vote AGAINST resolutions requiring that a company reformulate its products within a certain timeframe unless such actions are required by law in specific markets.
Environment and Energy
  Arctic National Wildlife Refuge
Generally vote AGAINST request for reports outlining potential environmental damage from drilling in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge (ANWR) unless:
    New legislation is adopted allowing development and drilling in the ANWR region;
 
    The company intends to pursue operations in the ANWR; and
 
    The company does not currently disclose an environmental risk report for their operations in the ANWR.
  CERES Principles
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt the CERES Principles, taking into account:
    The company’s current environmental disclosure beyond legal requirements, including environmental health and safety (EHS) audits and reports that may duplicate CERES;
 
    The company’s environmental performance record, including violations of federal and state regulations, level of toxic emissions, and accidental spills;
 
    Environmentally conscious practices of peer companies, including endorsement of CERES;
 
    Costs of membership and implementation.
  Climate Change
In general, vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the impact of climate change on the company’s operations unless:
    The company already provides current, publicly-available information on the perceived impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated policies and procedures to address such risks and/or opportunities;
 
    The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to or better than information provided by industry peers; and
 
    There are no significant fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.
  Concentrated Area Feeding Operations (CAFOs)

B-37


Table of Contents

Vote FOR resolutions requesting that companies report to shareholders on the risks and liabilities associated with CAFOs unless:
    The company has publicly disclosed guidelines for its corporate and contract farming operations, including compliance monitoring; or
 
    The company does not directly source from CAFOs.
  Environmental-Economic Risk Report
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting an economic risk assessment of environmental performance considering:
    The feasibility of financially quantifying environmental risk factors;
 
    The company’s compliance with applicable legislation and/or regulations regarding environmental performance;
 
    The costs associated with implementing improved standards;
 
    The potential costs associated with remediation resulting from poor environmental performance; and
 
    The current level of disclosure on environmental policies and initiatives.
  Environmental Reports
Generally vote FOR requests for reports disclosing the company’s environmental policies unless it already has well-documented environmental management systems that are available to the public.
  Global Warming
Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas emissions from company operations and/or products unless this information is already publicly disclosed or such factors are not integral to the company’s line of business.
Generally vote AGAINST proposals that call for reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by specified amounts or within a restrictive time frame unless the company lags industry standards and has been the subject of recent, significant fines or litigation resulting from greenhouse gas emissions.
  Kyoto Protocol Compliance
Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that companies outline their preparations to comply with standards established by Kyoto Protocol signatory markets unless:
    The company does not maintain operations in Kyoto signatory markets;
 
    The company already evaluates and substantially discloses such information; or,
 
    Greenhouse gas emissions do not significantly impact the company’s core businesses.
  Land Use
Generally vote AGAINST resolutions that request the disclosure of detailed information on a company’s policies related to land use or development unless the company has been the subject of recent, significant fines or litigation stemming from its land use.
  Nuclear Safety
Generally vote AGAINST resolutions requesting that companies report on risks associated with their nuclear reactor designs and/or the production and interim storage of irradiated fuel rods unless:
    The company does not have publicly disclosed guidelines describing its policies and procedures for addressing risks associated with its operations;
 
    The company is non-compliant with Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) requirements; or

B-38


Table of Contents

    The company stands out amongst its peers or competitors as having significant problems with safety or environmental performance related to its nuclear operations.
  Operations in Protected Areas
Generally vote FOR requests for reports outlining potential environmental damage from operations in protected regions, including wildlife refuges unless:
    The company does not currently have operations or plans to develop operations in these protected regions; or,
 
    The company provides disclosure on its operations and environmental policies in these regions comparable to industry peers.
  Recycling
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt a comprehensive recycling strategy, taking into account:
    The nature of the company’s business and the percentage affected;
 
    The extent that peer companies are recycling;
 
    The timetable prescribed by the proposal;
 
    The costs and methods of implementation;
 
    Whether the company has a poor environmental track record, such as violations of federal and state regulations.
  Renewable Energy
In general, vote FOR requests for reports on the feasibility of developing renewable energy sources unless the report is duplicative of existing disclosure or irrelevant to the company’s line of business.
Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that the company invest in renewable energy sources. Such decisions are best left to management’s evaluation of the feasibility and financial impact that such programs may have on the company.
  Sustainability Report
Generally vote FOR proposals requesting the company to report on policies and initiatives related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability, unless:
    The company already discloses similar information through existing reports or policies such as an Environment, Health, and Safety (EHS) report; a comprehensive Code of Corporate Conduct; and/or a Diversity Report; or
 
    The company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a similar standard within a specified time frame.
General Corporate Issues
  Charitable/Political Contributions
Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking the company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace so long as:
    The company is in compliance with laws governing corporate political activities; and
 
    The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and not coercive.
Vote AGAINST proposals to publish in newspapers and public media the company’s political contributions as such publications could present significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to shareholders.

B-39


Table of Contents

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to improve the disclosure of a company’s political contributions considering:
    Recent significant controversy or litigation related to the company’s political contributions or governmental affairs; and
 
    The public availability of a policy on political contributions.
Vote AGAINST proposals barring the company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level and barring contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.
Vote AGAINST proposals restricting the company from making charitable contributions. Charitable contributions are generally useful for assisting worthwhile causes and for creating goodwill in the community. In the absence of bad faith, self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which contributions are in the best interests of the company.
Vote AGAINST proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders.
  Disclosure of Lobbying Expenditures/Initiatives
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting information on a company’s lobbying initiatives, considering any significant controversy or litigation surrounding a company’s public policy activities, the current level of disclosure on lobbying strategy, and the impact that the policy issue may have on the company’s business operations.
  Link Executive Compensation to Social Performance
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to review ways of linking executive compensation to social factors, such as corporate downsizings, customer or employee satisfaction, community involvement, human rights, environmental performance, predatory lending, and executive/employee pay disparities. Such resolutions should be evaluated in the
context of:
    The relevance of the issue to be linked to pay;
 
    The degree that social performance is already included in the company’s pay structure and disclosed;
 
    The degree that social performance is used by peer companies in setting pay;
 
    Violations or complaints filed against the company relating to the particular social performance measure;
 
    Artificial limits sought by the proposal, such as freezing or capping executive pay
 
    Independence of the compensation committee;
 
    Current company pay levels.
  Outsourcing/Offshoring
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing, considering:
    Risks associated with certain international markets;
 
    The utility of such a report to shareholders;
 
    The existence of a publicly available code of corporate conduct that applies to international operations.
Labor Standards and Human Rights
  China Principles
Vote AGAINST proposals to implement the China Principles unless:
    There are serious controversies surrounding the company’s China operations; and

B-40


Table of Contents

    The company does not have a code of conduct with standards similar to those promulgated by the International Labor Organization (ILO).
  Country-specific Human Rights Reports
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports detailing the company’s operations in a particular country and steps to protect human rights, based on:
    The nature and amount of company business in that country;
 
    The company’s workplace code of conduct;
 
    Proprietary and confidential information involved;
 
    Company compliance with U.S. regulations on investing in the country;
 
    Level of peer company involvement in the country.
  International Codes of Conduct/Vendor Standards
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement certain human rights standards at company facilities or those of its suppliers and to commit to outside, independent monitoring. In evaluating these proposals, the following should be considered:
    The company’s current workplace code of conduct or adherence to other global standards and the degree they meet the standards promulgated by the proponent;
 
    Agreements with foreign suppliers to meet certain workplace standards;
 
    Whether company and vendor facilities are monitored and how;
 
    Company participation in fair labor organizations;
 
    Type of business;
 
    Proportion of business conducted overseas;
 
    Countries of operation with known human rights abuses;
 
    Whether the company has been recently involved in significant labor and human rights controversies or violations;
 
    Peer company standards and practices;
 
    Union presence in company’s international factories.
Generally vote FOR reports outlining vendor standards compliance unless any of the following apply:
    The company does not operate in countries with significant human rights violations;
 
    The company has no recent human rights controversies or violations; or
 
    The company already publicly discloses information on its vendor standards compliance.
  MacBride Principles
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to endorse or increase activity on the MacBride Principles, taking into account:
    Company compliance with or violations of the Fair Employment Act of 1989;
 
    Company antidiscrimination policies that already exceed the legal requirements;
 
    The cost and feasibility of adopting all nine principles;
 
    The cost of duplicating efforts to follow two sets of standards (Fair Employment and the MacBride Principles);
 
    The potential for charges of reverse discrimination;
 
    The potential that any company sales or contracts in the rest of the United Kingdom could be negatively impacted;
 
    The level of the company’s investment in Northern Ireland;
 
    The number of company employees in Northern Ireland;
 
    The degree that industry peers have adopted the MacBride Principles;
 
    Applicable state and municipal laws that limit contracts with companies that have not adopted the MacBride Principles.

B-41


Table of Contents

Military Business
  Foreign Military Sales/Offsets
Vote AGAINST reports on foreign military sales or offsets. Such disclosures may involve sensitive and confidential information. Moreover, companies must comply with government controls and reporting on foreign military sales.
  Landmines and Cluster Bombs
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking a company to renounce future involvement in antipersonnel landmine production, taking into account:
    Whether the company has in the past manufactured landmine components;
 
    Whether the company’s peers have renounced future production.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking a company to renounce future involvement in cluster bomb production, taking into account:
    What weapons classifications the proponent views as cluster bombs;
 
    Whether the company currently or in the past has manufactured cluster bombs or their components;
 
    The percentage of revenue derived from cluster bomb manufacture;
 
    Whether the company’s peers have renounced future production.
  Nuclear Weapons
Vote AGAINST proposals asking a company to cease production of nuclear weapons components and delivery systems, including disengaging from current and proposed contracts. Components and delivery systems serve multiple military and non-military uses, and withdrawal from these contracts could have a negative impact on the company’s business.
  Operations in Nations Sponsoring Terrorism (e.g., Iran)
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for a board committee review and report outlining the company’s financial and reputational risks from its operations in a terrorism-sponsoring state, taking into account current disclosure on:
    The nature and purpose of the operations and the amount of business involved (direct and indirect revenues and expenses) that could be affected by political disruption;
 
    Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws.
  Spaced-Based Weaponization
Generally vote FOR reports on a company’s involvement in spaced-based weaponization unless:
    The information is already publicly available; or
 
    The disclosures sought could compromise proprietary information.
Workplace Diversity
  Board Diversity
Generally vote FOR reports on the company’s efforts to diversify the board, unless:
    The board composition is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business; or
 
    The board already reports on its nominating procedures and diversity initiatives.
Generally vote AGAINST proposals that would call for the adoption of specific committee charter language regarding diversity initiatives unless the company fails to publicly disclose existing equal opportunity or non-discrimination policies.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking the company to increase the representation of women and minorities on the board, taking into account:

B-42


Table of Contents

    The degree of board diversity;
 
    Comparison with peer companies;
 
    Established process for improving board diversity;
 
    Existence of independent nominating committee;
 
    Use of outside search firm;
 
    History of EEO violations.
  Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO)
Generally vote FOR reports outlining the company’s affirmative action initiatives unless all of the following apply:
    The company has well-documented equal opportunity programs;
 
    The company already publicly reports on its company-wide affirmative initiatives and provides data on its workforce diversity; and
 
    The company has no recent EEO-related violations or litigation.
Vote AGAINST proposals seeking information on the diversity efforts of suppliers and service providers, which can pose a significant cost and administration burden on the company.
  Glass Ceiling
Generally vote FOR reports outlining the company’s progress towards the Glass Ceiling Commission’s business recommendations, unless:
    The composition of senior management and the board is fairly inclusive;
 
    The company has well-documented programs addressing diversity initiatives and leadership development;
 
    The company already issues public reports on its company-wide affirmative initiatives and provides data on its workforce diversity; and
 
    The company has had no recent, significant EEO-related violations or litigation.
  Sexual Orientation
Vote FOR proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement in order to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation, unless the change would result in excessive costs for the company.
Vote AGAINST proposals to extend company benefits to or eliminate benefits from domestic partners. Benefits decisions should be left to the discretion of the company.

B-43


Table of Contents

10. Mutual Fund Proxies
  Election of Directors
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors and trustees, following the same guidelines for uncontested directors for public company shareholder meetings. However, mutual fund boards do not usually have compensation committees, so do not withhold for the lack of this committee.
  Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:
    Past performance as a closed-end fund;
 
    Market in which the fund invests;
 
    Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and
 
    Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.
  Proxy Contests
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proxy contests, considering the following factors:
    Past performance relative to its peers;
 
    Market in which fund invests;
 
    Measures taken by the board to address the issues;
 
    Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals;
 
    Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;
 
    Independence of directors;
 
    Experience and skills of director candidates;
 
    Governance profile of the company;
 
    Evidence of management entrenchment.
  Investment Advisory Agreements
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on investment advisory agreements, considering the following factors:
    Proposed and current fee schedules;
 
    Fund category/investment objective;
 
    Performance benchmarks;
 
    Share price performance as compared with peers;
 
    Resulting fees relative to peers;
 
    Assignments (where the advisor undergoes a change of control).
  Approving New Classes or Series of Shares
Vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.
  Preferred Stock Proposals
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the authorization for or increase in preferred shares, considering the following factors:
    Stated specific financing purpose;
 
    Possible dilution for common shares;
 
    Whether the shares can be used for antitakeover purposes.
  1940 Act Policies
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on policies under the Investment Advisor Act of 1940, considering the following factors:
    Potential competitiveness;

B-44


Table of Contents

    Regulatory developments;
 
    Current and potential returns; and
 
    Current and potential risk.
Generally vote FOR these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with the current SEC interpretation.
  Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Nonfundamental Restriction
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:
    The fund’s target investments;
 
    The reasons given by the fund for the change; and
 
    The projected impact of the change on the portfolio.
  Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Nonfundamental
Vote AGAINST proposals to change a fund’s fundamental investment objective to non-fundamental.
  Name Change Proposals
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on name change proposals, considering the following factors:
    Political/economic changes in the target market;
 
    Consolidation in the target market; and
 
    Current asset composition.
  Change in Fund’s Subclassification
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on changes in a fund’s sub-classification, considering the following factors:
    Potential competitiveness;
 
    Current and potential returns;
 
    Risk of concentration;
 
    Consolidation in target industry.
  Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation
    Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to dispose of assets, to terminate or liquidate, considering the following factors:
    Strategies employed to salvage the company;
 
    The fund’s past performance;
 
    The terms of the liquidation.
  Changes to the Charter Document
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on changes to the charter document, considering the following factors:
    The degree of change implied by the proposal;
 
    The efficiencies that could result;
 
    The state of incorporation;
 
    Regulatory standards and implications.
Vote AGAINST any of the following changes:
    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to reorganize or terminate the trust or any of its series;
 
    Removal of shareholder approval requirement for amendments to the new declaration of trust;

B-45


Table of Contents

    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to amend the fund’s management contract, allowing the contract to be modified by the investment manager and the trust management, as permitted by the 1940 Act;
 
    Allow the trustees to impose other fees in addition to sales charges on investment in a fund, such as deferred sales charges and redemption fees that may be imposed upon redemption of a fund’s shares;
 
    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to engage in and terminate subadvisory arrangements;
 
    Removal of shareholder approval requirement to change the domicile of the fund.
  Changing the Domicile of a Fund
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on re-incorporations, considering the following factors:
    Regulations of both states;
 
    Required fundamental policies of both states;
 
    The increased flexibility available.
  Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisors Without Shareholder Approval
Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the board to hire/terminate subadvisors without shareholder approval.
  Distribution Agreements
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on distribution agreement proposals, considering the following factors:
    Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives;
 
    The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance;
 
    The competitiveness of the fund in the industry;
 
    The terms of the agreement.
  Master-Feeder Structure
Vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.
  Mergers
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on merger proposals, considering the following factors:
    Resulting fee structure;
 
    Performance of both funds;
 
    Continuity of management personnel;
 
    Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.
Shareholder Proposals for Mutual Funds
  Establish Director Ownership Requirement
Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.
  Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When supporting the dissidents, vote FOR the reimbursement of the proxy solicitation expenses.
  Terminate the Investment Advisor
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to terminate the investment advisor, considering the following factors:
    Performance of the fund’s Net Asset Value (NAV);

B-46


Table of Contents

    The fund’s history of shareholder relations;
 
    The performance of other funds under the advisor’s management.

B-47


Table of Contents

APPENDIX C
August 2005
John Hancock Funds II
John Hancock Funds III
Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
It is the policy of John Hancock Funds II and John Hancock Funds III (individually, the “Trust” and collectively, the “Trusts”) to provide Nonpublic Information regarding portfolio holdings of the Trusts to Nonaffiliated Persons of the Trusts only in the limited circumstances noted below. It is also the policy of the Trusts only to provide Nonpublic Information regarding portfolio holdings to any person, including Affiliated Persons, on a “need to know” basis (i.e., the person receiving the information must have a legitimate business purpose for obtaining the information prior to it being publicly available). The Trusts consider Nonpublic Information regarding portfolio holdings of the Trusts to be confidential and the intent of this policy is to guard against selective disclosure of such information in a manner that would not be in the best interests of shareholders of the Trusts.
Nonpublic Information. Portfolio holdings are considered Nonpublic Information until such holdings are posted on a publicly available website which is disclosed in the prospectuses of the Trusts or until filed with the SEC via Edgar on either Form N-CSR or Form N-Q.
“Affiliated Persons” are persons affiliated with: (a) the Trusts, (b) the Trusts’ investment adviser or principal underwriter or any affiliate of either entity, (c) the investment adviser’s ultimate parent, Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”) or any affiliate thereof, (d) in the case of a particular Trust portfolio, the subadviser to the portfolio, or any affiliate of the subadviser, (e) the Trusts’ custodian and (f) the Trusts’ certified public accountants.
“Nonaffiliated Persons” is any person who is not an Affiliated Person.
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings to Nonaffiliated Persons
Subject to the pre-approval of the Trusts’ Chief Compliance Officer, the Trusts or their adviser or principal underwriter or any of their subadvisers (or any of their affiliates) may provide Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings to Nonaffiliated Persons in the circumstances listed below.
1. Rating Organizations
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings may be provided to ratings organizations, such as Morningstar and Lipper, for the purpose of reviewing the portfolio, the adviser or subadviser if such entity agrees to keep such information confidential and to prohibit its employees from trading on such information.
2. Vestek (Thompson Financial)
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings may be provided to Vestek (Thompson Financial) or other entities for the purpose of compiling reports and preparing data for use by the Trust or any Affiliated Person if such entity agrees to keep such information confidential and to prohibit its employees from trading on such information.
3. Proxy Voting Services
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings may be provided to proxy voting services for the purpose of voting proxies relating to Trust portfolio holdings if such entity agrees to keep such information confidential and to prohibit its employees from trading on such information.

C-1


Table of Contents

4. Computer Software
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings may be provided to entities providing computer software to the Trust (for example, for the purpose of generating Trust compliance reports or reports relating to proxy voting) if such entity agrees to keep such information confidential and to prohibit its employees from trading on such information.
5. Courts and Regulators
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings may be provided to any court or regulator with jurisdiction over the Trust, the Trust’s adviser or principal underwriter, MFC or any subadviser to a Trust portfolio (or any of their affiliates) if such information is requested by such court or regulator.
6. Institutional Traders
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings (for example, aggregated lists of all fixed income holdings — names only) may be provided to institutional traders to assist in research and trade execution if such entity agrees to keep such information confidential and to prohibit its employees from trading on such information for personal or proprietary purposes.
7. Other Persons
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings may be provided to other persons or entities if approved by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust or his or her designee (collectively, the “CCO”). In determining whether to approve such disclosure the CCO shall consider: (a) the purpose of providing such information, (b) the procedures that will be used to ensure that such information remains confidential and is not traded upon and (c) whether such disclosure is in the best interest of the shareholders of the Trust. In the case of a conflict between (a) the interests of the shareholders of the Trust, on the one hand, and (b) the interests of any affiliated person of the Trust, the Trust’s investment adviser (including any subadviser), the Trust’s principal underwriter or any of their affiliated persons, on the other, the procedures set forth under “Resolution of Conflicts of Interest” below shall be followed.
The CCO shall report to the Board of Trustees whenever additional disclosures of portfolio holdings are approved. This report shall be at the board meeting following such approval.
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings to Affiliated Persons
The CCO must pre-approve the provision of any Nonpublic Information regarding portfolio holdings to any Affiliated Persons (other than those listed in Appendix A) and report such approval to the Board of Trustees at the board meeting following such approval. The persons listed in Appendix A have been exempt from such pre-approval. In the case of persons listed in Section II, III and IV of Appendix A, their employers shall provide the CCO reasonable assurances that Nonpublic Information will be kept confidential and that such employees are prohibited from trading on such information.
In determining whether to approve such disclosure of Nonpublic Information regarding portfolio holdings to any Affiliated Persons the CCO shall consider: (a) the purpose of providing such information, (b) the procedures that will be used to ensure that such information remains confidential and is not traded upon and (c) whether such disclosure is in the best interest of the shareholders of the Trust. In the case of a conflict between (a) the interests of the shareholders of the Trust, on the one hand, and (b) the interests of any affiliated person of the Trust, the Trust’s investment adviser (including any subadviser), the Trust’s principal underwriter or any of their affiliated persons, on the other, the procedures set forth under “Resolution of Conflicts of Interest” below shall be followed.

C-2


Table of Contents

Resolution of Conflicts of Interest
If the Trust or its adviser or principal underwriter or any of its subadviser (or any of their affiliates) desire to provide Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings to a Nonaffiliated Person and the CCO believes there is a potential conflict between (a) the interests of the shareholders of the Trust, on the one hand, and (b) the interests of any affiliated person of the Trust, the Trust’s investment adviser (including any subadviser), the Trust’s principal underwriter or any of their affiliated persons, on the other, the CCO shall refer the conflict to the Board of Trustees of the Trust who shall only permit such disclosure of the Nonpublic Information if in their reasonable business judgment they conclude such disclosure will be in the best interests of Trust shareholders.
Posting of Trust Portfolio Holdings on a Website
If the Trust desires to post on its website Trust portfolio holdings that have not yet been disclosed in a publicly available filing with the SEC that is required to include such information (e.g., a Form N-CSR or a Form N-Q), then the Trust shall disclose the following in its prospectus:
  1.   the nature of the information that will be available, including both the date as of which the information will be current (e.g. quarter-end) and the scope of the information (e.g., complete portfolio holdings, the portfolio’s largest 10 holdings);
 
  2.   the date when the information will first become available and the period for which the information will remain available, which shall end no earlier than the date on which the Trust files its Form N-CSR or Form N-Q with the SEC for the period that includes the date as of which the website information is current; and
 
  3.   the location of the website where either the information or a prominent hyperlink (or series of prominent hyperlinks) to the information will be available.
Changes to Policy
Any material changes to this policy must be approved by the Trusts’ Board of Trustees.
Reports to the Trust’s Board of Trustees
The CCO shall report any material issues that may arise under this policy to the Trusts’ Board of Trustees no later than the Board meeting following the arising of the issue.
Applicability of Policy to the Trusts’ Adviser and Subadvisers
This policy shall apply to the Trusts’ Adviser and each of its subadvisers.

C-3


Table of Contents

Appendix A to Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
I. Employees* of John Hancock Life Insurance Company, John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) or John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York who are subject to the Code of Ethics of the Trusts, the Trusts’ investment adviser, John Hancock Investment Management Services LLC or the Trusts’ principal underwriter, John Hancock Funds, LLC.
II. Employees* of a Subadviser or any Affiliate of a Subadviser who provide services to either of the Trusts.
III. Employees* of the Trusts’ custodian who provide services to either of the Trusts.
IV. Employees* and partners of the Trusts’ certified public accounting firm who provide services to either of the Trusts.
 
*   Includes temporary employees

C-4


Table of Contents

APPENDIX D
Rainier Investment Management, Inc.
John Hancock Rainier Growth Fund
     The following chart reflects each portfolio manager’s investments in the Fund. The chart also reflects information regarding accounts other than the Fund for which the portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date.
The following table reflects information as of December 31, 2007:
                                                               
 
              Other Registered     Other Pooled Investment        
              Investment Companies     Vehicles     Other Accounts  
        Dollar Range of     Number           Number               Number        
      Investments in     of           of               of        
  Portfolio Manager     the Fund     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
 
Daniel Brewer
    None       7       $8,370 Million       1       $61 Million       136       $7,981 Million  
 
Mark Broughton
    None       7       $8,370 Million       1       $61 Million       136       $7,981 Million  
 
Stacie Cowell
    None       5       $8,259 Million       0       $ 0         136       $7,981 Million  
 
Mark Dawson
    None       7       $8,370 Million       1       $61 Million       136       $7,981 Million  
 
Andrea Durbin
    None       2       $117 Million       0         0         162       $8,471 Million  
 
James Margard
    None       7       $8,370 Million       1       $61 Million       136       $7,981 Million  
 
Peter Musser
    None       7       $8,370 Million       1       $61 Million       136       $7,981 Million  
 
Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
None
Share Ownership by Portfolio Managers. The following table indicates as of December 31, 2007 the value, within the indicated range, of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers in Fund. For purposes of this table, the following letters represent the range indicated below:
         
A
  -   $0
B
  -   $1 — $10,000
C
  -   $10,001 — $50,000
D
  -   $50,001 — $100,000
E
  -   $100,001 — $500,000
F
  -   $500,001 — $1,000,000
G
  -   More than $1 million

D-1


Table of Contents

           
 
  Portfolio Manager     Range of Beneficial Ownership  
 
Daniel Brewer
    E  
 
Mark Broughton
    D  
 
Stacie Cowell
    B  
 
Mark Dawson
    F  
 
Andrea Durbin
    C  
 
James Margard
    F  
 
Peter Musser
    D  
 
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The compensation paid to Rainier for managing the Fund is based only on a percentage of assets under management. Portfolio managers benefit from Rainier’s revenues and profitability. But no Portfolio Managers are compensated based directly on fee revenue earned by Rainier on particular accounts in a way that would create a material conflict of interest in favoring particular accounts over other accounts.
Execution and research services provided by brokers may not always be utilized in connection with the Fund or other client accounts that may have provided the commission or a portion of the commission paid to the broker providing the services. Rainier allocates brokerage commissions for these services in a manner that it believes is fair and equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to each of its clients.
If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other client account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity. To mitigate this conflict of interest, Rainier aggregates orders of the funds it advises with orders from each of its other client accounts in order to ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably over time and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to each of its clients.
COMPENSATION
All of Rainier’s portfolio managers are compensated by Rainier. All portfolio managers receive a fixed salary. Portfolio managers who are shareholders (principals) of Rainier receive a dividend based on number of Rainier shares owned. Portfolio managers who are principals, but not shareholders, of Rainier receive a bonus based on a specific percentage of Rainier’s net income.

D-2


Table of Contents

PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
     
Item 23.   Exhibits.
 
   
(a)(1)
  Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated June 9, 2005 — previously filed as exhibit (a) to initial registration statement on Form N-1A, filed on June 15, 2005, accession number 0000898432-05-000492.
 
   
(a)(2)
  Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated June 29, 2005 — previously filed as exhibit (a) to pre-effective amendment no. 1, filed on June 30, 2005, accession number 0000898432-05-000524.
 
   
(a)(3)
  Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 12, 2005 — previously filed as exhibit (a)(3) to pre-effective amendment no. 2, filed on September 2, 2005, accession number 0000898432-05-000776.
 
   
(b)
  By-laws of the Registrant dated June 9, 2005 — previously filed as exhibit (b) to initial registration statement on Form N-1A, filed on June 15, 2005, accession number 0000898432-05-000492.
 
   
(c)
  Not applicable.
 
   
(d)(1)
  Advisory Agreement dated September 21, 2005 between the Registrant and John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC — Filed Herewith.
 
   
(d)(1)(a)
  Amendment dated December 29, 2006 to Advisory Agreement relating to the International Allocation Portfolio, Classic Value Mega Cap Fund and the Global Shareholder Yield Fund, between the Registrant and John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC — previously filed as exhibit (d)(2) to post-effective amendment no. 4, filed on June 27, 2007, accession number 0001010521-07-000489.
 
   
(d)(2)
  Subadvisory Agreement dated September 2, 2005 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC relating to the Active Value Fund — previously filed as exhibit (d)(4) to pre-effective amendment no. 2, filed on September 2, 2005, accession number 0000898432-05-000776.
 
   
(d)(3)
  Subadvisory Agreement dated September 2, 2005 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC relating to the Global Fund — previously filed as exhibit (d)(9) to pre-effective amendment no. 2, filed on September 2, 2005, accession number 0000898432-05-000776.
 
   
(d)(4)
  Subadvisory Agreement dated September 21, 2005 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC relating to the Growth Fund — Filed Herewith.
 
   
(d)(5)
  Subadvisory Agreement dated September 21, 2005 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC relating to the Growth Opportunities Fund — Filed Herewith.
 
   
(d)(6)
  Subadvisory Agreement dated September 2, 2005 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC relating to the International Core Fund — previously filed as exhibit (d)(7) to pre-effective amendment no. 2, filed on September 2, 2005, accession number 0000898432-05-000776.

 


Table of Contents

     
 
   
(d)(7)
  Subadvisory Agreement dated September 21, 2005 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC relating to the International Growth Fund — Filed Herewith.
 
   
(d)(8)
  Subadvisory Agreement dated September 21, 2005 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC relating to the Intrinsic Value Fund — Filed Herewith.
 
   
(d)(9)
  Subadvisory Agreement dated September 21, 2005 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC, relating to the U.S. Core Fund — Filed Herewith.
 
   
(d)(10)
  Subadvisory Agreement dated September 2, 2005 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC relating to the U.S. Quality Equity Fund — previously filed as exhibit (d)(3) to pre-effective amendment no. 2, filed on September 2, 2005, accession number 0000898432-05-000776.
 
   
(d)(11)
  Subadvisory Agreement dated September 21, 2005 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC relating to the Value Opportunities Fund — Filed Herewith.
 
   
(d)(12)
  Subadvisory Agreement dated December 29, 2006 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited relating to the International Allocation Portfolio — previously filed as exhibit (d)(15) to post-effective amendment no. 4, filed on June 27, 2007, accession number 0001010521-07-000489.
 
   
(d)(13)
  Subadvisory Consulting Agreement dated December 29, 2006 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC, MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited and Deutsche Asset Management, Inc. relating to the International Allocation Portfolio — previously filed as exhibit (d)(13) to post-effective amendment no. 4, filed on June 27, 2007, accession number 0001010521-07-000489.
 
   
(d)(14)
  Subadvisory Agreement dated February 28, 2007 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and Pzena Investment Management, LLC, Inc. relating to the Classic Value Mega Cap Fund — previously filed as exhibit (d)(16) to post-effective amendment no. 4, filed on June 27, 2007, accession number 0001010521-07-000489.
 
   
(d)(15)
  Subadvisory Agreement dated February 28, 2007 between John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and Epoch Investment Partners, Inc. relating to the Global Shareholder Yield Fund — previously filed as exhibit (d)(14) to post-effective amendment no. 4, filed on June 27, 2007, accession number 0001010521-07-000489.
 
   
(e)
  Distribution Agreement dated September 2, 2005 between the Registrant and John Hancock Funds, LLC — previously filed as exhibit (e) to pre-effective amendment no. 2, filed on September 2, 2005, accession number 0000898432-05-000776.
 
   
(f)
  Not Applicable.
 
   
(g)
  Custodian Agreement dated September 2, 2005 between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company — previously filed as exhibit (g) to pre-effective amendment no. 2, filed on September 2, 2005, accession number 0000898432-05-000776.
 
   
(h)(1)
  Master Transfer Agency and Services Agreement dated June 1, 2007 between the Registrant and John Hancock Signature Services, Inc — Filed Herewith.
 
   
(h)(2)
  Class R Service Plan dated September 2, 2005 as amended June 30, 2006 — Filed Herewith.

 


Table of Contents

     
 
   
(h)(3)
  Class R1 Service Plan dated June 30, 2006 — previously filed as exhibit (h)(3) to post-effective amendment no. 4, filed on June 27, 2007, accession number 0001010521-07-000489.
 
   
(h)(4)
  Class R2 Service Plan dated June 30, 2006 — previously filed as exhibit (h)(4) to post-effective amendment no. 4, filed on June 27, 2007, accession number 0001010521-07-000489.
 
   
(h)(5)
  Class R3 Service Plan dated June 30, 2006 — previously filed as exhibit (h)(5) to post-effective amendment no. 4, filed on June 27, 2007, accession number 0001010521-07-000489.
 
   
(h)(6)
  Class R4 Service Plan dated June 30, 2006 — previously filed as exhibit (h)(6) to post-effective amendment no. 4, filed on June 27, 2007, accession number 0001010521-07-000489.
 
   
(h)(7)
  Class R5 Service Plan dated June 30, 2006 — previously filed as exhibit (h)(7) to post-effective amendment no. 4, filed on June 27, 2007, accession number 0001010521-07-000489.
 
   
(h)(8)
  Expense Limitation Agreement dated September 2, 2005 between the Registrant and John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC — previously filed as exhibit (h)(3) to pre-effective amendment no. 2, filed on September 2, 2005, accession number 0000898432-05-000776.
 
   
(i)
  Legal Opinion — Filed Herewith.
 
   
(j)
  Opinion of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Filed Herewith.
 
   
(k)
  Not Applicable.
 
   
(l)
  Not Applicable.
 
   
(m)(1)
  Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 dated September 2, 2005 as amended December 13, 2006 relating to Class 1 Shares — previously filed as exhibit (m)(1) to post-effective amendment no. 3, filed on December 15, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000969.
 
   
(m)(2)
  Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 dated August 23, 2005 relating to Class 3 Shares — previously filed as exhibit (m)(4) to pre-effective amendment no. 2, filed on September 2, 2005, accession number 0000898432-05-000776.
 
   
(m)(3)
  Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 dated September 2, 2005, as amended December 13, 2006 relating to Class A Shares — previously filed as exhibit (m)(3) to post-effective amendment no. 3, filed on December 15, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000969.
 
   
(m)(4)
  Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 dated September 2, 2005, as amended December 13, 2006 relating to Class B Shares — previously filed as exhibit (m)(4) to post-effective amendment no. 3, filed on December 15, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000969.
 
   
(m)(5)
  Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 dated September 2, 2005, as amended December 13, 2006 relating to Class C Shares — previously filed as exhibit (m)(5) to post-effective amendment no. 3, filed on December 15, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000969.
 
   
(m)(6)
  Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 dated June 30, 2006 as amended December 13, 2006 relating to Class R Shares — previously filed as exhibit (m)(6) to post-effective amendment no. 3, filed on December 15, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000969.
 
   
(m)(7)
  Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 dated June 30, 2006 as amended December 13, 2006 relating to Class R1 Shares — previously filed as exhibit (m)(7) to post-effective amendment no. 3, filed on December 15, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000969.

 


Table of Contents

     
 
   
(m)(8)
  Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 dated June 30, 2006 as amended December 13, 2006 relating to Class R2 Shares — previously filed as exhibit (m)(8) to post-effective amendment no. 3, filed on December 15, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000969.
 
   
(m)(9)
  Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 dated June 30, 2006 as amended December 13, 2006 relating to Class R3 Shares — previously filed as exhibit (m)(9) to post-effective amendment no. 3, filed on December 15, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000969.
 
   
(m)(10)
  Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 dated June 30, 2006 as amended December 13, 2006 relating to Class R4 Shares — previously filed as exhibit (m)(10) to post-effective amendment no. 3, filed on December 15, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000969.
 
   
(m)(11)
  Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 dated June 30, 2006 as amended December 13, 2006 relating to Class R5 Shares — previously filed as exhibit (m)(11) to post-effective amendment no. 3, filed on December 15, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000969.
 
   
(n)
  Amended and Restated Multiple Class Plan pursuant to 18f-3 — previously filed as exhibit (n) to post-effective amendment no. 3, filed on December 15, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000969.
 
   
(o)
  Reserved.
 
   
(p)(1)
  Code of Ethics of the Registrant, John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC, John Hancock Funds, LLC and John Hancock Distributors, LLC, dated January 1, 2008 — Filed Herewith.
 
   
(p)(2)
  Code of Ethics of Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC dated April 1, 2005 — previously filed as exhibit (p)(4) to pre-effective amendment no. 2, filed on September 2, 2005, accession number 0000898432-05-000776.
 
   
(p)(3)
  Code of Ethics of Deutsche Asset Management, Inc. dated January 1, 2005 — previously filed as exhibit (p)(5) to post-effective amendment no. 4, filed on June 27, 2007, accession number 0001010521-07-000489.
 
   
(p)(4)
  Code of Ethics of Epoch Holding Corporation, amended as of November 15, 2006 — previously filed as exhibit (p)(5) to post-effective amendment no. 3, filed on December 15, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000969.
 
   
(p)(5)
  Code of Ethics of MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited dated May 17, 2005 — previously filed as exhibit (p)(7) to post-effective amendment no. 4, filed on June 27, 2007, accession number 0001010521-07-000489.
 
   
(p)(6)
  Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of Pzena Investment Management, Inc., effective as of October 25, 2007 — Filed Herewith.
 
   
(p)(7)
  Code of Ethics of Rainier Investment Management Mutual Funds, dated January 2007 — Filed Herewith.
 
   
(q)
  Power of Attorney dated March 30, 2007 — previously filed as exhibit (q) to post-effective amendment no. 4, filed on June 27, 2007, accession number 0001010521-07-000489.

 


Table of Contents

Item 24. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund.
          As of December 31, 2007, John Hancock Investment Management Services (“JHIMS”) owned 6.76% of the Fund’s voting shares represented as seed capital of the Funds. JHIMS is the Adviser to the Registrant. The Adviser is a wholly owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”), a publicly traded company based in Toronto, Canada. MFC is the holding company of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company and its subsidiaries, collectively known as Manulife Financial. A corporate organization list is set forth below.
MANULIFE FINANCIAL CORPORATION -
THE MANUFACTURERS LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
CORPORATE ORGANIZATION LIST
As of December 31, 2006
             
            Jurisdiction of
Affiliate   % of Equity     Incorporation
 
 
           
Manulife Financial Corporation
    100     Canada
John Hancock Holdings (Delaware) LLC
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Financial Services, Inc.
    100     Delaware
Manulife Management Services Ltd.
    100     Barbados
The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company
    100     Canada
Manulife Bank of Canada
    100     Canada
Manulife Financial Services Inc.
    100     Canada
Manulife Securities International Ltd.
    100     Canada
Manulife Canada Ltd.
    100     Canada
First North American Insurance Company
    100     Canada
Equinox Financial Group, Inc.
    100     Canada
Cantay Holdings Inc.
    100     Ontario
Regional Power Inc.
    83.5     Canada
Manulife Data Services Inc.
    100     Barbados
Manulife Capital Inc.
    100     Canada
Manulife Enterprises (Alberta) Limited
    100     Alberta
Manulife Enterprises (Bermuda) Limited
    100     Bermuda
Manulife Finance Holdings Limited
    100     Canada
Manulife Finance (Delaware), L.P.1
    100     Delaware
Manulife Finance (Alberta) ULC
    100     Alberta
Manulife Finance (Delaware) LLC
    100     Delaware
1293319 Ontario Inc.
    100     Ontario
FNA Financial Inc.
    100     Canada
Elliot & Page Limited
    100     Ontario
NAL Resources Limited
    100     Alberta
NAL Resources Management Limited
    100     Canada
880 Belgrave Way Holdings Ltd.
    100     British Columbia
6212344 Canada Limited
    100     Canada
2015500 Ontario Inc.
    100     Ontario
2015401 Ontario Inc.
    100     Ontario
2024385 Ontario Inc.
    100     Ontario
MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
    100     Canada
Cavalier Cable, Inc.2
    100     Delaware
MFC Global Fund Management (Europe) Limited
    100     England
MFC Global Investment Management (Europe) Limited
    100     England
Manulife Holdings (Alberta) Limited
    100     Alberta
Manulife Holdings (Delaware) LLC
    100     Delaware
 
1   The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company is the limited partner (99%) and Manulife Finance Holdings Limited is the general partner (1%).
 
2   The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (78%) — John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (22%).

 


Table of Contents

             
            Jurisdiction of
Affiliate   % of Equity     Incorporation
 
 
           
The Manufacturers Investment Corporation
    100     Michigan
Manulife Reinsurance Limited
    100     Bermuda
Manulife Reinsurance (Bermuda) Limited
    100     Bermuda
John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)
    100     Michigan
John Hancock Advisers LLC3
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC4
    100     Delaware
Manulife Service Corporation
    100     Colorado
John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York
    100     New York
Ironside Venture Partners I LLC
    100     Delaware
Ironside Venture Partners II LLC
    100     Delaware
Ennal, Inc.
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Distributors LLC
    100     Delaware
 
3   Wholly owned subsidiary of The Berkeley Financial Group LLC [Shown on the John Hancock Subsidiaries LLC chart].
 
4   John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)(57%) – John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York (38%) — John Hancock Advisers LLC (5%).

 


Table of Contents

             
            Jurisdiction of
Affiliate   % of Equity     Incorporation
 
 
           
6306471 Canada Inc.
    100     Canada
CDF (Thailand) Limited
    90.2     Thailand
6306489 Canada Inc.
    100     Canada
OQC (Thailand) Limited.5
    99.5     Thailand
Manulife Insurance (Thailand) Public Company Limited6
    97.72     Thailand
Manulife Asset Management (Thailand) Company Limited
    99.9999     Thailand
Manulife (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
    100     Singapore
Manulife (Vietnam) Limited
    100     Vietnam
Manulife Vietnam Fund Management Company Limited
    100     Vietnam
FCM Holdings Inc.
    100     Philippines
The Pramerica Life Insurance Company, Inc.
    100     Philippines
The Manufacturers Life Insurance Co. (Phils.), Inc.
    100     Philippines
FCM Investments, Inc.
    100     Philippines
Manulife Financial Plans, Inc.
    100     Philippines
PT Asuransi Jiwa Manulife Indonesia
    95     Indonesia
PT Buanadaya Sarana Informatika7
    100     Indonesia
PT Asuransi Jiwa Arta Mandiri Prima
    99.75     Indonesia
PT Indras Insan Jaya Utama8
    100     Indonesia
PT Asuransi Jiwa John Hancock Indonesia9
    100     Indonesia
PT Manulife Aset Manajemen Indonesia
    95.3     Indonesia
Manulife Technology & Services Sdn Bhd
    100     Malaysia
Manulife Europe Ruckversicherungs-Aktiengesellschaft
    100     Germany
Manulife Holdings (Bermuda) Limited
    100     Bermuda
Manufacturers Life Reinsurance Limited
    100     Barbados
Manufacturers P&C Limited
    100     Barbados
Manulife International Holdings Limited
    100     Bermuda
Manulife Provident Funds Trust Company Limited
    100     Hong Kong
Manulife Asset Management (Asia) Limited
    100     Barbados
Manulife Asset Management (Hong Kong) Limited
    100     Hong Kong
Manulife (International) Limited
    100     Bermuda
Manulife-Sinochem Life Insurance Co. Ltd.
    51     China
Manulife European Holdings (Bermuda) Limited
    100     Bermuda
Manulife European Investments (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l.
    100     Luxembourg
Manulife Hungary Holdings Limited10
    100     Hungary
Manulife Alberta Limited
    100     Alberta
MLI Resources Inc.
    100     Alberta
Manulife Life Insurance Company11
    99.91     Japan
MFC Global Investment Management (Japan) Limited
    100     Japan
Y.K. Manulife Properties Japan
    100     Japan
Manulife Century Investments (Bermuda) Limited
    100     Bermuda
Manulife Century Investments (Luxembourg) S.A.
    100     Luxembourg
Manulife Century Investments (Netherlands) B.V.
    100     Netherlands
Manulife Century Holdings (Netherlands) B.V.
    100     Netherlands
 
5   CDF (Thailand) Limited (50.7%) – 6306489 Canada Inc. (48.8%).
 
6   OQC (Thailand) Limited (72.75%) – The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (24.97%).
 
7   PT Asuransi Jiwa Manulife Indonesia (99.99%) – PT Indras Insan Jaya Utama (0.01%).
 
8   PT Asuransi Jiwa Manulife Indonesia (99.98%) – PT Buanadaya Sarana Informatika (0.02%).
 
9   John Hancock Life Insurance Company (96.24%) [Shown on the John Hancock Holdings (Delaware) LLC chart] – PT Indras Insan Jaya Utama (3.76%).
 
10   Manulife European Investments (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l. (99%) – MLI Resources Inc. (1%).
 
11   MLI Resources Inc. (35.02%) – Manulife Century Investments (Netherlands) B.V. (32.49%) – Manulife Century Holdings (Netherlands) B.V. (32.4%).

 


Table of Contents

MANULIFE FINANCIAL CORPORATION -
JOHN HANCOCK HOLDINGS (DELAWARE) LLC
CORPORATE ORGANIZATION LIST
As of December 31, 2006
             
            Jurisdiction of
Affiliate   % of Equity     Incorporation
 
 
           
Manulife Financial Corporation
    100     Canada
The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company
    100     Canada
Manulife Management Services Ltd.
    100     Barbados
John Hancock Holdings (Delaware) LLC
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Financial Services, Inc.
    100     Delaware
John Hancock International Services, S.A.12
    100     Belgium
John Hancock International Holdings, Inc.
    100     Massachusetts
Manulife Insurance (Malaysia) Berhad
    45.76     Malaysia
Britama Credit Sdn Bhd
    100     Malaysia
Britama Properties Sdn Bhd
    100     Malaysia
The E-Software House Sdn Bhd
    100     Malaysia
British American Investments Pte Ltd.
    100     Singapore
John Hancock International, Inc.
    100     Massachusetts
John Hancock Tianan Life Insurance Company
    50     China
John Hancock Canadian Holdings Limited
    100     Nova Scotia
Old Maritime Corporation Limited
    100     Nova Scotia
John Hancock Canadian Capital Limited13
    100     Nova Scotia
John Hancock Canadian LLC
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Canadian Corporation
    100     Nova Scotia
Long Term Care Partners LLC
    50     Delaware
John Hancock Insurance Company of Vermont
    100     Vermont
John Hancock Reassurance Company, Ltd.
    100     Bermuda
John Hancock Life Insurance Company
    100     Massachusetts
John Hancock Subsidiaries LLC14
    100     Delaware
PT Asuransi Jiwa John Hancock Indonesia15
    100     Indonesia
PT Indras Insan Jaya Utama16
    100     Indonesia
Independence Declaration Holdings LLC
    100     Delaware
Declaration Management & Research LLC
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Variable Life Insurance Company
    100     Massachusetts
Manulife Insurance Company
    100     Delaware
Brazilian Power Development, LLC17
    100     Delaware
LR Company, LLC18
    100     Delaware
PTPC Investor LLC
    88.2     Delaware
Frigate, LLC
    85     Delaware
AIMV, LLC
    100     Delaware
Baystate Investments, LLC
    100     Delaware
 
12   John Hancock Holdings (Delaware) LLC (99.998%) – John Hancock Financial Services, Inc. (0.002%).
 
13   John Hancock Canadian Corporation (99.93%) – John Hancock Financial Services, Inc. ((0.07%) as of November 30, 2006.
 
14   See Page 2 for subsidiaries listing for John Hancock Subsidiaries LLC.
 
15   John Hancock Life Insurance Company (96.24%) – PT Indras Insan Jaya Utama (3.76%).
 
16   PT Asuransi Jiwa Manulife Indonesia (99.98%) – PT Buanadaya Sarana Informatika (0.02%) [Shown on The Manufactures Life Insurance Company chart].
 
17   John Hancock Life Insurance Company (92.98%) – John Hancock Variable Life Insurance Company (7.02%).
 
18   John Hancock Life Insurance Company (96.6%) – Manulife Insurance Company (3.4%).

 


Table of Contents

MANULIFE FINANCIAL CORPORATION —
JOHN HANCOCK SUBSIDIARIES LLC
CORPORATE ORGANIZATION LIST
As of December 31, 2006
             
            Jurisdiction of
Affiliate   % of Equity     Incorporation
 
 
           
Manulife Financial Corporation
    100     Canada
The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company
    100     Canada
Manulife Management Services Ltd.
    100     Barbados
John Hancock Holdings (Delaware) LLC
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Financial Services, Inc.
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Life Insurance Company
    100     Massachusetts
John Hancock Subsidiaries LLC
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Leasing Corporation
    100     Delaware
JHFS One Corp.
    100     Massachusetts
LVI, LLC19
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Property and Casualty Holding Company
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Management Company
    100     Delaware
Signature Management Co., Ltd.
    100     Bermuda
John Hancock Assignment Company
    100     Delaware
Hancock Natural Resource Group, Inc.
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Timber Resource Corporation
    100     Delaware
Hancock Forest Management, Inc.
    100     Delaware
Hancock Natural Resource Group Australia Pty. Limited
    100     Australia
Hancock Forest Management (NZ) Limited
    100     New Zealand
PT Timber, Inc.
    100     Delaware
Viking Timber Management New Zealand Limited
    100     New Zealand
Viking Timber Gerenclamento De Florestas Do Brasil Ltda.
    99.8     Brazil
International Forest Investments Ltd.
    70     Cayman Islands
John Hancock Realty Advisors, Inc.
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Realty Management Inc.
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Real Estate Finance, Inc.
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Energy Resources Management Inc.
    100     Delaware
EIF Equity Holdings LLC
    50     Delaware
CBPF Equity Holdings LLC
    100     Delaware
REEF Equity Holdings LLC
    100     Delaware
CEEP Equity Holdings LLC
    100     Delaware
Hancock Venture Partners, Inc.
    100     Delaware
HVP — Russia, Inc.
    100     Delaware
HVP Special Purpose Sub I, Inc.
    100     Delaware
HVP Special Purpose Sub II, Inc.
    100     Delaware
Hancock Capital Management, LLC
    100     Delaware
Hancock Mezzanine Investments, LLC
    100     Delaware
Hancock Mezzanine Investments II, LLC
    100     Delaware
Hancock Mezzanine Investments III, LLC
    100     Delaware
Essex Corporation
    100     New York
Essex Brokerage Services, Inc.
    100     Ohio
Fusion Clearing, Inc.
    100     New York
Essex Holding Company, Inc.
    100     New York
Essex Corporation of Illinois
    100     Illinois
Provident Insurance Center, Inc.
    100     Maryland
New Amsterdam Insurance Agency, Inc.
    100     New York
 
19   John Hancock Life Insurance Company (80%) — John Hancock Leasing Corporation (20%).

 


Table of Contents

             
            Jurisdiction of
Affiliate   % of Equity     Incorporation
 
 
           
Ameritex Insurance Services, Inc.
    100     Texas
American Annuity Agency of Texas, Inc.
    100     Texas
Essex Agency of Texas, Inc.
    100     Texas
San Jacinto Insurance Agency, Inc.
    100     Texas
The Berkeley Financial Group LLC
    100     Delaware
MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.) LLC
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Advisers LLC
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Funds LLC
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC20
    100     Delaware
John Hancock Financial Network, Inc.
    100     Massachusetts
Signator Investors, Inc.
    100     Delaware
Signator Insurance Agency, Inc.
    100     Massachusetts
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
    100     Delaware
JH Networking Insurance Agency, Inc.
    100     Massachusetts
Item 25. Indemnification.
          The Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 12, 2005 and Distribution Agreement filed previously contain provisions limiting the liability, and providing for the indemnification, of the Trustees and officers under certain circumstances.
          With respect to the Registrant, the general effect of these provisions is to indemnify any person (Trustee, officer, employee or agent, among others) who was or is a party to any proceeding by reason of their actions performed in their official or duly authorized capacity on behalf of the Registrant. With respect to the underwriter, the general effect of the relevant provisions is to indemnify those entities for claims arising out of any untrue statement or material fact contained furnished in writing by the underwriter to the Registrant for use in the Registration Statement.
          Registrant’s Trustees and officers are insured under a standard investment company errors and omissions insurance policy covering losses incurred by reason of negligent errors and omissions committed in their official capacities as such.
          Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), may be permitted to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in this Item 25, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 26. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser.
          See “Fund Details” in the Prospectuses and “Investment Management Agreements” in the Statement of Additional Information for information regarding the business of the Adviser and each of the Subadvisers. For information as to the business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature of each director, officer or partner of the Adviser and each of the Subadvisers, reference is made to the respective Form ADV, as amended, filed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
20   John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (57%) – John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York (38%) — John Hancock Advisers LLC (5%) [Shown on The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company chart].

 


Table of Contents

Item 27. Principal Underwriters.
          (a) John Hancock Funds LLC acts as principal underwriter for the Registrant and also serves as principal underwriter or distributor of shares for John Hancock Bond Trust, John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund, John Hancock Capital Series, John Hancock Current Interest, John Hancock Equity Trust, John Hancock Institutional Series Trust, John Hancock Investment Trust, John Hancock Investment Trust II, John Hancock Investment Trust III, John Hancock Series Trust, John Hancock Sovereign Bond Fund, John Hancock Strategic Series, John Hancock Tax-Exempt Series Fund, John Hancock Municipal Securities Trust, John Hancock World Fund and John Hancock Funds II.
          (b) The following table presents certain information with respect to each director and officer of John Hancock Funds, LLC:
         
NAME AND PRINCIPAL   POSTIONS AND OFFICES   POSITIONS AND OFFICES
BUSINESS ADDRESS   WITH UNDERWRITER   WITH REGISTRANT
 
       
James R. Boyle
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Chairman and Director   Trustee
 
       
Keith F. Hartstein
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Director, President and Chief Executive Officer   President
 
       
John G. Vrysen
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   Chief Operating Officer
 
       
Michael Mahoney
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Chief Compliance Officer   None
 
       
Peter Copestake
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Treasurer   None
 
       
John T. Litzow
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Senior Vice President   None
 
       
Jeffery H. Long
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Vice President, Controller and Assistant Treasurer   None
 
       
Andrew G. Arnott
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Vice President   None
 
       
Arthur E. Creel
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Vice President   None
 
       
Carey Hoch
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Vice President   None
 
       
Kristine McManus
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Vice President   None
 
       
Daniel Rollins
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Second Vice President   None
 
       
Karen F. Walsh
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Assistant Treasurer   None
 
       
David Hayter
  Assistant Treasurer   None

 


Table of Contents

         
NAME AND PRINCIPAL   POSTIONS AND OFFICES   POSITIONS AND OFFICES
BUSINESS ADDRESS   WITH UNDERWRITER   WITH REGISTRANT
 
       
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
       
 
       
Cathy Hopkinson
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Assistant Treasurer   None
 
       
Wayne Zuk
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  Assistant Treasurer   None
 
       
Alfred P. Ouellette
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
  AVP, Senior Counsel and Assistant Secretary   Assistant Secretary
          (c) Not Applicable

 


Table of Contents

Item 28. Location of Accounts and Records.
          All applicable accounts, books and documents required to be maintained by the Registrant by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and custody of the Registrant’s custodian State Street Bank and Trust Company, 2 Avenue de Lafayette, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 and its transfer agent, John Hancock Signature Services, Inc., 1 John Hancock Way, Suite 1000, Boston, Massachusetts 02217, with the exception of certain corporate documents and portfolio trading documents which are in the possession and custody of John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (the “Adviser”), 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts, 02210. Registrant is informed that all applicable accounts, books and documents required to be maintained by registered investment advisers are in the custody and possession of the Adviser and each of the respective Subadvisers to the Funds of the Registrant.
          By Deutsche Asset Management, Inc., the subadviser/consultant to the International Allocation Portfolio, at its offices at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
          By Epoch Investment Partners, Inc., Inc., the subadviser to the Global Shareholder High Yield Fund, at its offices at 640 Fifth Avenue, 18th Floor, NY, NY 10019.
          By Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC., the subadviser to the U.S. Core Fund, Quality Equity Fund, Active Value Fund, Intrinsic Value Fund, Growth Fund, International Core Fund, International Growth Fund, Global Fund, Value Opportunities Fund, and the Growth Opportunities Fund, at its offices at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
          By MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited, the subadviser to the International Allocation Portfolio, at its offices at 200 Bloor Street East, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M4W lE5.
          By Pzena Investment Management, LLC, the subadviser to the Classic Value Mega Cap Fund, at its offices at 120 West 45th Street, New York, NY 10036.
          By Rainier Investment Management Mutual Funds, the subadviser to the Rainier Growth Fund, at its offices at 601 Union Street, Suite 2801, Seattle, WA 98101.
Item 29. Management Services.
          None
Item 30. Undertakings.
          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Boston and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts on this 15th day of January 2008.
         
  JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III
 
 
  By:   /s/ Keith F. Hartstein    
    Keith F. Hartstein   
    President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date(s) indicated.
         
SIGNATURE   TITLE   DATE
 
/s/ Keith F. Hartstein
 
Keith F. Hartstein
  President and Chief Executive Officer   January 15, 2008
 
/s/ Gordon M. Shone
 
Gordon M. Shone
  Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)
  January 15, 2008
 
/s/ James R. Boyle *
 
James R. Boyle
  Trustee   January 15, 2008
 
/s/ James F. Carlin *
 
James F. Carlin
  Trustee   January 15, 2008
 
/s/ William H. Cunningham *
 
William H. Cunningham
  Trustee   January 15, 2008
 
/s/ Charles L. Ladner *
 
Charles L. Ladner
  Trustee   January 15, 2008
 
/s/ John A. Moore *
 
John A. Moore
  Trustee   January 15, 2008
 
/s/ Patti McGill Peterson *
 
Patti McGill Peterson
  Trustee   January 15, 2008
 
/s/ Steven R. Pruchansky *
 
Steven R. Pruchansky
  Trustee   January 15, 2008
 
         
  By Power of Attorney   
         
     
By:   /s/ David D. Barr    
  David D. Barr   
  Attorney-In-Fact
Pursuant to Power of Attorney
Filed Herewith Post-Effective Amendment
No. 4 to the Trust’s Registration Statement
On June 27, 2007